Europaudvalget 2025
KOM (2025) 0395
Offentligt
3052187_0001.png
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels, 15.7.2025
SWD(2025) 186 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
EVALUATION
Interim evaluation of the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ programme and final evaluation of the
2014-2020 Erasmus+ programme
Accompanying the document
Report from the European Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
on the Interim evaluation of the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ programme and final evaluation
of the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ programme
{COM(2025) 395 final}
EN
EN
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
Table of contents
1.
Introduction ...............................................................................................................4
1.1
P
URPOSE AND SCOPE OF THE EVALUATION
/
FITNESS CHECK
....................................... 4
1.1.1 R
EGULATORY AND LEGISLATIVE CONSIDERATIONS
.................................................... 4
1.1.2 E
VALUATION CRITERIA AND FOCUS AREA
.................................................................... 4
1.1.3 M
ETHODOLOGY AND DATA SOURCES
............................................................................ 5
1.1.4 C
HALLENGES AND LIMITATIONS IN DATA ANALYSIS
................................................... 6
2.
What was the expected outcome of the intervention? ............................................7
2.1
2.2
2.3
D
ESCRIPTION OF THE INTERVENTION AND ITS OBJECTIVES
....................................... 7
M
AIN CHANGES INTRODUCED IN THE
2021-2027
PROGRAMMING PERIOD
............... 16
P
OINT
(
S
)
OF COMPARISON
........................................................................................... 17
3.
4.
How has the situation evolved over the evaluation period? ................................18
3.1
C
URRENT STATE OF PLAY
............................................................................................ 18
Evaluation findings (analytical part) .....................................................................25
4.1.1 E
FFECTIVENESS
............................................................................................................ 25
4.1.1.1 D
EGREE OF ACHIEVEMENT OF INTERVENTION LOGIC AGAINST KEY INDICATORS
. 26
4.1.1.2 I
MPACT AT INDIVIDUAL LEVEL
.................................................................................... 37
4.1.1.3 I
MPACT AT LEVEL OF ORGANISATIONS
....................................................................... 45
4.1.1.4 S
YSTEM AND POLICY IMPACT
...................................................................................... 50
4.1.1.5 E
FFECTIVENESS OF INCLUSION MEASURES
................................................................ 56
4.1.1.6 E
FFECTIVENESS OF PRIORITIES
IMPLEMENTATION
................................................. 59
4.1.1.7 V
ISIBILITY AND DISSEMINATION OF RESULTS
............................................................ 63
4.1.1.8 E
XTERNAL INFLUENCING FACTORS OVER BOTH PROGRAMMING PERIODS
............. 64
4.1.2 E
FFICIENCY
................................................................................................................... 67
4.1.2.1 S
IZE OF BUDGET
............................................................................................................ 67
4.1.2.2 I
MPLEMENTATION MODES AND USER
-
FRIENDLINESS
................................................ 72
4.1.2.3 E
FFICIENCY GAINS AND SIMPLIFICATION
................................................................... 76
4.1.2.4 C
OST
-
EFFECTIVENESS
.................................................................................................. 79
4.1.2.5 M
ONITORING MECHANISMS
......................................................................................... 88
4.1.2.6 A
NTI
-
FRAUD MEASURES
............................................................................................... 90
4.1.3 C
OHERENCE
.................................................................................................................. 91
4.1. To what extent was the intervention successful and why?
..................................25
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
4.1.3.1 I
NTERNAL
C
OHERENCE
............................................................................................... 91
4.1.3.2 E
XTERNAL COHERENCE
............................................................................................... 94
4.2. How did the EU intervention make a difference and to whom?
.......................102
4.2.1 E
UROPEAN ADDED VALUE AS COMPARED TO WHAT COULD BE ACHIEVED AT
REGIONAL
,
NATIONAL OR OTHER INTERNATIONAL LEVEL
................................................. 102
4.2.2 E
UROPEAN ADDED VALUE OF
E
RASMUS
+ 2021-2027
COMPARED TO WHAT WAS
ACHIEVED BY
E
RASMUS
+ 2014-2020 .................................................................................... 106
4.2.3 E
UROPEAN ADDED VALUE AS COMPARED TO WHAT WOULD BE THE MOST LIKELY
CONSEQUENCES OF DISCONTINUING THE PROGRAMME
...................................................... 107
4.2.4 C
ONTRIBUTION TO
‘E
UROPEANNESS
....................................................................... 108
4.2.5 I
NTERNATIONAL ADDED VALUE
................................................................................. 110
4.3. Is the intervention still relevant?
.........................................................................111
4.3.1 R
ELEVANCE OF PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES AND PRIORITIES
.................................. 111
4.3.2 R
ELEVANCE TO EMERGING NEEDS FOR SKILLS AND GROWTH
............................... 113
4.3.3 R
ELEVANCE TO SOCIO
-
ECONOMIC NEEDS OF INDIVIDUALS AND ORGANISATIONS
121
5.
What are the conclusions and lessons learned? ..................................................124
5.1
5.2
C
ONCLUSIONS
............................................................................................................. 124
L
ESSONS LEARNED
..................................................................................................... 133
5.2.1. P
ROGRAMME ACTIVITIES
.......................................................................................... 133
5.2.2. M
ONITORING AND EVALUATION ARRANGEMENTS
.................................................. 135
Annex I: Procedural Information ..............................................................................139
Annex II. Methodology and Analytical models used ..................................................143
Annex III. Evaluation matrix and, where relevant, Details on answers to the
evaluation questions (by criterion) ......................................................................154
Annex IV. Overview of benefits and costs and Table on simplification and burden
reduction.................................................................................................................170
Annex V. Stakeholders consultation - Synopsis report ..............................................185
Annex VI. Complementary information on the intervention logics of Erasmus+ 2014-
2020 and Erasmus+ 2021-2027 .............................................................................211
Annex VII. Overview of indicators ..............................................................................218
Annex VIII. Overview of Continued and Discontinued Actions between Erasmus+
2014-2020 and Erasmus+ 2021-2027....................................................................223
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0004.png
Glossary
Term or acronym
Meaning or definition
Process to ensure that the organisations wishing to receive funding under
an Action of the Erasmus+ programme comply with a set of qualitative
standards or pre-requisites laid down by the European Commission for
that Action
All forms of non-vocational adult education, whether of a formal, non-
formal or informal nature
Any adult who, having completed or being no longer involved in initial
education or training, returns to some forms of non-vocational continuing
learning (formal, non-formal or informal). For the purpose of the
Erasmus+ projects, educational staff (teachers, trainers, educators,
academic and youth staff, etc.) in any of the Erasmus+ sector cannot be
considered as adult learners in adult education.
Literacy, mathematics, science and technology; these skills are included in
the key competences.
Combination of physical mobility and a virtual component, facilitating
collaborative online learning exchange/teamwork
An accreditation granted by the European Commission giving the
possibility to higher education institutions from EU Member States and
third countries associated to the programme to be eligible to apply and
participate in learning mobility and cooperation activities under
Erasmus+. The Charter outlines the fundamental principles an institution
should adhere to in organising and implementing high quality mobility
and cooperation.
Learning
resulting from daily activities and experiences which is not
organised or structured in terms of objectives, time or learning support; it may
be unintentional from the learner’s perspective.
In the context of Erasmus+, relates to any action involving at least one EU
Member State or third country associated to the programme and at least
one third country not associated to the programme.
Moving physically to a country other than the country of residence, in
order to undertake study, training or non-formal, or informal learning.
Any participating organisation that has not previously received support in
a given type of action supported by this programme or its predecessor
programme either as a coordinator or a partner.
A body in charge of managing the implementation of the programme at
national level in a Member State or in a third country associated to the
programme. One or more National Agencies may exist in each country.
Learning which takes place through planned learning activities where
some form of learning support is present, but which is not part of the
formal education and training system.
People with fewer opportunities means people who, for economic, social,
cultural, geographical or health reasons, a migrant background, or for
Accreditation
Adult education
Adult learner
Basic skills
Blended mobility
ECHE (Erasmus Charter
for Higher Education)
Informal learning
International
Learning mobility
Newcomer organisation
National Agency (NA)
Non-formal learning
Participant with fewer
opportunities
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0005.png
reasons such as disability and educational difficulties or for any other
reasons, including those that can give rise to discrimination under article
21 of the Charter of Fundamental rights of the European Union, face
obstacles that prevent them from having effective access to opportunities
under the programme.
Support, Advanced Learning and Training Opportunities
Resource centers aiming at improving the quality and impact of the
Erasmus+ programme through providing resources, expertise and training
to National Agencies in specific areas.
A person who, on either a professional or a voluntary basis, is involved in
education, training or non-formal learning at all levels. Includes
professors, teachers (including pre-school teachers), trainers, school
leaders, youth workers, sport staff, early childhood education and care
staff, non-educational staff and other practitioners involved on a regular
basis in promoting learning.
Support activities implemented by the National Agencies aiming to
improve the implementation of the programme in qualitative terms and to
make it more strategic by building closer links with the relevant elements
of policy development. The wording ‘Transnational Cooperation
Activities’ has changed to ‘Training and Cooperation Activities’ in the
2021-2027 programme
Countries which do not participate fully in the Erasmus+ programme, but
which may take part (as partners or applicants) in certain Actions of the
programme. The list of third countries not associated to the programme is
set out in the Programme Guide
In the context of Erasmus+, relates, unless otherwise indicated, to any
activity involving at least two EU Member States and third countries
associated to the programme
Include the ability to think critically, be curious and creative, to take
initiative, to solve problems and work collaboratively, to be able to
communicate efficiently in a multicultural and interdisciplinary
environment, to be able to adapt to context and to cope with stress and
uncertainty. These skills are part of the key competences.
Vocational education and training is to be understood as the education and
training which aims to equip young people and adults with knowledge,
skills and competences required in particular occupations or more broadly
on the labour market. It may be provided in formal and in non-formal
settings, at all levels of the European Qualifications Framework (EQF),
including tertiary level, if applicable.
A person enrolled in an initial or continuous vocational education and
training programme or a person who has recently graduated or obtained a
qualification from such a programme.
In the context of the Erasmus+ programme, individuals aged between 13
and 30.
A professional or a volunteer involved in non-formal learning who
supports young people in their personal socio-educational, and
professional development.
SALTO
Staff
TCA (Transnational
Cooperation activities /
Training and Cooperation
Activities)
Third countries not
associated to the
programme
Transnational
Transversal (soft; life)
skills
Vocational Education and
Training (VET)
Vocational education and
training (VET) learner
Young people
Youth worker
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0006.png
1.
1.1
I
NTRODUCTION
Purpose and scope of the evaluation/fitness check
Erasmus+ is the European Union programme in the fields of education and training,
youth and sport.
It is one of the EU’s most visible success stories. The 2021-2027 programme
generation builds on the achievements of its 37 years of existence and on the success of the
2014-2020 programme, keeping substantial stability and continuity in the structure and
management mode of the programme compared to the 2014-2020 programme.
This evaluation is carried out in line with Article 24(2) of Regulation (EU) 2021/817 of the
European Parliament and of the Council (hereinafter ‘the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ Regulation)
1
,
which establishes ‘once
sufficient information about the implementation of the Programme is
available, but no later than 31 December 2024, the Commission shall perform an interim
evaluation of the Programme. That interim evaluation shall be accompanied by a final
evaluation of the 2014-2020 Programme, which shall feed into the interim evaluation’.
Therefore, this evaluation report covers actions in the period 2014-2020 (final evaluation) and
2021-2023 (interim evaluation) in all Member States, third countries associated to the
programme and third countries not associated to the programme
2
.
The baseline for the final evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 is the mid-term evaluation
performed in 2017
3
, while the impact assessment for the 2021-2027 period
4
is the baseline for
the interim evaluation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027. In total, the period 2014-2020 corresponds to
a total budget of EUR 16.2 billion, while the period 2021-2023 to EUR 10 billion.
1.1.1
Regulatory and legislative considerations
As foreseen by Article 24(4) of the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ Regulation, the Commission may on
the basis of the evaluation put forward a legislative proposal to amend the Regulation. While
this is not deemed necessary based on the results, it nevertheless provides an opportunity to
revise budgetary allocations between actions for the final two years of the programme, taking
into account priorities that were not foreseen at the time of the adoption in 2021.
1.1.2
Evaluation criteria and focus area
The evaluation assesses the performance of the programme against the five evaluation criteria
established in the
Better Regulation Guidelines and Toolbox.
In line with the 2021-2027
Erasmus+ Regulation, the interim evaluation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 assesses ‘the
overall
effectiveness and performance of the Programme, including as regards new initiatives and the
delivery of inclusion and simplification measures’.
The evaluation also assesses the flexibility
and agility of the programme to react to unexpected contextual elements such as the COVID-
19 pandemic (final and interim evaluation), the Russian invasion of Ukraine (interim
evaluation), rising inflation (interim evaluation), and looks at particular areas highlighted in the
2021-2027 Erasmus+ Regulation recitals, such as the progress of institutions financed under
Jean Monnet Actions towards delivering on the programme objectives (interim evaluation).
1
Regulation (EU) 2021/817 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2021 establishing
Erasmus+: the Union Programme for education and training, youth and sport and repealing Regulation (EU) No
1288/2013 (OJ L 189, 28.5.2021, p. 1).
2
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/programme-guide/part-a/eligible-countries
3
SWD(2018) 40 of 31 January 2018.
4
SWD(2018) 277 of 30 May 2018.
4
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0007.png
Both the final and the interim evaluations assess the performance of the different (key) actions,
with higher focus on the activities implemented under key action 1 (KA1, learning mobility)
and key action 2 (KA2, cooperation among organisations) under indirect management
(approximately 80% of the programme budget of each programming period). They also cover
the extent to which findings and conclusions differ across the
programme fields
(education
and training- including higher education, vocational education and training (VET), school
education and adult education - youth and sport), across the different
target levels
(individual,
organisational and systemic),
key actions and objectives
under each programming period.
The actions that were discontinued during the 2014-2020 programming period or in the
transition to the 2021-2027 programme are only covered to determine whether their
discontinuation determined any loss in terms of EU added value.
1.1.3
Methodology and data sources
This Staff Working Document (SWD) on the interim evaluation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 and
final evaluation of the predecessor programme has been carried out in line with the Call for
evidence published in July 2022
5
. It draws mainly, among other sources
6
, on the
National
Reports
submitted by the Member States and third countries associated to the programme on
the implementation and impact of Erasmus+ in their respective territories in accordance with
Article 24(3) of the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ Regulation, and the
support study
conducted by
ICF S.A,
(hereinafter ICF), under contract with the European Commission, Directorate-
General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture (DG EAC)
7
. The final report delivered by
ICF provides answers to all
evaluation questions
8
defined in the Terms of Reference and
related to the five evaluation criteria. The final report of the contractor contains also
recommendations addressed to the Commission.
The support study used a broad set of data collection and analytical techniques, drawing on
both primary and secondary data collection:
Analysis of programme data, of project samples, a review of approximately 1 500
reports, scientific papers and programme documentation, and a social media analysis;
a public consultation gathering more than 1200 responses and 64 position papers;
targeted consultation addressing key stakeholders (more than 250 interviews; 44 case
studies; surveys to implementing bodies, more than 1 800 project assessors, more than
50 000 beneficiaries and 5 000 non-beneficiaries; 5 workshops);
three meta-analyses
9
, summarizing the conclusions of scientific studies looking at
individual level impacts linked to the programme’s participation, around skills
development, employability and values.
A counterfactual analysis was also run to assess the effects of participation across beneficiary
organisations and individuals compared to non-participants (control groups), or before/after
participation. Moreover, a behavioural analysis was carried out to explore why some learners
5
6
https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/
Annex II. Methodology and Analytical models used.
7
See annex I Procedural information.
8
See annex III for evaluation questions.
9
The meta-analysis is a popular approach in research for synthesizing data across studies. It has also been used in
the field of study abroad (see, for instance, Di Pietro, G. (2022) "Studying Abroad and Earnings: A Meta-
Analysis", Journal of Economic Surveys, 36(4), 1096-1129).
5
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0008.png
and young people
10
participate in Erasmus+ while others do not, and to shed light on the factors
that hinder participation.
1.1.4
Challenges and limitations in data analysis
Several challenges affected the scope and precision of the evaluation.
For the final evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020, data were available for the majority of
projects, which had already been completed. However, 8% of projects under direct
management were still ongoing at the time of analysis. The overall impact of these projects
could not yet be fully assessed, though the final dataset for indirect management was nearly
complete.
For the interim evaluation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027, several limitations were noted, particularly
regarding incomplete data for 2023. Some recently launched initiatives—such as sport mobility
(first call in 2023) and the DiscoverEU inclusion action (launched in 2022)—could not yet be
fully assessed. Additionally, a large proportion of ongoing projects, especially large-scale
partnerships with durations of up to 48 months, remained at an early stage, limiting the ability
to measure their long-term impact. As of the evaluation cut-off date, 46% of indirectly managed
projects and 82% of directly managed projects initiated during 2021-2023 were still in progress.
Moreover, one key challenge in the interim evaluation of the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ programme
stems from the recent adoption of its monitoring and evaluation framework. The Commission
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2710
11
, adopted on 13 September 2023, introduced additional
indicators to improve the measurement of the programme’s various dimensions. However, at
the time of this evaluation, the necessary mechanisms, tools, and methodologies outlined in the
accompanying SWD
12
were not yet fully operational. This limited the completeness of
monitoring data, making it difficult to assess certain aspects of the programme in a systematic
way.
A major limitation, affecting both the final evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 and the interim
evaluation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027, relates to challenges in survey-based and counterfactual
analyses. Survey respondents were recruited differently depending on their status: beneficiaries
were selected from programme contact databases, while non-beneficiaries were reached
through social media campaigns. This approach introduced potential comparability issues since
the two groups may differ in demographics, engagement levels, or motivations for
participation. Additionally, since only limited background characteristics were available in
programme dashboards, it was difficult to determine to what extent the responses reflected the
broader Erasmus+ participant population.
The counterfactual analysis, which aimed to compare beneficiaries and non-beneficiaries,
controlled for several characteristics. However, the smaller sample size of the non-beneficiary
group limited its effectiveness in fully accounting for all relevant factors. Although the analysis
found positive links between Erasmus+ participation and skills, employability, and behavioural
changes, it could not confirm a direct cause-and-effect relationship.
Despite these challenges, survey data remains crucial for evaluating Erasmus+, given the lack
of ability to track individual programme participants over time using administrative data on
10
11
The experiment addressed higher education students, VET learners and young people (youth mobility).
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2710 of 13 September 2023 supplementing Regulation (EU)
2021/817 of the European Parliament and of the Council with provisions on the establishment of a monitoring and
evaluation framework for the Erasmus+ programme, OJ L 2023/2710, 5.12.2023.
12
SWD(2023) 296 of 13 September 2023.
6
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0009.png
key post-participation outcomes, such as employment rates, wages, and career progression after
learning mobility. Consequently, self-reported assessments continue to be the most widely used
method to gauge the programme’s impact across its various dimensions.
A possible improvement for future evaluations could be to explore, in collaboration with
Member States, the feasibility of using unique identifiers for programme participants. This
would allow them to be identified in administrative datasets, which could then complement
survey findings and enhance reliability. Such an approach could improve the ability to track
long-term outcomes, such as employment trends and career progression, beyond self-reported
data.
To address outlined limitations, the evaluation integrates findings from multiple data sources
and cross-references results to provide a balanced and comprehensive assessment. The final
evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 has been instrumental in informing the interim evaluation
of Erasmus+ 2021-2027, particularly in areas where strong continuity exists between
programme generations, such as learning mobility.
This SWD provides a separate assessment for the final evaluation of the 2014-2020 programme
and the interim evaluation of the 2021-2027 programme for the bulk of the evaluation
questions. Given the high degree of continuity between the two programme periods, a joint
analytical approach was adopted for (external) coherence, EU added value, and relevance
criteria. However, also for these aspects, the report highlights key differences between the two
periods and new developments. This evaluation ultimately serves as a critical tool for assessing
the impact, effectiveness, and future direction of Erasmus+, ensuring that it continues to shape
education, training, youth, and sport policies in Europe and beyond for the remainder of this
programme period and beyond 2027.
2.
W
HAT WAS THE EXPECTED OUTCOME OF THE INTERVENTION
?
2.1 Description of the intervention and its objectives
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
The 2014-2020 Erasmus+ programme was established under Regulation (EU) No 1288/2013
of the European Parliament and the Council
13
(hereinafter ‘the 20214-2020 Erasmus+
Regulation’) as a result of the integration of all previously existing EU programmes
implemented during the period 2007-2013 in the fields of education, training, youth and sport:
Lifelong Learning
14
, Youth in Action, Erasmus Mundus, Edulink, Tempus, Alfa and
Preparatory Actions in Sport. Erasmus+ 2014-2020 had an overall indicative
financial
envelope
of EUR 14.774 billion
15
under Heading 1 (Sustainable growth) and of EUR 1.68
billion under Heading 4 (EU as global player) of the EU budget.
Challenges and needs
Through cooperation in formal, informal and non-formal learning, the programme aimed to
address the following
challenges:
economic recovery and high youth unemployment; skills'
mismatches, low employability and education poverty; global competition for talents;
13
Regulation (EU) No 1288/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013
establishing 'Erasmus+': the Union programme for education, training, youth and sport and repealing Decisions
No 1719/2006/EC, No 1720/2006/EC and No 1298/2008/EC, OJ L 347, 20.12.2013, p. 50.
14
Life-Long Learning was itself composed of 6 sub-programmes including Erasmus, Comenius, Grundtvig, Jean
Monnet and Leonardo Da Vinci.
15
Article 18(1) of the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ Regulation.
7
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0010.png
Information and Communication Technology potential and digital divide; social exclusion and
intolerance; lack of trust in the EU and low participation in democratic life; threats to the
integrity of sport and, more generally, to common European values.
Objectives
The
general objectives
of Erasmus+ 2014-2020
16
were to contribute to the
Europe 2020
strategy for growth and jobs, including the headline education targets
17
, as well as the strategic
framework for European cooperation in education and training (‘ET
2020’),
including related
benchmarks. The programme also aimed to contribute to achieving the overall objectives of the
renewed framework for
European cooperation in the youth field
(2010-2018); to developing
the
European dimension in sport,
in particular grassroots sport, in line with the
Union work
plan for sport;
to promote the sustainable development of partner countries in the field of
higher education, as well as to promoting
European values
in accordance with Article 2 of the
Treaty on European Union.
The
specific objectives
18
were structured under the headings of (1) education and training, (2)
youth and (3) sport, in view of tackling:
the improvement of the level of key competences and skills, with particular regard to their
relevance for the labour market and their contribution to a cohesive society;
the promotion of participation in democratic life in Europe and active citizenship in youth;
the improvement of quality of youth work and enhanced cooperation in youth
the improvement of quality, innovation, excellence (including in European studies) and
internationalisation at the level of organisations and staff/practitioners in education and
training fields;
support to the modernisation of education and training systems, in particular through
evidence-based policy cooperation;
the enhancement of the European/international dimension of its sectors, including with
partner countries in complementarity with the Union's external action;
the promotion of the Union's linguistic diversity and intercultural awareness, in particular
in education and training;
cross-border threats to the integrity of sport; support to good governance in sport and dual
careers of athletes; and
the promotion of voluntary activities in sport.
Programme design
For
simplification
purposes, following the conclusions of the Impact Assessment for Erasmus+
2014-2020
19
, the programme was based on
three cross-cutting key actions.
These key actions
apply to all education and training sectors (higher education, vocational education and training
(VET), school education and adult education) and to the youth field. This integrated approach
does not apply to the two stand-alone strands for sport and for European integration studies
(‘Jean Monnet’). The 2014-2020 programme, therefore, had the following architecture:
Key Action 1: Learning mobility of individuals:
opportunities for students, trainees,
apprentices, young people and volunteers, as well as for professors, teachers, trainers,
16
17
Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 1288/2013.
In EU average: rate of early school leavers below 10%; at least 40% of people aged 30–34 having completed
Higher education.
18
Articles 5, 11 and 16 of the Regulation (EU) No 1288/2013.
19
Erasmus+ Impact Assessment, Commission Staff Working Paper, SEC(2011) 1402 of 23.11.2011.
8
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0011.png
youth workers, staff of educational institutions and civil society organisations to undertake
a learning and/or professional experience in another country.
Key Action 2: Cooperation for innovation and the exchange of good practices:
transnational or international projects promoting cooperation, innovation, exchange of
experience and know-how between different types of organisations and institutions
involved in education, training and youth or in other relevant fields.
Key Action 3: Support for policy reform:
actions supporting national authorities and
stakeholders in defining and implementing new and better coordinated policies in the field
of education, training and youth.
Jean Monnet activities:
actions aimed at improving the quality of teaching on European
integration studies, as well as projects and operating grants aimed at promoting discussion,
reflection on EU issues and enhancing knowledge about the EU and its functioning.
Sport:
cooperation projects, events, studies and other initiatives aimed at implementing
EU strategies and priorities in the field of sport.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 relied on
management modes
inherited from predecessor programmes,
involving, as main implementing bodies, the European Commission, the Education,
Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency (EACEA) and the National Agencies
(implementing a large share of the budget through indirect management). No direct support is
given to individual beneficiaries
20
. All support is channelled through participating
organisations, which distribute it to individual learners or practitioners.
In 2019, Serbia joined Erasmus+ as a fully-fledged programme country after 2 years and a half
of preparatory measures. Therefore, at the end of the programming period, Erasmus+ 2014-
2020 was implemented in
34 countries:
27 EU Member States, 3 EFTA Countries
(Liechtenstein, Iceland and Norway), 3 candidate countries (North Macedonia, Türkiye and
Serbia), and the United Kingdom. In accordance with the provisions of the withdrawal
agreement between the EU and UK
21
, Erasmus+ 2014-2020 continued being implemented in
relation to the UK, or entities and persons established in the UK as if the UK remained a
Member State, without disruption until the closure of the programme
22
.
A graphic representation of the intervention logic of the 2014-2020 programme is summarized
in the picture below, while a more detailed description of its inputs is given in Annex VI.
20
Students, trainees, apprentices, pupils, adult learners, young people, volunteers, professors, teachers, trainers,
youth workers, professionals of organisations active in the fields of education, training and youth.
21
Agreement on the withdrawal of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland from the European
Union and the European Atomic Energy Community (OJ L 29, 31.1.2020, p. 7).
22
See also 2020 Erasmus+ Programme Guide, p. 22 (https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2021-
09/erasmus_programme_guide_2020_v3_en.pdf).
9
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0012.png
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 - Intervention logic
10
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0013.png
Articles 165 and 166
23
of the Treaty on the functioning of the European Union define the EU
mandate in the education, training, youth and sport areas, as follows: develop a European
dimension in education, encourage learning mobility, stimulate cooperation between
organisations, develop exchange of good practices, encourage the participation of young people
in democratic life, develop a European dimension in sport, foster cooperation with third
countries. This sets the scope for the
intervention logic
of the programme.
While long-term impacts were not directly measured through programme data, the Erasmus+
intervention logic foresees that the programme could contribute to various long-term outcomes
in education, training, youth, and sport.
At the individual level,
the programme aimed to bring positive changes at both
learners
(students, trainees, apprentices, young people) and
staff/practitioners
(teachers, trainers,
youth workers). Erasmus+ could support higher education completion rates and smoother
transitions to further education. Participants may have experienced better career progression,
potentially benefiting from increased employability and a stronger commitment to active
citizenship. The programme was also seen as having the potential to promote multilingualism
and intercultural understanding, fostering skills that may have long-term benefits for mobility
and international collaboration.
At the organisational level,
the transnational cooperation opportunities offered by the
Erasmus+ aimed at helping develop sustainable institutional partnerships, improve teaching
quality, quality of youth work, and strengthen networks between educational institutions,
businesses, and policy actors. Over time, these outcomes may contribute to the
internationalisation of education and training and encourage the adoption of innovative
teaching and learning methods.
At the system level,
Erasmus+ aimed to strengthen policy coordination in education, training,
youth, and sport. The programme also aimed at generating stronger awareness about key policy
challenges in education and training, youth and sport; enhancing mutual learning and good
practice exchanges among policy makers and key stakeholders; supporting research and
training about the EU. It was also hoped that its influence could extend beyond education,
contributing to broader objectives such as social inclusion, equality, and democratic
participation.
Overall, Erasmus+ 2014-2020 aligned with EU strategic objectives, particularly in education,
training, and youth policy, as outlined in the Europe 2020 strategy and other European
priorities. By fostering mobility, cooperation, and innovation, Erasmus+ was expected to help
lay the foundation for stronger education systems, a more engaged youth, and a more cohesive
European society.
Spill-over between intervention levels
were also expected. For instance, it was hoped that the
mobility of learners and staff could – in addition to individual-level results – improve the
performance of the organisations. Also, the performance of individual organisations could
benefit from European cooperation in the fields of the programme, including through its
modernising effects on national systems and reforms.
23
These articles set the scope for EU intervention in Education, training, youth and sport: develop a European
dimension in education, encourage learning mobility, stimulate cooperation between organisations, develop
exchange of good practices, encourage the participation of young people in democratic life, develop a European
dimension in sport, foster cooperation with third countries.
11
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0014.png
However, several external factors exist in the areas of the programme intervention, consisting
e.g. of Member States’ policy making and spending. This makes it challenging to clearly
attribute and quantify the specific effects and changes the programme aimed to achieved.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
The 2021-2027 programme is established under Regulation (EU) 2021/817. The programme
has a budget of
EUR 26.526 billion
24
, complemented by about EUR 2.1 billion from EU
external cooperation instruments (IPA III and NDICI-Global Europe). The programme
provides learning mobility opportunities abroad for people of all ages and invests in
cooperation and policy development in the fields of education and training, youth and sport.
Challenges and needs
The 2021-2027 Erasmus+ programme emerged in response to Europe's evolving socio-
economic landscape. That context showed the importance of investing in lifelong learning to
equip
individuals with the necessary knowledge, skills and competences,
including
languages, and invest in digital literacy and other forward-looking fields (e.g. climate change,
clean energy, artificial intelligence, robotics, data analysis, arts/design), with the objective to
foster resilience and employability, contributing to economic growth and cohesion.
The impact assessment of the Commission’s proposal for Erasmus+ 2021-2027 identified the
need to address the Europe-wide trends of limited
participation in democratic life
and the
low levels of
knowledge
and
awareness
of
European matters
that have an impact on the lives
of all European citizens. By leveraging the pivotal role of education, the programme aimed to
bolster
EU values
such as freedom, tolerance and non-discrimination, fostering social cohesion.
The impact assessment also identified the need to make Erasmus+ more
inclusive,
by reaching
out more and better to people of different ages and from diverse cultural, social and economic
backgrounds. To close the so-called ‘inclusion gap’, the programme had to tackle the various
categories of obstacles hindering access to its learning opportunities, simplify access to funding
and broaden societal participation. The programme also needed to be
more accessible
for
newcomers with little or no experience, to organisations with smaller capacity, but also for new
types of organisations such as in regions, rural or deprived areas, people with disabilities and
community-based grassroots organisations that work directly with disadvantaged learners of all ages.
Against a background of global challenges and climate change, the 2021-2027 programme
generation seeks to make economies and lifestyles more sustainable; formal, non-formal and
informal education are key to
foster environmental awareness and promote behavioural
changes
towards a greener society. Additionally, high-quality
digital education, digital tools
and platforms,
educators with
digital skills
are essential for European societies to adapt to the
digital transition. The 2021-2027 Erasmus+ programme endeavours to address also these needs.
The impact assessment also stressed that
international mobility and cooperation with non-
associated third countries
– in particular enlargement, neighbourhood, industrialised and
emerging countries - should be intensified, to better support institutions and organisations in
Europe in facing the challenges of globalisation. To do so, ensuring synergies with the Union's
external instruments to pursue the goals of its external actions was highlighted as key to
contribute to human and institutional development in third countries, including in developing
countries, and to engage with their young people, as an essential element to building more
24
As established in 2021-2027 Erasmus+ Regulation, the financial envelope for the implementation of the
Programme for the period from 2021 to 2027 was set at EUR 24.574 billion (Article 17(1)), increased by an
additional allocation of EUR 1.7 billion in constant 2018 prices (Article 17(2)). The latter amount is estimated at
amounting to EUR 1.951 billion in current prices, for a total amount of EUR 26.526 billion.
12
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0015.png
resilient societies and enhancing trust between cultures. Keeping
stability and continuity
in
the overall structure and management mode of the new programme compared to its predecessor
was another recommendation.
Based on the findings of the mid-term evaluation of the 2014-2020 programme and
stakeholders’ consultations, a number of improvements were put forward to address the
following challenges:
Closing the knowledge, skills and competences gap;
Making Erasmus+ more inclusive (inclusion gap);
Limited participation in democratic life and sense of European identity;
Limited opportunities for and access to cooperation between organisations from
different countries;
Insufficient scope and volume of international (non-EU) mobility and cooperation;
Simplify the access to the programme and reduce burden on beneficiaries;
Foster synergies with other funding instruments.
Objectives
The
general objective
25
of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 is to support, through lifelong learning, the
educational, professional and personal development of people in education, training, youth and
sport, in Europe and beyond, thereby contributing to sustainable growth, quality jobs and social
cohesion, to driving innovation, and to strengthening European identity and active citizenship.
The programme also has
three specific objectives,
each addressing specific fields:
Specific objective 1 in the field of education and training
(including higher
education, VET, school education and adult education): to promote learning mobility
of individuals and groups, as well as cooperation, quality, inclusion and equity,
excellence, creativity and innovation at the level of organisations and policies.
Specific objective 2 in the field of youth:
to promote non-formal and informal learning
mobility and active participation among young people, as well as cooperation, quality,
inclusion, creativity and innovation at the level of organisations and policies.
Specific objective 3 in the field of sport:
to promote learning mobility of sport staff,
as well as cooperation, quality, inclusion, creativity and innovation at the level of sport
organisations and sport policies.
The delivery on the programme objectives is ensured through
four horizontal priorities
encompassing all programme actions: inclusion and diversity; environment and fight against
climate change; digital transformation; and participation and civic engagement.
The 2021-2027 Erasmus+ programme was designed to be a key instrument for building a
European Education Area,
supporting the implementation of the European strategic
25
Article 3(1) of Regulation (EU) 2021/817.
13
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0016.png
cooperation in the field of education and training (ET 2030), with its underlying sectoral
agendas (in higher education, VET, school education and adult education), and delivering on
the
European Skills Agenda
for sustainable competitiveness, social fairness and resilience. It
supports Europe’s digital strategy and the
Digital Education Action Plan,
and the
European
Green Deal.
In addition, the programme is a crucial contributor to advancing youth policy
cooperation under the
European Union Youth Strategy
2019-2027 and to developing the
European dimension in sport in line with the
EU Work Plans for Sport.
The 2021-2027 programme also addresses challenges identified in the findings of the mid-term
evaluation of the 2014-2020 programme and in stakeholders’ consultations. It helps equip
Europeans with the necessary skills for an increasingly mobile, multicultural and digital
society; increases the inclusivity of and the accessibility to the programme; provides more
opportunities for participation in democratic life; increases the scope and volume of
international (non-EU) learning mobility and cooperation; fosters synergies with other funding
instruments. In line with the impact assessment of the Commission’s proposal for the 2021-
2027 Erasmus+ programme, the current programme has kept stability and continuity of the
2014-2020 programme in its overall structure with three key actions and its management mode.
The current programme has also integrated sport actions in this structure.
Programme design
The 2021-2027 programme is implemented under both
direct and indirect management in
33 countries,
i.e. 27 EU Member States, three EEA/EFTA countries (Iceland, Liechtenstein,
Norway) and three candidate countries (North Macedonia, Türkiye and Serbia). The actions
implemented under indirect management are largely entrusted to
National Agencies
(NAs)
26
designated by National Authorities in each Member State and third country associated to the
programme, while those under direct management are implemented by the
European
Education and Culture Executive Agency
(EACEA) and by the European Commission. The
programme is designed as followed:
Key action 1 (KA1) Learning mobility;
Key action 2 (KA2) Cooperation among organisations and institutions;
Key action 3 (KA3) Support to policy development and cooperation;
Jean Monnet Actions: aiming to support teaching, learning, research and debates on
European integration matters, including on the EU’s future challenges and
opportunities.
The programme is designed to address the
individual, organisational and systemic/ policy
levels,
in terms of actions, final target groups and short-term results respectively through KA1,
2 and 3 as well as Jean Monnet Actions. This logic is also reflected in the
programme
management and implementing modes.
The actions expected to deliver most results at
individual level, such as learning mobility, and requiring closer monitoring of organisations in
the national context are implemented under indirect management. Large-scale actions aiming
to produce systemic and policy effects, at national and European level, are mainly implemented
through direct management.
The diagram below provides a graphic representation of the intervention logic, summarizing
the main inputs, outputs, results and impact as well as their relations:
26
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/contacts/national-agencies
14
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0017.png
15
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0018.png
A more detailed description of
inputs, outputs, results and impacts
in provided in
Annex VI.
For this interim evaluation, the focus will be on inputs, outputs and short-term results, where
data is already available at this stage of the programming period. The results of the final
evaluation of 2014-2020 and the interim evaluation of 2021-2027 will inform the development
of the final evaluation of 2021-2027. Further details are provided in section 5.2 ‘Lessons
Learned’.
I
n continuity with the 2014-2020 programme, potential
spill-over effects
can be identified
between the programme actions. For instance, learning mobility activities (KA1) of students,
teachers, trainers, and other staff could, in addition to individual-level results, can lead to
improvements in the performance of the institutions. This is due to the fact that mobility actions
are not contracted at the individual level, but at the level of their institution.
Similarly, while the cooperation projects (KA2) are focussing on the cooperation between
institutions and having effects at that level, the individuals that participate in the projects will
also indirectly develop a set of skills and competences. The policy support activities and
projects (KA3) can lead to concrete follow-up through pilots at the grassroots levels.
Finally, several external factors exist in the areas of the programme intervention, consisting of
e.g. Member States’ policy making and spending. This makes it challenging to clearly attribute
and quantify the specific effects and changes it aimed to achieved.
2.2 Main changes introduced in the 2021-2027 programming period
The changes introduced in the 2021-2027 programme, most of them resulting from lessons
drawn from the mid-term evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020, mainly consisted in:
Reducing the number of specific objectives from 13 to 3;
Establishing four overarching implementation priorities across its actions and fields, to
increase consistency in the delivery of programme objectives;
Embedding all programme fields, including sport, in the three key actions, to pursue the
programme objectives in a more streamlined manner;
Rearranging the programme actions among the three key actions, linking them with
more clarity to the changes that the programme aims to trigger;
Several flagship actions were introduced (such as the European Universities initiative,
and the Centres of Vocational Excellence), certain actions were renamed or moved from
one key action to another, while very few actions were discontinued in the transition
from the 2014-2020 programme
27
);
Providing more flexible formats (e.g. group and blended mobility);
Reinforcing the international dimension, extending it to a wider number of actions.
Furthermore, ‘DiscoverEU’ has become part of the Erasmus+ programme 2021-2027, building
on the experience of the DiscoverEU initiative, launched as a preparatory action in 2018 (see
Annex VIII for a more complete overview).
A number of
simplification measures
were introduced at various levels:
a) for
beneficiaries:
27
The European Voluntary Service was discontinued from Erasmus+ since the entry into force of the European
Solidarity Corps (ESC) programme in 2018.
16
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0019.png
introduction of the
small-scale partnership
(lower grants, flexible formats, simplified
administrative requirements), an action specifically designed to increase accessibility
for small and newcomer organisations;
simplified funding rules for cooperation projects, providing organisations the
possibility to apply for a single
lump sum
for implementing their projects;
introduction of the
accreditation scheme
(‘Erasmus Accreditation’) for mobility
projects in VET, school education, adult education, and youth
28
to simplify accessibility
to funding and reduce the administrative requirements for recurrent beneficiaries;
revamped
IT architecture,
including for the implementing bodies, with the
introduction of the ‘single entry point’ for IT applications;
b) for
participants:
digitalised and simplified implementation, in particular through the
European Student
Card Initiative;
c) for
National Agencies:
introduction of multi-annual programming, shorter and more targeted annual reporting
(‘yearly reports’) and more user-friendly format for feedback;
simplified contractual requirements (‘contribution agreements’), with increased
flexibility for the management of the funds and a single share for transfers between
actions/sectors);
digitalisation of contractual, payment and amendment procedures, use of digital
signatures;
d) for
other bodies
supporting the implementation of the programme (national VET teams,
SALTO Resource Centres, Eurodesk, National Support Services for eTwinning and the
Electronic Platform for Adult Learning in Europe (EPALE)):
introduction of lump sum, simplified contractual arrangements.
2.3 Point(s) of comparison
The main point of comparison for the interim evaluation is the
impact assessment carried out
for Erasmus+ 2021-2027.
For the final evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020, the main points of
comparison are the findings of its mid-term evaluation and of the long-term impact of its seven
predecessor programmes from the period 2007-2013 (ex-post evaluation)
29
. The baseline
scenario for the 2021-2027 programme was to maintain the status quo of the 2014-2020 programme,
which had achieved good results and was on track in achieving its performance indicators
30
.
At the end of the 2014-2020 programming period more than
6 million individuals,
learners
and staff, had taken part in learning mobility
31
, in addition many more people benefited from
cooperation projects involving almost
140 000 organisations.
Despite the good achievements,
the programme was unable to meet the high demand, with only a minority of young people
32
benefitting from an Erasmus+ experience. Findings of the previous evaluation highlighted that
28
Already existing for Higher education. In VET, during the 2014-2020 programme, organisations could apply
for the ‘Erasmus+ VET Mobility Charter’ for simplified access to certain VET mobility actions, such as
ErasmusPro. In the current programme, this Charter has been replaced by the ‘Erasmus Accreditation’.
29
https://ec.europa.eu/programmes/erasmus-plus/resources/documents.evaluations_en
30
At the time of the mid-term evaluation, in the period 2014-2016 (without taking into account fully 2016 data),
the programme had already benefited over 1.4 million learners and 400 000 staff/practitioners.
31
Mobilities counted by call year. To be noted that thousands of projects have been impacted by COVID-19 in
2020. More details in Erasmus+ Annual Report 2020, Erasmus+ annual report 2020 - Publications Office of the
EU (europa.eu).
32
4% of young people living in Europe at the time of the impact assessment.
17
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0020.png
learning mobility activities would have benefitted from more volume and scope, in order to
provide individuals with the right set of knowledge, skills and competences to support
employment and foster social cohesion. To tackle such challenges, Erasmus+ 2021-2027
introduced new opportunities for school pupils, adult learners, young people and sport staff.
The mid-term evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 underlined the capacity of the programme in
reaching out to
disadvantaged young people
(11.5% of the total number of participants at the
moment of that evaluation
33
); however, it pointed out the need to further widen the access to
the programme, reaching out to more people with fewer opportunities and facilitating the
participation of smaller-sized organisation. The design of the 2021-2027 programme took these
needs into account introducing measures to increase outreach and participation for individuals
with fewer opportunities and of newcomer and low-resourced organisations.
The 2014-2020 programme introduced opportunities for
international mobility and
cooperation,
but these were limited in scope (only available for higher education and youth)
and in volume. Erasmus+ 2021-2027 has consolidated its international actions, including
activities open to the rest of the world; first through reinforced higher education mobility
to/from third countries non associated to Erasmus+, outgoing mobility towards third countries
for VET learners and staff, and dedicated scholarships for excellent students worldwide. The
capacity building actions were extended to the VET and sport fields, while continuing in the
higher education and youth fields.
3.
H
OW HAS THE SITUATION EVOLVED OVER THE EVALUATION PERIOD
?
3.1 Current state of play
This chapter describes the state of play in implementing both programme generations,
explaining, both legally and on the ground, the situation of the period under evaluation.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 had an overall indicative financial envelope of EUR 14.774 billion under
Heading 1 (Sustainable growth) of the EU budget, complemented by EUR 1.68 billion under
Heading 4 (EU as global player) and the European Development Fund (EDF), as opposed to a
total budget of slightly more than a total of EUR 9 billion allocated to its predecessors over
2007-2013 (+40%). The overall indicative financial envelope was then modified to
EUR 14 543 billion in current prices, following the entry into force of Regulation (EU)
2018/1475 establishing the European Solidarity Corps
34
.
Budget heading
MFF Heading 1 (billion EUR)
MFF Heading 4 (billion EUR)
Total (billion EUR)
33
Amount (billion EUR)
14.5
1.7
35
16.2
With the youth actions being the most successful in this regard, reaching out to 31% of participants with fewer
opportunities.
34
Regulation (EU) 2018/1475 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 2 October 2018 laying down the
legal framework of the European Solidarity Corps and amending Regulation (EU) No 1288/2013, Regulation (EU)
No 1293/2013 and Decision No 1313/2013/EU (OJ L 250, 4.10.2018, p. 1). Article 26 of this Regulation modified
Article 18(1) of the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ Regulation.
35
Coming from different external cooperation instruments funding Erasmus+ 2014-2020 under Heading 4 (i.e.
i) Development Cooperation Instrument (DCI), ii) the European Neighbourhood Instrument (ENI), iii) the
Partnership Instrument for cooperation with third countries (PI), and iv) the Instrument for Pre-accession
Assistance (IPA)) as well as from the European Development Fund (EDF).
18
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0021.png
The budget profile of the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ programme was strongly backloaded, growing
at a regular, though not even, rhythm year-over-year, with a sharp increase in the last year of
the programming period.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 financial envelope per year (billion EUR)
Source: Erasmus+ annual report 2020
The
legal framework of the 2014-2020 programme
was modified in 2018 following the
adoption of the European Solidarity Corps legal basis. As a result, Article 13 and Article 18,
paragraphs 1, 2 and 3, of the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ Regulation were amended through Article
26 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1475. This implied the following changes:
the volunteering activities implemented through the European Voluntary Service were
discontinued from Erasmus+ in view of implementation under the European Solidarity
Corps,
the overall indicative financial envelope was lowered to EUR 14.5 billion,
the share of allocations across sectors and actions were further adjusted.
Table 2 -- Key data of Erasmus+ 2014-2020
36
KA1
Number of contracted
projects
Contracted grants (in
million EUR)
Number of distinct
organisations
Number of participants
123 519
11 058
95 070
5 182 902
KA2
25 313
5 359
56 953
997 594
KA3
8 828
494
9 395
442 163
JMA
1 909
327
993
N/A
Sport
1 366
274
2 831
N/A
Total
160 935
17 512
136 155
37
6 622 659
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 has been monitored through a set of indicators, established in Annex I of
the 2014-2020 Regulation, measuring the level of achievement of the programme towards its
general and specific objectives. Table A in Annex VII of this SWD shows their level of
achievement at the end of the programming period, reported, in most cases, against yearly non-
cumulative targets in line with the corporate guidelines for the 2014-2020 programming period
(see section 4.1 for their assessment).
The overall completion rate of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 projects at the time of this evaluation is
99.4%, while the remaining projects are still in progress and due to submit their final report.
36
Programme monitoring data, frozen on 5 January 2024 to reflect the state of play for the period under evaluation.
Data are based on Call year.
37
Number of distinct organisations across all key actions. It does not correspond to the sum of the number of
distinct organisations per key action.
19
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0022.png
The cumulative implementation rates at the time of the evaluation were 100.9% for Erasmus+
2014-2020 commitments and 97.25% for payments.
Out of the total number of 2014-2020 contracted projects, 147 594 projects (92%) were
implemented under indirect management, for total grants of EUR 14 billion. 77% of the
Erasmus+ funded projects have supported learning mobility under KA1
38
and 16% have
supported cooperation between organisations between 2014 and 2020 under KA2
39
.
Support to learning mobility is the core business of Erasmus+. In the 2014-2020 programme,
the programme benefited over
6.6 million participants,
out of which more than
720 000
(around 10%) were with fewer opportunities/disadvantaged background or had special
needs
across the three key actions. 80% were learners and 20% were educators and staff.
The outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 exerted unprecedented pressure on education
and training systems, impacted thousands of Erasmus+ projects and affected most mobilities
funded under 2019 and 2020 calls, as well as some under 2018 call. In 2020, the impact of the
pandemic on learning mobilities resulted in a 60% decrease compared with previous years
(average 2016-2019). A decrease of 85% was observed also in terms of activities undertaken
under KA2 in 2020, compared to the average number of activities in the period 2016-2019.
Between 2014 and 2020,
26 488 projects
were supported under
KA2,
involving more than
59 000 distinct organisations.
At the end of the programming period, the
success rate
40
for
learning mobility actions in the VET, school education, adult education and youth sectors
settled in average around 47%, with youth and school education being the fields registering the
lower success rates (respectively 33% and 39% in 2019 and 30% and 32% in 2020). In the VET
field, 89% of learning mobility projects were funded outside the VET mobility Charter system
(assimilated to the accreditation system) with a success rate of 47% in 2020. The table below
provides an overview of the success rates recorded in the last two years of programme
implementation for actions funded under KA2 (direct and indirect management), KA3 (indirect
management), as well as for Jean Monnet and Sport activities, showing an overall
oversubscription also across these actions.
38
39
The figure includes Erasmus Mundus Joint Master Degree projects under direct management.
The remaining 7% being KA3 projects and projects funded under Jean Monnet Actions.
40
Success rate is calculated based on the number of contracted projects over the number of received project
proposals. In the case of KA1 activities based on accreditation/charter system (i.e. higher education student and
staff mobility (KA103) and VET learners and staff mobility with VET mobility charter (KA116)), the success rate
is calculated based on the number of participants in contracted projects over participants in submitted project
proposals, and not on the number of projects. Consequently, given their non-competitive character both KA103
and KA116 are excluded from success rate calculations.
20
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0023.png
Table 3 - Erasmus+ 2014-2020 Success rate
41
Key Action
Management mode
FIELD
HED
VET
KA2
Indirect
SCH
ADU
YOUTH
Direct
Various sectors
2019
38%
31%
44%
39%
18%
21%
2020
34%
27%
36%
30%
17%
19%
31%
25%
28%
KA3
Indirect
42
YOUTH
33%
Jean Monnet activities
Direct
HED
22%
Sport activities
Direct
Sport
34%
Source: Erasmus+ annual reports 2014-2020 -statistical annexes.
In the period 2014-2020
43
, organisations from
third countries
- associated and not associated
to the programme - participated either as coordinators or partners in 42 800 projects, with a
total contracted grant amount of EUR 1.45 billion. In 2019, after two years and half of
preparatory measures, Serbia joined Iceland, Liechtenstein, North Macedonia, Norway and
Türkiye as fully fledged associated country. This brought the number of participating countries
to 34 (including UK). By the end of the programming period, organisations from these six
associated third countries participated either as coordinators or partners in 34 307 projects, with
a total grant amount exceeding EUR 1.17 billion. In total, third countries (both associated and
non-associated) hosted 471 106 learning mobilities funded by the 2014-2020 programme,
while 734 761 participants (learners and staff) originating from these countries benefitted from
an Erasmus+ mobility. Out of these numbers, the six associated third countries counted for
338 061 incoming mobilities and 501 765 outgoing learning mobilities.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
The total financial envelope allocated to Erasmus+ in the MFF agreement for 2021-2027 is set
at EUR 26.5 billion
44
, with an additional indicative envelope of EUR 2.1 billion allocated from
External Cooperation Instruments (IPA III and NDICI-Global Europe) via a Multiannual
Indicative programme
45
.
Budget Headings
MFF Headings 2 (billion EUR)
MFF Headings 6 (billion EUR)
Total (billion EUR)
2021-2027
26.5
2.1
28.6
As in the 2014-2020 programming period, the budget profile of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 is
strongly backloaded, growing at a regular, though not even, rhythm year-over-year, with an
expected sharp increase in the last year of the programming period. Considering the 2021-2027
programme’s profile, the Commission proposed a frontloading of EUR 100 million from 2027
to 2023 (voted in the EU budget for 2023), to support projects facilitating the integration of
41
42
The data for HE and VET do not include accredited projects funded under KA103 and KA116.
Most part of the KA3 activities under direct management are not awarded through open calls for proposals,
therefore success rate is not applicable.
43
Data before 2020 includes also UK participation in the Erasmus+ programme.
44
See footnote 24, p. 12.
45
Based on the MFF mid-term review agreed in 2024, the indicative financial envelope allocated to Erasmus+
from the External Cooperation Instruments goes form EUR 2.2 billion to EUR 2.1 billion (https://international-
partnerships.ec.europa.eu/document/download/1d7e2bec-d688-49a1-bcfb-a67ba667514d_en?filename=ad-mip-
2024-c2024-7509-erasmus-annex_en.pdf).
21
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0024.png
people fleeing the war in Ukraine into their new learning environments, as well as activities
supporting organisations, learners, and staff in Ukraine
46
.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 financial programming per year (billion EUR)
Source: Erasmus+ annual report 2023
47
The
legal framework
of the 2021-2027 programme was complemented as follows:
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2021/1877 of 22 October 2021 on the
framework of inclusion measures
of the Erasmus+ and European Solidarity Corps
programmes 2021-2027
48
. It aims to support an easier access to funding for a wider range
of organisations and to better reach out to more participants with fewer opportunities. The
Commission also published implementation guidelines on the Erasmus+ and European
Solidarity Corps
inclusion and diversity strategy
49
, to further support the inclusion
dimension of the programme and help address the potential
barriers
hindering access to
Erasmus+ opportunities, either as a stand-alone factor or in combination among them: i)
disabilities, ii) health problems, iii) barriers linked to education and training systems, iv)
cultural differences, v) social barriers, vi) economic barriers, vii) barriers linked to
discrimination, viii) geographical barriers. The list is not exhaustive and aims to provide a
reference in taking action, with a view to increasing accessibility and outreach to people
with fewer opportunities.
The Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2710 on the
Monitoring and
Evaluation Framework
of Erasmus+, adopted in September 2023. This Delegated Act
supplemented the 15 indicators established in Annex II of the 2021-2027 Erasmus+
Regulation with an additional set of 12 indicators to allow a more accurate measurement of
the programme outputs, results and impacts (see tables B and C in Annex VII of this SWD
for a complete overview and level of achievement of all programme indicators and section
4.1 for their assessment).
Table 6 - Key data 2021-2023
50
Erasmus+ 2021-2023
KA1
KA2
KA3
JMA
Total
46
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/news/reviewed-erasmus-2023-budget-brings-overall-eu443-billion-to-
support-the-education-sectors-with-specific-support-for-ukrainian-learners-and-staff
47
Solid bars represent the composition of the budget as endorsed in the relevant annual work programmes. “Other
fund sources” includes top-up fines and top-ups brought by the budget authority to the annual EU budget for
Erasmus+. Dashed bars represent the estimated projection of the budget for the upcoming years, in line with the
programme budget profile. They only include the MFF plans.
48
OJ L 378, 26.10.2021, p. 15.
49
Implementation guidelines - Erasmus+ and European Solidarity Corps Inclusion and Diversity Strategy -
Erasmus+ (europa.eu)
50
Programme monitoring data, frozen on 5 January 2024 to reflect the state of play for the period under evaluation.
Data are based on Call years.
22
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0025.png
Number of contracted projects
Contracted grants (in million EUR)
Number of distinct organisations
58 240
5 876
56 448
11 812
3 559
26 638
886
146
826
1 080
175
708
72 018
9 757
77 671
Approximately
72 000 projects
have been contracted in the period 2021-2023, which represent
a slight increase (5%) in yearly number compared to the 2014-2020 average
51
. Out of the total
number of projects contracted in 2021-2023, 68 009 (94.4 %) were implemented under indirect
management, for total grants of close to EUR 7.5 billion.
In the period 2021-2023, more than 14 000
52
organisations were awarded with the newly
introduced ‘Erasmus Accreditation’ in the VET, school education, adult education and youth
sectors
53
, equal to 26.6 % of the distinct organisations participating in KA1 activities in these
sectors. In total, 25 726 accredited projects have been contracted in the VET, school education,
adult education and youth sectors in the period 2021-2023, against 19 033 non-accredited
projects in these sectors.
Most programme actions are oversubscribed, whether in support of learning mobility
opportunities or of cooperation projects. Demand for mobility in accredited projects has
increased in all fields between 2021 and 2023. In particular, the demand for mobilities in
accredited projects for schools has almost doubled from 2021 to 2022 (from 1 949 received
projects in 2021 to 3 426 in 2022) and more than doubled from 2022 to 2023 (6 988 received
projects in 2023).
The average success rate
54
of KA2 was 18%, for actions under indirect management in 2023,
while for KA2 actions under direct management it was 23%.
Between 2021 and 2023, more than 81% of the Erasmus+ funded projects have supported
learning mobility and 16% have supported cooperation between organisations,
corresponding respectively to 60% and 36% of contracted grants
55
. In the 2021-2027
programming period, at the time of the interim evaluation (i.e. without taking into account fully
51
52
http://ec.europa.eu/programmes/erasmus-plus/about/statistics_en
The first Call of the Erasmus Accreditation (KA120 and KA150) took place in 2020 to allow organisation to be
able to submit grant requests for accredited projects in 2021 Call year. In the youth sector, the Erasmus
Accreditation (KA150) is not applicable for Youth participation activities (KA154).
53
Higher education institutions applying to mobility projects need to hold an Erasmus charter for higher education
(ECHE), which is the equivalent for higher education of the Erasmus Accreditation. This measure is in place since
the previous programme generations.
54
The success rate is calculated based on the number of contracted projects over the number of received project
proposals.
55
The remaining 3% (1 966 projects) being KA3 projects and projects funded under Jean Monnet Actions,
corresponding in total to 3.3% of contracted grants (EUR 321 million).
23
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0026.png
2023 data – cut-off date 31 December 2023), the programme had already benefited over
1.6 million participants
56
, out of which more than
245 000 (15.2%) were with fewer
opportunities.
77% were learners and 22% were educators and staff
57
.
The COVID-19 pandemic seriously impacted the first years of implementation of the 2021-
2027 programme. Throughout 2021 all mobility activities continued to be affected. A number
of mitigating measures addressing the restrictions of physical mobility were adopted and
flexibility was applied both in the implementation and in the eligibility of costs within the
applicable legal frameworks. In 2021, to compensate for the sharp decrease in mobility demand,
the main programme focus shifted to cooperation partnerships. It is estimated that, in 2021,
COVID-19 pandemic entailed a 36% decrease of learning mobility compared with the average
over the period 2016-2019. In 2022, the programme strived for a gradual return to a regular
implementation, notably in terms of learning mobilities, shifting the focus of the programme
from cooperation partnerships back to the mobility projects, and a return to pre-pandemic levels
with more than 1.2 million mobilities
58
across all sectors.
Between 2021 and 2023, 11 812 projects have been supported under KA2, involving more
than 28 000 distinct organisations and contracting over EUR 3.5 billion.
Around 20% of
Erasmus+ total granted amount (approx. EUR 546 million) went to newcomer organisations,
i.e. organisations that had not participated in any given Erasmus+ action in the predecessor
programme.
In the period 2021-2023, organisations from third countries - associated and not associated to
the programme - participated either as coordinators or partners in 12 790 projects, with a total
contracted grant amount of EUR 690 million. Organisations from associated third countries
participated either as coordinators or partners in 10 609 projects, with a total grant amount
exceeding EUR 557 million. In total, third countries (both associated and non-associated)
hosted 118 280 learning mobilities funded by the 2021-2027 programme, while 141 549
participants (learners and staff) originating from these countries benefitted from an Erasmus+
mobility during the 2021-2023 period. Out of these numbers, the six third countries associated
to the programme count for 82 442 incoming mobilities and 109 861 outgoing learning
mobilities.
56
57
Data refer to actual participants (completed mobilities).
Data at cut-off date of 31.12.2023 extracted by call year. To be noted that some categories of participants have
“unassigned” label, therefore the total of learners and staff does not sum up to 100%.
58
Learning mobilities in 2022 calendar year.
24
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0027.png
4.
E
VALUATION FINDINGS
(
ANALYTICAL PART
)
This chapter presents evaluation findings for both programme generations according to five
evaluation criteria – effectiveness, efficiency, coherence relevance and European added value.
4.1.
To what extent was the intervention successful and why?
4.1.1
Effectiveness
The assessment of the effectiveness of Erasmus+ is overall positive for both programming
periods. This assessment has looked into the extent to which:
The programme ensured that learners and staff, including people with fewer
opportunities, had access to and benefitted from its activities;
Spill-over, sustainable or unintended effects took place;
Results were disseminated and exploited;
The implementation of priorities was effective;
The response to external factors, such as COVID-19 pandemic, was effective.
An analysis of the level of achievement of outputs and results, as well as of impacts at
organisational and system level, is provided separately for the 2014-2020 final and 2021-2027
interim evaluations of Erasmus+. Impacts at individual level are, however, analysed jointly,
given the strong continuity of the design of most of the actions, and an important coexistence
of activities, funded by the two programming periods, but running in parallel in the first years
of implementation of the current programme due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Where applicable, differences are highlighted each time within the text. A distinct analysis is
also provided when major changes in the programme implementation impose a clear
breakdown, as it is the case e.g. of inclusion measures.
The evidence presented across the individual, organisational, and system levels suggests a
generally positive direction of impact, indicating effectiveness of the interventions and
activities examined. However, the findings should be interpreted with caution, as they are not
conclusive due to limitations in the scope and quality of the available data.
The evaluation assesses the stronger continuity that has featured both programme
generations (‘evolution
not revolution’)
as a strength.
The overall needs, priorities and types
of actions funded under Erasmus+ have not changed radically over the two programming
periods. Based on the collected evidence, exposure to and participation in similar types of
interventions over time is likely to achieve stronger results and impacts especially at
organisational and system levels due to the build-up of experience. Although it is too early to
make any assumption on the impact of the 2021-2027 programme, it can be anticipated that the
impacts of the 2014-2020 programme will carry on with the current programme, likely in a
more positive and sustainable manner.
Across both programme generations very
few unintended effects
59
were observed, which
were predominantly positive.
These include e.g. i) the increased healthy competition among
the institutions to form partnerships to participate in the programme activities and be more
prominent on the international stage; ii) the attraction of more learners to those institutions that
59
Finding based on stakeholder perception data only, such as key informant interviews and case study on Pilot
PoVE Water, CIV Water (NL).
25
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0028.png
carry out programme activities, iii) the accelerated digitalisation of activities funded by the
programme in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
4.1.1.1 Degree of achievement of intervention logic against key indicators
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
The 2014-2020 programme has been effective in achieving the expected outputs and
results measured against its objectives.
In line with the intervention logic, outputs can be
summarised based on their level of intervention:
i)
ii)
iii)
individual level,
organisational level, and
system level.
The table below provides a simplified overview of the degree of achievement of outputs and
results from the intervention logic presented in the previous chapter, and the corresponding
evidence used to assess such achievements. The green shading means that the degree of
achievement is on track/attained, while yellow indicates that the achievement is somewhat
lagging behind, yet not to a major extent. The overview table contains no red shading, which
would have signalled significant underachievement.
Table 7 - Overview of the degree of achievement of outputs and results from the 2014-2020
intervention logic
Achievement of outputs
Mobilities for learners
Mobilities for staff
Evidence
Quantitative
and qualitative
Quantitative
and qualitative
Qualitative
evidence
Qualitative
evidence
Quantitative
evidence
Qualitative
evidence
Quantitative
and qualitative
IL
Level
INDIVIDUAL ORGANISATIONAL
Achievement of results
Improved skills, knowledge, and
competences
Changes in attitude, personal
development, motivation
Quality improvements at
organisation level (new curricula,
new practices, better recognition,
new methods of youth work, etc.)
Stronger international networks
with other organisations,
businesses, international, etc.
Evidence
Quantitative
and qualitative
Quantitative
and qualitative
Quantitative
and qualitative
Small-scale cooperation
projects
Large scale cooperation
projects
Organisation
participation
Policy outputs (support
tools, experimentation
activities)
Jean Monnet activities
Quantitative
and qualitative
No short-term results expected in the intervention
logic
Research on EU studies, learning
and teaching about the EU
Quantitative
evidence
SYSTEM
Outputs
Since 2014, the programme reached in total more than 6.6 million participants across its
three key actions, funding more than 6.2 million learning mobilities
60
. The performance
indicators established in the legal basis of the programme were reported against yearly non-
cumulative targets, therefore no final (cumulative) target was established for the whole
programming period.
60
Under KA1 and KA2, the latter refers to pupils under the School exchange partnerships.
26
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0029.png
At level of outputs, performance indicators were generally on track and performing well
until Call years 2019 and 2020.
During 2019-2020 Call years, results were heavily affected
by the COVID-19 pandemic in particular with regards to the number of participants (see also
section 4.1.1.8). As a result, quantitative indicators measuring the number of learners (pupils,
students, trainees and young people) participating in the programme show 2020 achievements
slightly below targets at the end of the programming period (617 000 participants, against
667 000 expected participants). In 2020, a lower number of participants was experienced in the
higher education (350 000 students versus a target of 412 000), and youth sectors (117 000
young people against a target of 124 000), while the number of VET learners (150 000) was
higher compared to the target (131 000).
Most of the types of actions funded in the 2014-2020 programming period continued in the
2021-2027 period. In the youth sector, the
European Voluntary Service
(EVS) supported
around 54 000 volunteers until 2018
61
. Although the Erasmus+ 2014-2020 mid-term evaluation
considered the EVS effective, the action was discontinued as a ‘brand’ and removed from
Erasmus+ in 2019, when volunteering activities started being supported under the European
Solidarity Corps.
By end of the programming period, the programme reached a total of
720 000 participants
with fewer opportunities, special needs or disadvantaged background
across applicable
fields and actions. This number fell short of the target in 2020, with 43 000 participants against
a target of 77 000, mostly due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The youth field
performed particularly well and above targets all along the programme implementation, with a
slight decline registered in 2019 (from 44 000 in 2018 to 39 000 participants in 2019) and
underachievement in 2020 (19 000 participants against a target of 37 000). The decrease in
2019 and 2020 is mostly due to COVID-19 (mobility periods take place between one and three
years after project starts), with projects end dates extended for 2019/2020 calls to allow
postponed mobility periods to take place. In the case of youth, the decrease is also related to
the creation of the European Solidarity Corps, and the consequent discontinuation of EVS from
Erasmus+ as from Call 2019.
The
Erasmus+ Student Loan Guarantee Facility
62
had an initial target to provide by 2020
some 200 000 students with access to EU-guaranteed loans for studying abroad. By the end of
2017, only 428 students had opted to take part in the scheme, with the majority of them coming
from Spain
63
. The action proved effective in supporting the needs of disadvantaged students
who were willing to go abroad for a full master’s programme
64
, but it never attracted enough
financial intermediaries offering student loans for studying abroad nor a sufficient number of
beneficiaries
65
. The Facility was discontinued in the 2021-2027 programming period as a
61
EVS was covered under Erasmus+ 2014-2020 under KA105 (mobility projects for young people and youth
workers) until 2017. In 2017, KA135 Strategic EVS was launched and in 2018, in preparation of the European
Solidarity Corps, volunteering was moved from KA105 to KA125 Volunteering projects.
62
The facility aimed at fostering higher education student degree mobility among programme countries by easing
access to student loans for students enrolling in a master’s programme abroad.
63
https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/444828c6-7151-11e9-9f05-01aa75ed71a1/language-en
64
The “social inclusion” dimension of the EU-guaranteed loans is supported by the “2018 annual report on
beneficiaries of the Erasmus+ Master Loans and summary of developments 2015-2018: summary report” (which
is already referred to in the 1
st
section on SLGF (https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-
/publication/444828c6-7151-11e9-9f05-01aa75ed71a1).
65
European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Combined evaluation of
Erasmus+ and predecessor programmes – Final report – Evaluation of the student loan guarantee facility (Volume
2), Publications Office, 2017, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/2
27
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0030.png
stand-alone pilot initiative for transnational student mobility because it failed to gain significant
traction with financial institutions for this purpose.
The total number of
staff involved in education and training and youth organisations
participating in learning mobility was over 1 million
(against a baseline of 89 000 for all
sectors). Across the different sectors, the number of staff mobility steadily increased since 2017
until 2019, and remained overall stable in 2020. Between 2017 and 2019, the highest increase
was registered in the school (+69%) and the adult education sectors, which doubled the number
of mobilities
66
.
At the end of the programming period, the achievement is well above the
target set for 2020
(136 000), with 203 000 staff mobilities across all sectors.
Also, the 2020 targets set for the
international credit mobility in higher education
have been
largely surpassed, both in terms of students receiving support to study in non-associated third
country (25 000 against a target of 3 900) and of students from non-associated third countries
to study in a programme country (37 000 against a target of 15 000).
The organisation participations were measured for all expected outputs, across all key
actions, Jean Monnet activities and Sport, considering also the number of projects.
The
number of organisations’ participations in 2020 was 82 000 for actions under indirect
management and 3 000 for those under direct management, while the total number of
organisations’ participations largely exceeded 550 000 during the whole programming
period
67
. In addition, specific indicators were measuring the participation of
organisations
from non-associated third countries in the higher education and youth fields with regards to the
international dimension
of the programme. These indicators slightly deviate from the
expected targets. The one addressing the youth field shows a decrease in 2018, due to the
discontinuation of EVS from Erasmus+ and consequent adjustment of the final target.
However, as from 2019, the number of partner countries organisation participations increased,
allowing to achieve and surpass the target set for 2020 (almost 7 000 youth organisations
involved in international mobility and cooperation versus a 2020 target of 6 000). The indicator
addressing higher education lags slightly behind (partner country Higher Education institutions
involved in mobility and cooperation actions, achieving 1 235 participations against a target of
1 300), with general stability across the programming period.
System level outputs didn’t have any specific indicator for their measurement.
This is
because most of these actions were operating grants awarded to identified beneficiaries through
non-competitive procedures
68
. These outputs include for example yearly operating grants to
seven institutions designated in the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ Regulation
69
pursuing an aim of
European interest under Jean Monnet activities (total contracted grants: close to EUR 162
million). Other activities supporting the transparency and recognition of skills and
qualifications or the EU policy agenda on education and training in the context of the Open
Method of Coordination (e.g. dialogue with stakeholders, evidence-based activities) were
provided through national allocations, which by end of 2020 were equal to around EUR 237
66
67
Yearly progress is displayed in 2022 PPS data (ps_db2023_erasmus_h2.pdf).
See footnote 48. No target was established for this indicator.
68
Grants can be awarded to bodies considered as
de jure
monopoly on the basis of Article 198(c) of the EU
Financial Regulation (FR), to bodies identified as beneficiaries in the basic act on the basis of Article 198(d) FR,
or to bodies designated by national authorities on the basis of Article 198(f) FR for actions with specific
characteristics that require a particular type of body on account of its technical competence, its high degree of
specialisation or its administrative power.
69
Article 10(c) of the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ regulation. These institutions are: i) the European University Institute of
Florence; ii) the College of Europe (Bruges and Natolin campuses); iii) the European Institute of Public Administration
(EIPA), Maastricht; iv) the Academy of European Law, Trier; v) the European Agency for Development in Special Needs
Education, Odense; vi) the International Centre for European Training (CIFE), Nice.
28
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0031.png
million contracted grants. The few system level outputs based on open calls for proposals
included experimentation actions aiming to fund initiatives for policy innovation (around 300
projects, involving over 2 500 organisations, for close to EUR 177 million contracted grants)
and the action European Youth Together (37 projects, involving 391 organisations, for close to
EUR 15 million contracted grants).
Results
The programme managed to achieve the expected results, in line with its logic of
intervention.
At individual level, four programme indicators (2 for education and training and
2 for youth) track quantitatively the programme performance in relation to
improved language
skills and key competences,
linked respectively with specific objectives 5 and 7 of the
programme
70
. Results at the end of the period are very positive, surpassing the set targets (80%)
across all fields, with 96% of participants declaring having increased their key competences.
Strong performance is observed also through the indicator measuring the increase in language
skills across programme fields (96% achievement in higher-education and 95% in the VET
field), contributing to the programme specific objective of improving teaching and learning of
languages and promoting the Union’s linguistic diversity.
Targets on the percentage of participants that have received certificates, diplomas or
other formal recognitions in higher education, VET and youth sectors have all been
achieved or significantly surpassed
(100% of participants in higher education, 91% in VET
and in youth), contributing to improve recognition of knowledge, skills and competences and
related specific objective. In the
youth
field, in particular, data recorded along the year of
programme implementation reflect the
increasing take up of Youthpass from 77% in 2014
to 91% in 2020
71
, the recognition tool for non-formal and informal learning. Youthpass was
launched in 2007 under Youth in Action, one of the predecessor programmes of Erasmus+
2014-2020, and in the course of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 issued more than 800 000 certificates
72
.
Stakeholders’ views also speak to the strong accomplishments of the programme on attitudes,
personal development and motivation of participants, as confirmed by programme monitoring
data: 95% of participants in youth actions consider having reached their expectations in terms
of personal development; over 83% of programme participants consider having improved their
learning competences, and 94% of staff participants in VET, school and adult education are
more motivated to develop their professional skills
73
.
The achievement of the expected results at organisational level
74
is confirmed by
quantitative evidence
75
and corroborated by studies
76
. 82% of staff in VET, school, adult
70
Specific Objective 1(a) on the improvement of the level of key competences and skills, Articles 5, 11 of the
Regulation (EU) No 1288/2013. The data feeding both indicators were collected through surveys submitted by
mobility participants at the end of the mobility period as part of the project final report.
71
Yearly progress is
available in the 2022 Programme Performance Statement (ps_db2023_erasmus_h2.pdf)
71
Yearly progress is available in the 2022 Programme Performance Statement (ps_db2023_erasmus_h2.pdf)
72
https://www.youthpass.eu/en/about-youthpass/statistics/
73
Data from participants reports submitted by participants in learning mobility as part of the project final reports.
74
These include the spreading of stronger organisational networks, the development of quality youth work, and
new methods of youth work, as well as in the area of new governance practices in sport.
75
Based on the logic of the programme, the participation of E&T and youth staff in learning mobility activities is
expected to provide benefit also at organisational level (see section 2.1). Participant reports (survey) are collected
under the projects’ final report as part of the regular monitoring of the Programme.
76
Quantitative evidence refers to programme monitoring data (participants reports submitted by E&T and youth
staff at the end of the mobility period), and to the network analysis and the socio-economic actors’ survey
conducted as part of the support study by the external evaluator. Among studies in the mentioned areas: RAY
29
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0032.png
education and youth declare having experienced or developed new learning/teaching
techniques during their learning mobility, with youth staff reporting the highest share (89%),
while 86% of staff in the same sectors have extended their professional network or built-up
new contacts. Organisations’ capacity grew following the participation of their staff in learning
mobilities: according to respondents to the survey of socio-economic actors, the participation
in the programme contributed to develop the capacity for international cooperation of their
organisations and to develop new learning and teaching approaches and tools
77
.
The connection with businesses also increased during the programming period.
The
number of strategic partnership projects involving companies or businesses has increased along
the years, reaching the highest participation towards the end of the programming period, in
particular in the VET field (over 2 400 businesses out of 6 700 across all sectors). The
Knowledge Alliances (KA2) aimed at bringing higher education institutions and business
together to collaborate on subjects of common interest. Based on the result of a recent study
these activities proved effective to strengthen intersectoral cooperation
78
, as they acted as first-
time enablers for organisations to experience university-business cooperation, or as supporting
mechanisms for organisations with prior intersectoral experience. SMEs were involved in 148
out of the 160 projects supported by the Knowledge Alliances, while NGOs/associations/social
enterprises were present in 84 projects.
Under the
Sport
sector, the programme aimed to tackle cross-border threats to the integrity of
sport, support good governance in sport and dual careers of athletes, and promote voluntary
activities in sport. By 2020, the
programme achieved the 75% targets
to address these
objectives, measured as the share of participants who used the results of cross-border projects
to combat threats to sport, to improve good governance and dual careers, supporting athletes
who have both their sport career and another professional or educational path at the same time.
This target (75%) was also achieved for the share of participants using the results of cross-
border projects to enhance social inclusion, equal opportunities and participation rates.
Evidence collected from stakeholders signal a strong performance of the programme with
regard to research and teaching about the EU.
These insights are further corroborated
CAP (2019). “Research project on competence development and capacity building of youth workers and youth
leaders” (https://www.researchyouth.net/projects/cap/); RAY MON (2022). “Research-based Analysis on
Monitoring of Erasmus+ Youth in Action – Comparative Research Report – 2014-2020: Effects and outcomes of
the Erasmus+ Youth in Action Programme” (https://researchyouth.net/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/RAY-
MON_Research-Report-20142020.pdf);
“Sport diplomacy:
identifying good practices”
(2018)
(https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/0efc09a6-025e-11e8-b8f5-01aa75ed71a1). “Study on the
European
sport
model
A
report
to
the
European
Commission”
(2022)
(https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/28433); Outputs produced by the Erasmus+ funded project Good Governance
in Sport:
https://www.eusport.org/goodgovernance/GGS_outputs).
European Commission: Directorate-General
for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Kirdulytė, G., Abozeid, O., Abraham, E., Buitrago, H. et al., Assessment
of the instruments, deliverables, results and impact of university business cooperation – Final report. Publications
Office of the European Union, 2024 (https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/514543).
77
Annex V of ICF support study. 79% of respondents to the survey considered that the result of development of
the capacity of their organisation for international cooperation was fully met, and 16% considered it was met at
some extent; while 64% considered that the result of developing new learning and teaching approaches and tools
was fully met for their organisations, while 27% considered that it was met to some extent.
78
European Commission: Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Kirdulytė, G., Abozeid,
O., Abraham, E., Buitrago, H. et al., Assessment of the instruments, deliverables, results and impact of university
business cooperation – Final report. Publications Office of the European Union, 2024,
https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/514543
30
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0033.png
through reports studying the impact of Erasmus+ between 2014 and 2020
79
. In particular,
432 000 students received training through Jean Monnet activities by 2020, surpassing the
expected target (360 000), contributing to the achievement of the specific objective of promoting
excellence in teaching and research activities in European integration worldwide.
Impacts
The 2014-2020 programme generation didn’t include any indicator measuring the expected
impacts at individual and organisational level. System level impact was measured through
indicators addressing the Europe 2020 headline education target and mobility benchmarks, both
discussed in section 4.1.1.4 below.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
The programme is on track for achieving the expected outputs and results in the current
programming period
80
, particularly regarding the volume of mobilities (despite the negative
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic), the improvement in participants’ skills and competences,
the influence of Erasmus+ on policy, and improvements in the practices of participating
organisations. Due to the continued impact of the pandemic in the first years of implementation,
the 2021-2027 programme had a relatively slow start, but at mid-term it is on track to meet
targets and expectations (see tables B and C of Annex VII, providing the overview of the
achievement level for all legal basis and delegated indicators at the end of 2023).
The
level of achievement of outputs and results has been measured through quantitative
evidence,
such as programme monitoring data and programme indicators as set in Annex II of
the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ Regulation and in the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)
2023/2710, and
triangulated with qualitative evidence.
The table below provides a simplified
overview of the degree of achievement of outputs and results from the intervention logic, and
the corresponding evidence used to assess them. The green shading means that the achievement
is on track/attained, while the yellow shading indicates that, at the moment of the evaluation,
the achievement is somewhat lagging behind.
Table 8 - Overview of the degree of achievement of outputs and results from the 2021-2027
intervention logic
Achievement of outputs
Mobilities for learners
Mobilities for staff
Partnerships for cooperation
(small scale-partnerships and
cooperation partnerships)
Organisations (participation,
newcomers)
Evidence
Quantitative
and qualitative
Quantitative
and qualitative
Qualitative
evidence
Quantitative
evidence
KA1
KA2
Achievement of results
Improved skills, knowledge, and
competences (individual level)
Changes in attitude, personal
development, values, motivation
(individual level)
Quality improvements at
organisation level (new
curricula, new practices,
capacity-building, high-quality
practices, etc.)
Evidence
Quantitative
and qualitative
Quantitative
and qualitative
Qualitative
evidence
79
Erasmus+ Annual Reports 2014-2020, the Combined evaluation of Erasmus+ and predecessor programmes
(2018); Erasmus+ National Agency Lithuania (2019) “Longitudinal study on the impact and sustainability of the
Erasmus+ Programme key action 1 mobility projects for school education staff”; European Commission (2019).
“Erasmus+ higher education impact study”.
80
Key achievements and detailed progress against targets of core performance indicators are published yearly in
the
Programme
Performance
Statement:
https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/eu-
budget/performance-and-reporting/programme-performance-statements/erasmus-performance_en
31
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0034.png
Achievement of outputs
Evidence
Achievement of results
Stronger international networks
with other organisations,
businesses, international, etc.
Online platforms and tools for
virtual cooperation
Evidence
Qualitative
evidence
Quantitative
evidence
Capacity building projects and
large-scale partnerships
Policy outputs (support tools to
policy development, measures
for high quality programme
implementation, policy
experimentations)
Jean Monnet Actions
Qualitative
evidence
KA3
JMA
Qualitative
evidence
No short-term result is expected from KA3
activities, given their systemic and policy character
Research on EU studies,
learning and teaching about the
EU (at individual and
institutional level)
Quantitative
and qualitative
Quantitative
evidence
Outputs
KA1 outputs
are mainly measured at level of number of mobilities of learners and staff. The
reporting on programme indicators takes into account the number of contracted mobility under
each Call year, standing at respectively 2 566 000 and 680 360 for learners and staff at the end
of 2023, which are overall
on track with the yearly milestones.
The overall (cumulative)
achievement (3 246 360) is already at 40% of the target set for the end of the programming
period (8 215 900). Out of this number, by end of 2023, around 1.6 million mobilities were
completed (1 271 042 learners and 369 205 staff). Only some fields fall slightly behind targets
e.g. adult education learners and staff, VET learners and youth staff. The number of participants
in virtual learning activities (blended mobilities) is also on track, with an 80% progress in 2023
against the final 2027 target. At level of KA1 activities, the 2023 target concerning the share
of activities addressing climate objectives has been fully met for E&T, and sport and largely
surpassed for youth (86% against 16% target). The share of KA1 activities addressing digital
transformation was instead 14% in 2023, against a final target of 20%
81
.
KA1 projects and accreditations
are functional to ensure that individuals can benefit from
learning mobility activities across the relevant sectors. At the cut-off date of the interim
evaluation, one fourth of distinct organisations taking part in KA1 had received an Erasmus
Accreditation in the relevant fields. The school education sector is the one benefitting the most
from this novelty, given the increasing number of Erasmus Accreditation awarded from 2020
(2 344) to 2022 (3 113). In 2023, the number of accredited projects doubled the number of non-
accredited ones (12 236 against 5 812 non-accredited ones), with 96% of accredited projects
funded in the VET, school and adult education sectors
82
. The award of the Erasmus
accreditation confirms that the applicant organisation has set up a plan (‘Erasmus Plan’) to
implement high quality mobility activities as part of a wider effort to develop their organisation,
consequently the scheme is also supposed to contribute to the expected impacts at the
organisational level of the programme intervention logic.
Quantitative indicators tracking
KA2 outputs
concern mainly the number of organisations,
including newcomer organisations, involved in projects as well as the share of projects
81
Indicator introduced through the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2710 on the Monitoring and
Evaluation Framework, for which no yearly milestones or sectoral targets are foreseen.
82
Non final data, set at the cut-off date of the interim evaluation (end 2023).
32
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0035.png
addressing the programme horizontal priorities
83
(see also 4.1.1.6). Overall, these indicators are
performing well, in particular in terms of organisation participations and of number of
small-scale partnerships
(5 894, with 44% progress towards the final 2027 target), an action
specifically designed to increase accessibility for small and newcomer organisations. The total
number of newcomer organisations in KA1 and KA2 shows positive evolutions, in particular
under KA1. The number of newcomer organisations participating in KA1 both in 2022 and in
2023 is about three times (around 9 000 per year) as those participating in 2021 (around 3 000).
This may be partly due to the start of new actions in 2022 (e.g. DiscoverEU inclusion action)
and 2023 (Sport mobility) but also a sign of increased accessibility of the programme. For
further supporting the measurement of this dimension, an indicator measuring the
number of
less experienced organisations
was introduced in 2023, providing more comprehensive
insights on the programme accessibility after the very first participation in a given action as
well as on its capacity to accompany organisations in their growth. The achievement for 2023
(first year of measurement) is positive and encouraging; however, it is necessary to see the
progress in the following years for a more comprehensive assessment.
No specific output indicator is linked to
Capacity building projects
(funded under Heading 6
of the budget), beyond those already mentioned with regards to KA2 organisations and
horizontal priorities. Under Call years 2021-2023, 560 projects have been contracted, involving
2 889 distinct organisations, out of which 78% were from not-associated third countries
84
. In
total, 26% of contracted projects were coordinated by organisations from third countries not
associated to the programme.
No
specific indicators are set for KA3 outputs, other than the number of organisations
involved
(on track with 47% progress against the 2027 target). This is because most of these
activities are based on grant allocations awarded to identified beneficiaries through non-
competitive procedures. programme data analysis shows a sufficiently satisfying uptake of
Training and Cooperation Activities (TCA) in the youth field (more than 1 000 activities
planned between 2021 and 2022
85
), despite the challenges in the first years of the programme
implementation due to COVID-19
86
. Networks, such as the SALTOs, register a strong
appreciation well-evidenced through consultations activities.
Lastly,
Jean Monnet Actions do not have quantitative output targets associated with them
through programme indicators.
However, qualitative evidence collected through
consultation activities indicate that the activities are generally on track. The newly launched
actions in the school and VET fields encountered some initial difficulties in the number and
quality of proposals in the first years of the on-going programme. This was due to the combined
effect of COVID-19 pandemic as well as to issues linked to a lack of capacity and capability in
preparing applications within schools, and to legal issues limiting the capacity for public
schools to sign grant agreements. Despite these challenges, the Teacher Training activities and
Schools Networks received sufficient applications to fully utilise the available budgets, while
83
One legal basis indicator addressing climate objectives, complemented by three delegated act indicators
addressing the inclusion, digital and participation priorities. All four indicators are tracked in same way through
data in KA2 application forms.
84
Depending on the sectors and the call, these organisations come from Western Balkans, East neighbourhood, South
Mediterranean, Asia, Central Asia, Middle East, Pacific, Sub-Saharan Africa, Latin America and the Caribbean.
85
Source: Erasmus+ Annual Reports 2021-2022.
86
Response to COVID-19 pandemic required the extension of the eligibility period of TCAs funds (from 18 to 24
months) made available under 2020 and 2021 Call years. This implied the postponement of many activities and
difficulties for National Agencies to plan new activities with the funds made available under KA3 in the first years
of the programme implementation (see also section 4.1.2.2).
33
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0036.png
Learning EU Initiative has seen a significant increase in applications in 2024, leading to the
full utilisation of the total budget available, supporting 94 projects.
Under Jean Monnet Actions, Erasmus+ provides operating grants to seven institutions
designated in the Regulation and pursuing an aim of European interest
87
. Under the 2023
Erasmus+ Annual Work Programme the total allocation was around EUR 41 million. These
operating grants make it possible for them to deliver their teaching, training, research and
dissemination activities focused on the EU.
Results
The achievement of the expected results is, at mid-term, generally on track.
At individual
level, short-term results are tracked through surveys (participant reports) submitted by mobility
participants at the end of their mobility period. A range of quantitative indicators signal the
good performance of the programme regarding
improved skills, knowledge, and
competences.
Based on programme monitoring data, 77.2% of participants in learning mobility
have declared having improved their foreign language competences, 73.5% have increased
cultural awareness and expression, while 79.4% have improved their personal and social skills
(organisational skills, capacity to reach decision, learning to learn…) and 64.3% their
entrepreneurship capacity.
Four result indicators were introduced in September 2023 through Commission Delegated
Regulation (EU) 2023/2710 to track
participants’ behavioural change and learning
outcomes linked to the four horizontal priorities
of the programme. Therefore, their tracking
and reporting started only recently. Such indicators do not have yearly milestones; however,
they seem in most cases to progress well towards the target set at the end of the programming
period. Following this interim evaluation, targets can be revised and yearly milestones for the
second part of the programming period can be set up for a more accurate follow-up of progress.
In the 2021-2027 programme, the number of
KA1 participants with fewer opportunities
is
measured at level of results, as an outcome following the implementation of strategies and
measures to enhance the inclusivity of the programme. In 2023, the relevant legal basis
indicator signals a 48% progress against the cumulative target set for 2027, with 445 635
participants with fewer opportunities across all fields (see also 4.1.1.5 regarding the
effectiveness of inclusion measures).
Regarding
KA2,
key results across all small- and large-scale partnerships actions are tracked
as
share of organisations and institutions that consider they have developed high-quality
practices
following their participation in KA2 activities. Preliminary data seem to point out to
a positive performance with a 96%
88
achievement in 2022,
versus
a 65% yearly target. Data on
this indicator are collected through final reports, therefore there is no sufficient critical mass
yet to draw firm conclusions on the performance of this indicator against the final target.
Additional feedback is provided through case studies, showing that
through participation in
KA2, teachers benefit from observing and learning from other school practices,
while
among learners there were improvements in participation and motivation, and both learned
87
In accordance with Article 8(c) of the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ Regulation, the programme provides support to the
following institutions pursuing an aim of European interest: the European University Institute, Florence, including
its School of Transnational Governance; the College of Europe (Bruges and Natolin campuses); the European Institute
of Public Administration, Maastricht; the Academy of European Law, Trier; the European Agency for Special Needs
and Inclusive Education, Odense; and the International Centre for European Training, Nice.
88
96% for Education and Training fields and 97% in the Youth field in 2022. 2023 data not available at the
moment of the evaluation, since they are collected at final report stage. Source: Programme Performance
Statement.
34
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0037.png
from knowledge sharing
89
. In the
adult education
field, the main effects from KA2
participation include
improved networking opportunities and new approaches to
training
90
. In the
youth
sector, the case studies also highlight positive effects of Capacity
building projects, for both staff and young people, such as
improved self-confidence and
social skills and enhanced cultural awareness
91
.
The expected result in terms of
increased response to green transition, increased digital
capacity and the readiness of organisations and institutions
is not tracked by specific
indicators. However, programme data show that 260 KA2 projects, for total contracted grants
of over EUR 79 million, focused on the sectoral priority ‘supporting digital and green
capabilities of organisation/institutions’, in particular in the higher education field. Positive
qualitative feedback was also collected through case studies
92
: interviewed organisations
reported how new methods of approaching digital transformation and green transition have
been embedded in their organisational policies and practices, increasing capabilities and
readiness of the organisations. Participation in Erasmus+ has facilitated the embedding of
digital transformation and green transition in higher education institutions’ activities,
programmes and policies; improvements in digital capacity and readiness have also been
observed, contributing to the resilience of organisations to future challenges.
The results achieved by
virtual cooperation platforms
implemented under KA2 are measured
in relation to the number of users benefitting from these online communities, which is on track
for the European School Education Platform (ESEP) (previously the School Education
Gateway) but, mid-term, have fallen slightly short for EPALE. The funding of online platforms
appears effective in the establishment and support of extended communities of practitioners, and
crucial in building strong networks, including as an entry door to the programme to build initial
international cooperation
93
.
No short-term results are expected from KA3 activities, given their systemic and policy
character.
Therefore, no result indicator is set for these activities.
Regarding
Jean Monnet Actions,
data on results are mainly collected through final reports
94
.
However, given the long duration of these projects (36 months) very few data are available at
the moment. Other applicable indicators concern the introduction of teaching programmes: 828
modules and chairs and 101 Centre of Excellence (multi-disciplinary hubs) were awarded in
the field of EU studies worldwide under the 2021-2023 Calls. However, since none of these
indicators are established in the legal basis, no associated target exists.
The
JMA higher education strand is widely viewed by consulted stakeholders as a well-
established initiative
with recognition in academic circles. In particular, their role in
improving cross-sectoral cooperation, fostering dialogue between academia and policy-makers,
promoting civic participation and citizenship education, creating international networks, and
Case studies Istituto comprensivo Manzoni-Radice (SCH, IT), I Liceum Ogólnokształcące im. Henryka
Sienkiewicza w Kędzierzynie-Koźlu (SCH, PL), Pädagogische Hochschule Freiburg (SCH, DE), Primary school
Anton Skala (SCH, RS).
90
Case studies Afeji Hauts-de-France (ADU, FR), Społeczny Instytut Ekologiczny (ADU, PL), Asociația Sprijin+
(ADU, RO).
91
Case studies Društvo ustvarjalcev Taka Tuka (YOU, SI), E29 (formely, Ifjúsági Nomád Klub) (YOU, HU).
92
Asociatia Sprijin+” (ADU, RO); Universidad de Sevilla (HED, ES); Univerza v Mariboru (HED, SI).
93
Case study I Liceum Ogólnokształcące im. Henryka Sienkiewicza w Kędzierzynie-Koźlu (SCH, PL).
94
For all JMA: i) number of teaching hours, ii) number of students involved in the action; only for Learning EU
and Teacher training actions in the school and VET fields: i) number of teachers involved in the action, and ii)
success rate in learning test/assessment about the EU (%).
89
35
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0038.png
promoting teaching and learning about the EU
95
is appreciated. Given the early stage of the
JMA in the school and VET sectors, it is not possible to draw firm conclusions on their
effectiveness, although the beneficiaries consulted for the case studies
96
reported some early
success and good prospects for the future, such as:
Some effective results at the learner, professional and organisational levels;
Project outputs were considered superior (in terms of depth and scope) compared to
conventional approaches available within their country (e.g. through civic education,
history classes);
Suggestions that it would not have been possible to carry out the same activities and
outputs without the JMAs in schools.
In general, looking at qualitative and opinion-based findings, results regarding international
networks and improvements in organisational practices, teaching and research on EU-related
studies and teaching and learning about the EU are deemed strong by stakeholders, and
evidence from the literature review supports such views
97
.
Impacts
At level of
impacts, the intervention logic of the 2021-2027 programme is operationalised
through 4 impact indicators,
addressing the three levels of intervention of the programme. At
individual level, benefit for participants is measured by two impact indicators concerning i) the
share of participants that consider they have benefited from their participation in learning
mobility activities, and ii) those who have increased their European sense of belonging after
participation in KA1 activities (both applicable in the same way across all sectors). Both
indicators refer directly to the general objective of the 2021-2027 programme, with respect to
addressing educational, professional and personal development of people in education, training,
youth and sport and to strengthening European identity.
For both indicators, the level of
achievement at the cut-off date of the evaluation is surpassing the milestones set for 2023
in all fields,
being promising in view of meeting the final target. In particular, the results for
the sport mobility emerge very positively at the very first measurement of this new action,
respectively
99% of participants have benefitted from their mobility and 95% consider
they have increased their sense of belonging.
The indicators measuring the programme impact at organisational and system/policy level were
introduced through the delegated act on the Monitoring and Evaluation Framework in 2023: i)
increased capacity of organisations; ii) contribution to policy development, strategies and
cooperation in education and training, youth and sport. Both address the three specific
objectives of the programme with regards to the promotion of i.a. cooperation, quality,
95
These included interviews at EU (Commission services, EU delegations) and national level; Case studies with
Scuola superiore di studi universitari e di perfezionamento Sant'Anna (JMA, IT), Alma Mater Studiorum -
Università di Bologna (JMA, IT), College of Europe (JMA, BE and PL), European University Institute (JMA, IT),
European Institute of Public Administration (JMA, NL).
96
Relevant case studies and their action types are Casa do Professor (JMA, PT) - Teacher Training Action,
Profilirana Prirodo-Matematicheska Gimnazia Akademik Ivan Tsenov (JMA, BG) - Learning EU Initiatives, and
Istituto Statale d'Arte - Liceo artistico "Edgardo Mannucci" (JMA, IT) - Network for Schools.
97
See, for example, Erasmus+ Annual Reports 2021-2023, and the European Parliament report on the
implementation of the Erasmus+ programme 2021-2027 (2023); European Commission (2023). “Study on
Learning Mobility”; DAAD (2022) “Erasmus+ Cooperation Projects - Elements of Successful
Internationalisation”; Epos (2022) “Impact van Erasmus+ en eTwinning op scholen”.
36
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0039.png
inclusion at level of organisations and policy, and are measured through a qualitative analysis
respectively in sections 4.1.1.3 and 4.1.1.4
98
.
4.1.1.2 Impact at individual level
KA1 activities are generally reported positively for both learner and staff mobilities in
both programming periods
99
and identified as affective across the different sectors
100
.
Programme monitoring data, collected from participants’ reports at the end of the mobility
period, show a positive constant trend across both programme generations in terms of
satisfaction of the participants (both learners and staff) with their mobility experience, as
displayed in the chart below. The satisfaction level only dropped slightly in 2020, affected by
the COVID-19 pandemic.
Participants (learners and staff) declaring their satisfaction with the Erasmus+ mobility
Source: Participants’ surveys Indicator dashboard. The data is displayed per mobility start year. The yellow
dots illustrate the number of replies (participants’ reports) submitted at the end of the mobility at project
final report stage (in total: 3.9 million responses for participants from Call years 2014-2020 and 611 874
from Calls 2021-2023). Submission of participants’ reports is not compulsory for all actions, consequently
the number of responses for the 2014-2020 programme is lower than the number of participants.
Learners
Across both programming periods, participation in Erasmus+ is associated with several types
of outcomes: problem-solving skills; sense of initiative and entrepreneurship; sense of
European identity; positive feelings towards the EU; digital competence; confidence in their
efforts in education, training or work; perception that employers value transnational
educational and mobility experiences; completion of studies/other activity
101
.
As stated in section 1.1.4, some limitations were experienced in the data analysis, affecting the
establishment of direct cause-and-effect relationship. Despite these methodological challenges,
a review of these outcomes across both programming periods was carried out through multiple
data sources: programme monitoring data, surveys, case studies, research papers, meta-
analyses, national reports.
European values
Just over two thirds of respondents to the
Eurobarometer
carried out in 2017 agree that
European programmes and initiatives such as Erasmus+
and the European Solidarity Corps
98
As required by the Monitoring and Evaluation Framework of the 2021-2027 programme, an assessment on both
indicators is provided in ‘narrative’ only.
99
The main focus of this analysis is on 2014-2020 programme. A minority of the data collected in the period
2021-2023 may pertain to the 2021-2027 activities, however this is not considered an issue as most of the actions
under assessment continued across the two programming periods. Because of this, a split would not be feasible.
100
Based on Stakeholders’ perceptions and NA/EACEA survey.
101
Findings based on stakeholder perception data and supported by surveys with limited contrafactual analysis.
37
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0040.png
make them feel more European
(67%). For young people participating in Erasmus+ 2014-
2020, youth projects functioned as ‘eye-openers’, deepened existing knowledge on
participation and citizenship,
and encouraged to follow up on social or political topics,
contributing to the development of skills important for participation and active citizenship
102
.
In particular, the participation in the Youth dialogue
103
is noted for its effects on participants
in terms of active citizenship, participation in civil society and democratic life, ranking the
highest in the survey run by the RAY research network (53% of response, compared to the
average of 33% for other youth actions)
104
, results confirmed in the beneficiary survey run by
ICF
105
. Furthermore, based on a survey carried by DAAD in 2023 on over 19 000 alumni from
the period 2014-2019, the intention of former mobility participants to take part in 2024
European election is quite high, with 85 % of respondents confirming their intention to vote
106
.
Box 1 – Example from National reports
Spain:
The data suggest that the [2014-2020] Erasmus+ programme has had a considerable impact on the
formation of a stronger European identity and the promotion of multiculturalism, especially in the youth field,
where the figures are particularly striking, reaching up to 80%, which reinforces the findings from the RAY
research network surveys, highlighting the importance of non-formal education in strengthening these aspects.
Participants not only acquire academic and professional skills, but also develop a
greater awareness and
appreciation of cultural diversity and European common values.
The positive trend in all categories can be
attributed to the structure of the Erasmus+ programme, which encourages
mobility, cultural exchange, and
international cooperation.
These elements are essential for building a more united and supportive Europe.
Skills and competences
Learners participating in the programme since 2014 and surveyed by the external evaluator
reported that their mobility experience helped them acquire or improve professional skills in
teamwork, sector or field specific skills, planning and organisational skills, analytical and
problem-solving skills, innovative and entrepreneurial skills, with shares generally above 70%
across target groups
107
. On average, 80% of respondents across higher education students,
VET learners, adult learners and young people reported positive results regarding the
acquisition of ‘planning and organisational skills’. The teamwork skills received the highest
level of appreciation from young people participating in youth activities (93%) and positive
feedback from at least 80% of other target groups. The acquisition of innovative and
entrepreneurial skills had the most diversified feedback, from 59% of HE students reporting
positive outcomes (the only result below 70%) to 74% of young people with the highest share.
Survey results for learners identifying themselves as having
fewer opportunities
are overall
very similar, with some perceived differences within the different target groups. VET learners
102
RAY research study on long-term effects of Erasmus+ Youth in Actions on participation and citizenship (RAY
LTE):
https://www.researchyouth.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/RAY-LTE-FTA_20210324-research-report-
clean.pdf
103
KA3, ‘Dialogue between young people and policy makers’ also called ‘Structured dialogue’ before 2018.
104
RAY-MON, Comparative research report. Effects and outcomes of the Erasmus+ Youth in action programme
(https://researchyouth.net/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/RAY-MON_Research-Report-20142020.pdf ).
105
Finding to be read in the light of the limitations indicated in section 1.1.4.
106
DAAD (2024), Erasmus+: Wirkung der Studierendenmobilität (https://eu.daad.de/news/de/86030-erasmus-
wirkung-der-studierendenmobilitaet/).
107
Beneficiary survey for learners run by ICF (findings to be read in the light of the caveats indicated in section
1.1.4). Results are based on a total of responses “strongly agreeing” or “rather agreeing” to these statements from
a total of 16 740 participants in higher education, 5 255 in VET, 2 479 in youth, and 90 in adult education, out of
which the following declared themselves as having fewer opportunities: 48,7% in higher education, 59,9% in
VET, 69,3% in youth, and 61,1% in adult education. Survey run on programme participants with mobility start
years between 2014 and 2023 (inclusive). The feedback reported in this section is only based on programme
participants (no comparison is done with non-participants). The question was not asked to school pupils.
38
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0041.png
are on average slightly more positive compared to their peers with fewer opportunities. On
average, both young people and students with fewer opportunities perceive more benefits
compared to their peers, in particular regarding analytical and problem-solving skills, followed
by sector- or field specific skills.
When breaking down this survey results by perceived barriers, learners declaring to face
cultural or economic barriers, and to a certain extent those facing geographic barriers, perceive
a higher benefit from the participation in the programme, in terms of acquisition of skills,
compared to those facing other types of barriers, in particular health problems. However, as
stated in section 1.1.4, given the differences in sample size of the different target groups, it is
not possible to generalise these results to the entire programme for either programming period.
Furthermore, the high share of respondents identifying themselves as having fewer
opportunities (around 50% of the sample) limits their representativeness compared to the
programme population over both programming periods (around 10% in 2014-2020, and 15%
by end 2023)
108
. Therefore, these results can only be indicative of achieved outcomes, not
allowing to claim causal links or to draw firm conclusions.
Examples of the range and types of effects of programme participation on people with fewer
opportunities
109
include, for example, becoming more proactive and engaged as a result of
project activities, acquiring new competences and skills, and progressing further in their
education and career paths. Similarly, several countries report positive effects in terms of
personal development
110
, skills enhancement
111
and career prospect
112
for disadvantages
participants, although comprehensive data on the specific impact of Erasmus+ on participants
with fewer opportunities is limited in most cases.
The beneficiary survey for learners shows positive results also for
school pupils,
with 70% or
more indicating an improved the range of competences (see chart below) following a mobility
experience, with similar shares both for pupils with fewer opportunities and for all other
pupils
113
. A recent study in the school sector in Germany shows that participation in Erasmus+
seems to benefit those who have less favourable learning profiles and less opportunities for e.g.
extracurricular school settings or to participate in ‘classic’ privately organised international
mobility abroad. In particular, the study highlights that participation in Erasmus+ benefits
pupils from non-academic track school types, as well as those who receive less support from
their parents on school matters, giving them the opportunity to be involved in outbound learning
mobility
114
.
108
This can be explained by the different way of collecting data on participants with fewer opportunities in the
survey (self-reported data from each respondent), compared to the programme (data entered by the beneficiary
organisations at mobility level).
109
Case studies: Pädagogische Hochschule Freiburg (SCH, DE), Oktatási és Szakértő Bt. Hungary. E29 (YOU,
HU), Youth wiki (Youth, CY, FR, MT). Findings based on stakeholders’ perceptions.
110
10 national reports mention increased self-confidence, autonomy and motivation as frequently cited benefits
for disadvantaged participants (AT, BG, DE, EL, ES, FI, IE, LV, MT, RO).
111
19 national reports mention improvements in language skills, intercultural competence and digital literacy as
commonly reported benefits for people with fewer opportunities (AT, BEnl, BG, CZ, CY, DE, ES, FR, HR, IT,
LI, LV, LT, LU, NO, PL, PT, RO, SK).
112
21 national reports indicate enhanced employability and clearer career aspirations as benefits, particularly in
the VET sector for disadvantaged participants (AT, BEnl, CZ, CY, DE, DK, ES, FI, FR, HR, LI, LT, LU, MT,
NL, PL, PT, RO, RS, SE, TR).
113
Also for this target group, the results from this survey have to be read taking into account the caveats indicated
above and in section 1.1.4.
114
S. Hornberg, M. Becker, N. Sonnenburg, M. Peitz, C. Schreiber (2025). Lernmobilität in Europa
(https://erasmusplus.schule/fileadmin/Dateien/Bilder/Dossiers/Politische_Papiere/2025_Hornberg_et_al_Zusam
menfassung_Studie_Lernmobilitaeten_Europa.pdf).
39
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0042.png
Share of pupils participating in the programme who agreed that their stay abroad helped them in:
Source: Beneficiary survey for learners (school pupils) run by ICF. Results are based on responses from 560
programme participants (pupils), out of which 46.30% (=259) declaring themselves as having fewer opportunities
The collected evidence demonstrates a number of sustained effects from participation in
learning mobility. The counterfactual analysis comparing participants over both programme
generations and non-participants
115
highlighted the following correlations between
participation in learning mobility and a series of outcomes:
For
higher education students,
participation in learning mobility across both
programme generations is associated with the increased likelihood of having a sense
of EU identity and believing that employers in their sector value the mobility
experience.
For
VET learners,
positive association is found with the increased likelihoods of
moving to another EU country permanently to study/work, finding a job within 3
months and completing studies/other activity. A positive association was also
observed regarding digital competences but only for learners taking part in physical
(not blended) mobility.
For
school pupils,
a positive association was found with individual’s problem-solving
and autonomy skills, and civic competences. A correlation was found between an
increase of individual’s likelihoods of future involvement in civic/volunteering
activities, and the reduced likelihood of believing that they will achieve poor
performance in education/training regardless of the efforts they put in (reduced
pessimism).
For
adult learners,
participation in Erasmus+ 2021-2027
116
is correlated with the
increased likelihood of reporting that the learning organisation facilitates social
contacts and believing that employers in their sector value the mobility experience.
For
young people,
participation in the programme is found to have increased the
individual’s social and civic competences. Participation in DiscoverEU (2021-2027)
is associated with an increased sense of initiative and entrepreneurship; similarly,
participation in the Youth Dialogue (2014-2020) is positively associated with
increased problem solving and autonomy of participants, as well as with active
citizenship and involvement in democratic life, in line with the objectives of the action.
Participation in the European Voluntary Service (2014-2020) was found to be
associated with an increased sense of initiative and entrepreneurship, positive feeling
115
116
Analysis based on the beneficiary survey for learners carried out by ICF (see 1.1.4 for related caveats)
Mobility of adult learners was only implemented in the 2021-2027 Programme.
40
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0043.png
towards the EU and a positive association with increased cultural awareness and
expression.
At level of mobility entailing cooperation with non-associated third countries, participants in
Erasmus Mundus Joint Master Degrees
benefitted from high-quality education and
international exposure, which enriched their educational and professional experiences; students
gained valuable skills in their respective fields, becoming more open-minded and independent.
According to a recent
Erasmus Mundus Graduate Impact Study
90% of surveyed alumni stated
high satisfaction
117
, consistently reporting individual impact in five key areas, such
intercultural competencies, improved career prospects, personal growth, more positive attitudes
towards Europe and the EU, and deeper subject matter expertise.
Academic performance
Participation in 2014-2020 Erasmus+ student mobility is reported as enriching
academically, socially, personally, and in terms of the employability development
118
. The
periods spent abroad have a positive impact on openness to the world and on social cohesion,
with more students who identify themselves as global citizens, Europeans and EU citizens after
their stays abroad
119
. The meta-analysis carried out by the external evaluator on the topic ‘skills
development’ took into account 19 research papers looking at sample populations that
participated in study abroad anywhere from 2007 up to and including 2020. The analysis
measured three outcome type covered in all the 19 studies: i) academic achievement, ii)
language skills, and iii) intercultural cognitive competence. 46% of the outcomes reported in
the studies included in this meta-analysis suggest a positive and statistically significant
relationship between participating in international student mobility and educational attainment
or skills formation
120
, providing reasonable evidence that participating in Erasmus+ improves
language skills and possibly also cultural intelligence
121
. Out of the 19 studies included in the
meta-analysis, five
122
use sample populations directly referred to the 2014-2020 programme.
117
The study analysed the experience of 3 different cohorts of EMJMD graduates. In the GIS 2022/23, graduates
from cohorts 2012/13, 2017/18 and 2021/22 were invited to participate by e-mail and 3.396 of them completed
the survey. To enhance representativity, the data were weighted to reflect the overall distribution of gender, region,
field of study, and cohort. This edition of the survey included relevant topics, such as the impact of the COVID-
19 pandemic on studies and entry into the labour market. 90% of respondents reported high levels of satisfaction.
118
European Commission (2019). “Erasmus+ higher education impact study”
119
ESN, 2022, ESNsurvey. Understanding the Experience & Needs of Exchange Students in Challenging Times,
Bruxelles.
120
The meta-analysis carried out on the topic ‘skills development’ pooled independent variables (i.e. output types
used in the analysis) from the 19 eligible studies (for 80 coefficients in total). These coefficients were analysed to
determine whether they were statistically significant, and if so, whether they had a positive or negative effect. A
result was considered to be statistically significant if it met the criteria of p<=0.05. 43 out of the 80 estimates
suggest a positive and significant association, 33 are not statistically significant, and 4 are negative.
121
Within the considered outcomes, 51 out of 80 coefficients were specific to language skills (60% of which are
statistically significant and positive), 13 to cultural intelligence (92% of which are positive and statistically
significant), and 16 on academic achievement (which are largely not statistically significant, and those that are
significant are mixed between positive and negative results, with 3-3 cases each). The low number of coefficients
reported for academic achievement supports the documented challenges for researchers in the availability of data
that can be used to evaluate the impact of Erasmus+ and study abroad on academic achievement.
122
Among these, two studies report a positive correlation between Erasmus+ participation and improvement of
second-language proficiency (Kaya, F. 2021) and cultural cognitive competence (Mckay et al. 2022). However,
they both rely on non-contrafactual methodology, thus not allowing to claim causal-impact.
Kaya, F. (2021). Language Proficiency Development and Study Abroad Experience: A Study on EFL Learners.
GIST Education and Learning Research Journal, 23, 33 58.
Mckay, S., Lannegrand, L., Skues, J., Wise, L. (2022). International experience and cultural intelligence
development: A longitudinal assessment of Australian and French exchange students. International Journal of
Intercultural Relations, 91, 56-69.
41
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0044.png
Among these, a recent paper
123
explores academic performance, showing that participation in
Erasmus+ learning mobility does not delay graduation at the home university and, in addition,
it has a
positive and significant impact on undergraduates’ final degree mark.
In particular,
participation in Erasmus+ learning mobility
improves graduation results for undergraduate
students in scientific and technical fields (STEM) and for those who apply for the
Erasmus+ grant in the first year of their studies, for whom it was also observed a
reduction in time to graduation.
The paper makes use of administrative records from the
University of Bologna, the second-largest public university in Italy, through a counterfactual
methodology, allowing to claim causal-link
124
.
Employability and career prospects
National reports indicate
positive and lasting effects of Erasmus+ participation at the
individual level,
without making major distinctions between programme generations.
Enhanced employability
125
and career prospects
were highlighted in 25 reports
126
.
Improved soft skills, such as intercultural competence, language proficiency and adaptability,
were indicated in all reports. Increased European identity and active citizenship were
mentioned in 21 reports
127
. Regarding aspects of future career prospects, 88% of learners
surveyed by the external evaluator believe that employers valued the personal skills gained
through the mobility experience
128
. More than 70% of learners who participated in mobility
activities in different programme fields since 2014 agreed that their stay abroad had improved
their opportunities for future employment (both for those survey respondents who identified
themselves as participants with fewer opportunities
129
and for all other learners).
123
Granato, S., Mazzarella, G., Schnepf, S. V., and Havari, E. (2021). Study Abroad Programmes and Students'
Academic Performance: Evidence from Erasmus Applications, IZA Discussion Papers, No. 14651, Institute of
Labor Economics (IZA), Bonn.
124
The paper exploits the allocation mechanism used by the university to select participants in Student mobility
in a fuzzy regression discontinuity design, which allowed to tackle the bias deriving from selection into the
Erasmus+ programme and to estimate its causal impact on short-term outcomes. It uses rich administrative data
on students’ applications to the Erasmus+ programme matched with administrative records on their performance
at university (information on time to degree completion and final graduation mark), becoming the first study that
uses administrative data on Erasmus+ applications and students’ outcomes at graduation.
125
See
European
Experts
network
on
Economics
of
Education,
https://eenee.eu/wp-
content/uploads/2021/05/EENEE_AR36.pdf
126
AT, BEnl, BG, CZ, CY, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, HR, IE, IT, LI, LT, LU, MT, NL, NO, PT, RO, RS, SE, TR.
127
AT, BEde, BEnl, CZ, CY, DE, EE, ES, FI, FR, HR, IT, LI, LT, LU, PL, PT, RO, RS, SE, TR.
128
Beneficiary survey for learners run by ICF (see section 1.1.4 for related caveats).. Results are based on a total
of 16 740 respondents in higher education, 5 255 in VET, 2 479 in youth, and 90 in adult education. The question
was not asked to school pupils.
129
The respondents to this survey self-declared themselves as facing physical, economic, social, cultural or
geographical barriers and therefore were considered as participants with fewer opportunities in the analysis.
However, as previously explained, the data do not correspond to the monitoring data which are collected at
programme level on participants with fewer opportunities.
42
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0045.png
Share of participants by field who agreed that their stay abroad helped them improve
opportunities for future employment
Source: Beneficiary survey for learners run by ICF. Results based on a total of responses “strongly agreeing”
or “rather agreeing” to these statements from 16 740 respondents in higher education, 5 255 in VET, 2 479 in
youth, and 90 in adult education, out of which the following declared themselves as having fewer opportunities:
48,7% in higher education, 59,9% in VET, 69,3% in youth, and 61,1% in adult education. The question was not
asked to school pupils.
Studies looking at the effects of
Erasmus+ on labour market outcomes
struggle to find
definitive answers to this question. The meta-analysis carried out by the external evaluator on
the topic ‘employability’ aimed to measure the outcomes ‘employment success’ and
‘employment quality’. However, out of the 11 research papers filling in the criteria for inclusion
in the analysis, only five included samples participating in student mobility in the first years of
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
130
Around a quarter of outcomes contained in the 11 primary studies
included in this meta-analysis are positive and significant (i.e. have a positive statistically
significant effect), but methodologies and research design are heterogeneous and cannot firmly
identify impacts
131
, the extensiveness of the mobility period addressed in the papers doesn’t
allow a clear link with the intervention. The few research papers referring directly to the period
2014-2020 note that the participation in the programme improves employment prospects at
130
Crãciun D., Orosz K., Proteasa, V. (2020) Does Erasmus Mobility Increase Employability? Using Register
Data to Investigate the Labour Market Outcomes of University Graduates in European Higher Education Area.
Challenges for a New Decade.
Croce, G., Ghignoni, E. (2024). The Multifaceted Impact of Erasmus Programme on the School‑to‑Work
Transition:
A
Matching
Sensitivity
Analysis.
Research
in
Higher
Education;
https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-024-09774-x
Iriondo, I. (2020). Evaluation of the impact of Erasmus study mobility on salaries and employment of recent
graduates in Spain. Studies in higher education, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2019.1582011
Van Mol C., Caarls K., Souto Otero M (2021). International student mobility and labour market outcomes: an
investigation of the role of level of study, type of mobility, and international prestige hierarchies. Higher
Education, 82, 1145–1171. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734 020 00532 3
Wiers Jenssen J., Støren L.A. (2020). International student mobility and the transition from higher education to
work in Norway. Higher Education, 82, 1119–1143. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734 020 00564 9
131
Annex VI of ICF study. Estimates are considered to be statically significant if p<=0.05. Out of the 48 estimates
considered in this analysis, a positive significant effect was identified in only 10 cases, representing 21% of the
estimates. Heterogeneity in the results was noted when breaking down the findings by geographical scope –
namely, the relevant sending country. The highest number of estimates is found in studies that analysed southern
European countries, with Italy resulting in 21 estimates out of 48. This can be due by the fact that the Italian
National Institute of Statistics runs a survey on recent graduates, which includes their professional path and
whether they participate in mobility schemes. D’Hombres (2020) argues that the employability outcomes of
mobile students across the EU can be influenced by labour market conditions in their home countries, where
differences in education systems and labour market demands contribute to this variation. For example, in highly
saturated job markets with high youth unemployment rates, and/or a high number of graduates, the signalling
effect of ISM can be comparatively more important.
43
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0046.png
least in the short term, as well as the quality of job, and has a positive long-term effect on the
participants' ability to find a job abroad. The wages of participants are persistently higher than
those of non-participants, while graduates coming from less educated families, lower social
classes, and regions with high youth unemployment rate also benefit from the Erasmus+
experience (Croce, G., Ghignoni, E. (2024)). Positive impact on the prospects of recent
graduates who undertook a learning mobility was found in the medium term in Spain, noting
salaries that were 10-12% higher than those who had not participated in the programme
(Iriondo, I. (2020)).
Staff
The evidence collected through the beneficiary survey for staff carried out by the external
evaluator
132
suggests that participation in the Erasmus+ programme over
both programme
generations
is associated with an increase in the following outcomes for staff members of
beneficiary organisations:
continued exchange with international networks
(development of other projects,
exchange of information related to their profession, keeping abreast of developments in
the professional community);
transnational partnerships
(having a clear strategy for the development of an
international network or international activities, cooperation and network size);
quality of work;
removing barriers
to (participation in) teacher/staff mobility and international
cooperation.
In particular:
For
higher education staff,
significant correlations with Erasmus+ participation is
noted in several areas, particularly in continued exchange with international networks
(e.g. social media, professional information) and in relation to transnational
partnerships.
For
VET staff,
positive correlation is noted in the continued exchange with
international networks, including social media and project development, with multiple
outcomes achieving statistical significance as well as in areas related to transnational
partnerships and the removal of perceived barriers to international cooperation.
For
school education staff
positive association is noted between Erasmus+
participation and various forms of continued exchange, incl. keeping abreast of
professional developments.
For
adult education staff and sport staff
133
, fewer significant correlation overall is
noted, though for sport staff some positive effects are reported in continued exchange
with international networks.
For
youth workers,
improvements are reported in the quality of youth work, while also
benefiting from significant advancements in continued exchange with international
networks, particularly regarding the development of projects.
Sustained effects for staff from participation in the programme are also noted. 78% of school
education staff surveyed in the beneficiary survey maintains contact with individuals they had
132
133
Findings to be read in the light of the caveats indicated in section 1.1.4.
The sample used for the survey addressing sport staff is largely based on participants in the 2014-2020
programme (at level of KA2 collaborative partnerships), therefore these outcomes are more likely to be attributed
to the 2014-2020 programme.
44
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0047.png
met abroad
134
. The international experience often contributes to career advancements: 35% of
staff agreed or strongly agreed that their international experience helped them achieve a new
function or level of seniority (reported by 60% of staff in the sport sector, 35% in higher
education, 34% in adult education, 28% in VET and 25% in school education).
Box 2 - Sustained effects on staff from case studies
The primary school ‘Anton Skala’ (Serbia)
was the first Balkan school to open a department for the
upbringing and education of children with mild, moderate mental retardation and autism. Its staff has
extensive experience in teaching, understanding and knowledge of sensory and cognitive specifics of
children with intellectual disabilities and autism. According to the school, further participation in Erasmus+
since 2019, the work of teachers had improved by applying various digital applications aimed at the
development of cognitive, emotional, social, and motor skills in students. These were adapted and further
developed following the example of the institutions they visited during the programme activities.
TAKA TUKA EV
is a Slovenian NGO, established in 2002, specialized in working with hearing impaired
children and youth in the field of theatre. Practitioners, including highly experienced teachers and specialists
in special pedagogy, highlighted how the programme has allowed them to gain knowledge and new
perspectives in youth development and to promote new teaching methods in hearing impaired children
education within their teaching activity. Additionally, they emphasised the value of international experience
and network opportunities in their personal and professional growth. The organisation has coordinated five
Capacity building projects in the field of youth (respectively 3 and 2 in the 2014-2020 and 2021-2027
periods).
Based on programme monitoring data of the
period 2014-2020,
on average 84% of staff
participating in learning mobility indicated they had improved skills needed for their current
jobs, with the highest share among school staff (86%). Improvement of career opportunities are
reported by 60% of staff with no major differences across sectors.
4.1.1.3 Impact at level of organisations
Over both programme generations organisational benefits as contribution to increased
cooperation, internationalisation, improved practices of beneficiary organisations. The
continuity of the intervention, and the repeated participation of organisations over both
programme generations, makes it challenging to clearly attribute effects to one or the other
programme cycle. For this reason, in some cases, only differences and trends can be identified.
However, as impactful effects are rather generated following a prolongated action made of
several components, it is more likely that long-term effects are rather to be attributed to the
2014-2020 programme.
Progress at organisational level is positive across both programme generations, as measured
both quantitatively (where possible) and qualitatively. A large majority of beneficiary
organisations (81%) responding to the survey targeting socio-economic actors
135
stated that
their objectives were fully met, with an additional 17% stating that they were met to some
extent. None of the respondent organisations reported that their objectives were not met at all.
This question was only asked in the survey for School education staff. Question: ‘do you keep in touch with
the people you met during your stay abroad, and if so, how often do you keep in touch? The share is based on
3 158 respondents (Erasmus+ participants) in school education.
135
Annex V of ICF study. Non-contrafactual survey, registering a total of 1 550 valid responses.
134
45
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0048.png
A common feature at the basis of the intervention logic of both programme generations is the
expected spill-over effects
136
at the different levels of programme intervention. Several can be
identified at organisational level. It is observed that
repeated participation by organisations
in Erasmus+ can facilitate organisational learning,
by which organisations increase their
capacity and make it easier to absorb positive effects of participation, especially if partner
organisations also remain the same. Data on repeated organisation pairs
137
signals that from
2021 to 2022, 24% of organisations sent mobilities to each other more than once, and that 5%
of organisation pairs continued collaboration from the 2014-2020 programme throughout the
2021-2023 period. Stakeholders’ consultations highlight that participation in Erasmus+ actions,
including the interaction with peers or staff in other organisations, affects the teaching or
learning methods, resulting in spillovers effects both on the organisation they are active in and
on the learning of those in their classroom. This is in line with the results of the survey of socio-
economic actors, where 64% of beneficiary organisations responding to the survey stated that
the activities in which they participated contributed to achieving new learning and teaching
approaches.
At the organisational level, the
programme's effects across both programming periods are
considered sustained.
54% of staff surveyed in the beneficiary survey run by the external
evaluator indicated that the benefits of their international experiences in their organisations are
still in place, with only 15% indicating that these benefits were no longer in place
138
. Almost
80% of the beneficiary organisations responding to the survey of socio-economic actors
consider that participation in the programme fully facilitated the creation of new partnerships
and the development of capacity for transnational cooperation
139
.
National reports also highlight that common benefits for organisations include
enhanced
internationalisation, improved teaching practices and expanded networks
in all countries.
Organisational impacts like internationalisation strategies and improved teaching practices
show potential for sustainability, but require ongoing commitment, as reported in 16
countries
140
.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
As defined in the 2014-2020 intervention logic, the opportunities offered by the programme
could help develop long-lasting partnerships and better quality of teaching/learning methods
and youth work, and strengthen networks and cooperation with businesses/policy actors and
contribute to the internationalisation of organisations. The 2014-2020 programme did not
include any impact indicator at level of organisations, so no targets are established.
Stakeholder insights and evidence from the literature speak to the strong accomplishments of
quality improvements in the organisations participating in the programme reporting the
establishment of organisational networks
141
. In higher education,
KA2 strategic
136
Under Erasmus+ specific objectives are expected to deliver results at more than one level of intervention and
across more than one key action. As a result of these ‘spill-over effects’ mobility of staff (individual level) can
e.g. support the development of better organisational practices, thus influencing the organisational level (see
section 2.1 for both programming periods).
137
Network Analysis carried out as part of ICF study.
138
Beneficiary survey for learners run by ICF (see section 1.1.4 for related caveats). Question: Are the immediate
benefits of participating in the mobility activity still in place? Replies based on a total of 26 332 Erasmus+
participants across all target groups.
139
Survey of socio-economic actors, annex V of ICF study report.
140
AT, BEnl, CY, DE, DK, ES, FI, IE, IT, LT, MT, NL, NO, PT, SE, SK.
141
European Commission (2019). “Erasmus+ higher education impact study”; DAAD (2022) “Erasmus+
Cooperation Projects—Elements of Successful Internationalisation”; Epos (2022) “Impact van Erasmus+ en
46
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0049.png
partnerships
have helped institutions increase their cooperation with actors outside of higher
education and establish new cooperations
142
. This is considered key for the initiation and
expansion of robust, topic-related international networks, which is instrumental to broad
internationalisation of higher education institutions
143
. Strategic partnerships have also enabled
higher education institutions to develop innovative teaching and curricula, to be more
interdisciplinary, more accessible and digital and to better deliver on labour market needs.
Knowledge Alliances
are found successful in their aim of building innovation capacities in
HEIs and businesses, through cooperation and knowledge flow
144
and to support the
development and implementation of innovative learning and teaching methods as well as the
incorporation of inter-disciplinary approaches
145
. The strategic partnerships have proved at all
educational levels to be a very important flywheel to introduce or consolidate methodologies
and practices which characterize the scope of the coordinating institute’s educational offering.
For coordinating institutions, KA2 projects often provided the trigger for new projects,
encouraging the involvement of a large number of different subjects, giving the opportunity to
create lasting synergetic networks
146
.
Erasmus Mundus Joint Masters Degree significantly
enhanced international cooperation among higher education institutions worldwide,
leading to new partnerships and strengthening existing ones, facilitating joint research projects.
Positive changes are observed also in learning and teaching methods.
Case studies also show that increased internationalisation and more opportunities for research
collaboration are among the main benefits of participation in KA2 for higher education
institutions, while for staff they include improvements in learning and knowledge sharing
147
.
In the VET field, KA2 activities are seen as essential to build the international profile of
organisations, and that they facilitate improvements in methodologies and practices of staff and
practitioners
148
. In the youth field, participation in Erasmus+ tends to increase practices of
youth organisations in the provision of non-formal education, improve their processes of
recognition and validation of competences of young people, foster knowledge transfer and
implementation of good practices within the organisation
149
. In the sport sector, key effects
identified in case studies include the professionalisation of organisations, improvement in
technical skills and knowledge sharing
150
.
eTwinning op scholen”; European Commission (2018). Study on the impact of Erasmus+ higher education
partnerships and knowledge alliances at local, national and European levels on key higher education policy
priorities – Final report (https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/87791).
142
European Commission (2019). “Erasmus+ higher education impact study”.
143
DAAD (2022) “Erasmus+ Cooperation Projects — Elements of Successful Internationalisation”.
144
For HEIs this took form of thorough knowledge innovation (i.e., by developing, deepening, or expanding
expertise and research) and experience with innovative teaching; for business this was achieved by stimulating a
better understanding of the functioning of HEIs and through a greater accessibility to knowledge. European
Commission (2024), Assessment of the instruments, deliverables, results and impact of university business
cooperation – Final report (https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/514543).
145
European Commission: Joint Research Centre, Esparza Masana, R. and Woolford, J., European universities
and knowledge alliances within their territorial innovation ecosystems, Publications Office of the European Union,
2023,
https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/429140
146
INDIRE (2020), Innovation in Erasmus+ Strategic Partnerships - A second study on the impact (https://2014-
2020.erasmusplus.it/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/erasmus_summary_q3_WEB.pdf)
147
Case studies Univerza v Mariboru (HED, SI), TU Berlin - ENHANCE Alliance (HED, DE), Universidad de
Sevilla (HED, ES), CHARM-EU, University of Barcelona (HED).
148
Case studies FH Joanneum (VET, AT), Chambre de Métiers et de l'Artisanat Auvergne-Rhône-Alpes (VET,
FR), Kauno technologijų mokymo centras (VET, LT), Pilot PoVE Water, CIV Water (VET, NL).
149
RAY MON Research report, 2021 (based on data collected in 2019 and 2020), https://researchyouth.net/wp-
content/uploads/2021/04/RAY-MON_Research-Report-20192020.pdf
150
Case studies European Hockey Federation (SPO, BE), EuropeActive (SPO, BE), European Young Women
Programme, FIA (SPO, FR).
47
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0050.png
Monitoring data from 2014-2020 participants’ reports show the contribution of KA1 staff
mobility to reinforced transnational cooperation. 83% of participants in staff mobility reported
reinforced cooperation with the partner organisation as a result of the mobility, with higher
education staff reporting the highest share (88%), followed by VET staff (84%). In the VET
sector, staff mobility contributed to strengthen cooperation of the sending institution with
players in the labour market, as reported by 67% of VET staff. Similar results are noted at level
of stakeholders in civil society, where reinforced cooperation was stated respectively by 66%
and 62% of youth and adult education staff.
While there is evidence that the cooperation opportunities fostered by the programme supported
effectively the creation of new partnerships, contributed to reinforce them and to bring forward
internationalisation strategies, based on the collected evidence it is not possible to quantify the
extent to which these partnerships lasted over time. Although only 5% of organisation pairs
participating in the 2014-2020 programme continued collaboration in the same format in the
2021-2023 period, this share cannot give a precise measure of the duration and sustainability
of partnerships, as these may continue or evolve beyond programme participation.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
Expected organisational level impacts of the 2021-2027 programme concern increased capacity
of educational institutions by fostering internationalisation, long-lasting partnerships, the
progressive adoption of innovative teaching and learning methods and tools, adaptability of
twin transition.
The development of organisational networks and increased internationalisation are deemed
strong by stakeholders, and evidence from the literature review supports such views
151
. KA2
Cooperation partnerships were ranked by NAs/EACEA survey respondents among the top three
most effective actions for organisations and staff. The Small-scale partnerships are viewed as
very effective in the school and adult education fields, particularly for organisations and
learners. In the school sector, participation in Small-scale partnerships is reported to enhance
motivation for professional skill development, enrich professional and cultural awareness, and
strengthening the sense of belonging to the educational community
152
In continuity with the previous programme, and as likely results of participating in the same
type of action under both programme generations, consulted HEIs report
increased
internationalisation and visibility and research collaboration opportunities
as the main
organisational benefits of KA2 participation
153
. In the higher education field, European
Universities alliances are ranked as the most effective action for organisations and systems
across all of Erasmus+ activities in the NAs/EACEA survey. Similar views were expressed in
the public consultation with 76% of respondents representing the higher education sector
agreeing that European Universities alliances highly contribute to support excellence,
creativity, and innovation at the level of organisations and policies. In the VET field, 61% of
VET respondents of the public consultation agreed that Centres of Vocational Excellence
highly contribute to
support excellence, creativity, and innovation at the level of
organisations and policies.
Respondents to the NAs/EACEA survey ranked it as the most
effective VET action. Also in the case of VET institutions, organisations participating in KA2
151
See Erasmus+ annual reports 2021-2023, the European Parliament report on the implementation of the
Erasmus+ programme 2021-2027 (2023); European Commission (2023) “Study on Learning Mobility”; RIA-AE
(2024), Transnational analysis of the impact of Erasmus+ on the Adult Education Sector.
152
Istituto Comprensivo Manzoni-Radice (SCH, IT).
153
Case studies Univerza v Mariboru (HED, SI), TU Berlin - ENHANCE Alliance (HED, DE), Universidad de
Sevilla (HED, ES), CHARM-EU, University of Barcelona (HED, ES). These organisations have taken part in KA2
projects in both programming period highlighting the same type of feedback on the effectiveness of KA2 activities.
48
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0051.png
report similar feedback, highlighting the importance of KA2 activities to build their
international profile, and facilitate improvements in methodologies and practices adopted by
their staff
154
. The Erasmus Accreditation is reported to have positive effects at organisational
level as it provides institutions with a structured framework for continuous improvement,
facilitating long-term planning, ensuring sustained educational excellence and international
collaboration
155
.
The Commission’s Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2710 introduced a
new impact indicator
for the 2021-2027 programme to assess, from a qualitative point of view, the increased capacity
of organisations. This indicator links to the
three specific objectives of the 2021-2027
programme,
addressing the promotion of cooperation, quality, inclusion and innovation at
level of organisations. Consulted stakeholders indicate overall positive effects on organisation
capacity linked to participation in the programme, with qualitative findings summarized in the
box below
156
. Although at this stage no quantification can be done, progress is noted in the
improvements of practices and cooperation as
direct and indirect consequence of
participation in projects,
especially when participation in the programme was repeated over
time and continued over both programmes. This makes it very challenging to clearly attribute
effects to either the previous or the on-going programme.
Box 3 - Findings on the increased capacity of organisations
The programme increased the capacity of organisations through access to and application of innovative
teaching methods and technologies, development of technological infrastructure, a strengthened capacity
for staff to participate in new projects and cooperate with other organisations, improved staff expertise and
skills, development of new tools, increased leadership skills and strategic planning
157
.
Factors contributing to improved capacity-building through project activities
158
are collaborative
workshops, resource support, broadening of networks, fostering collaboration, a culture of continuous
learning and knowledge sharing. For example, under the European Universities alliance ENHANCE, partner
higher education institutions enhanced their capacity and capabilities and raised excellence and innovation
levels by pooling expertise, knowledge, and resources, including equipment and joint support services,
combining complementary strengths not available at any single institution, to the benefit of their students,
staff and communities. The University of Sevilla reports a similar experience, highlighting that the strong
transnational alliances established following the participation in Erasmus+, facilitated the exchange of
knowledge, resources, and best practices among universities across Europe. This also resulted in enhancing
the quality and scope of the research projects that the university has secured under Horizon Europe.
159
154
Case studies FH Joanneum (VET, AT), Chambre de Métiers et de l'Artisanat Auvergne-Rhône-Alpes (VET,
FR), Vegova Ljubljana (VET, SI), Pilot PoVE Water, CIV Water (VET, NL). With exception of Vegova
Ljubljana, all these organisations have participated in KA2 activities in both programme generations. Their
feedback did not highlight any major difference in the experienced effects.
155
Case study BHAK/BHAS Oberpullendorf (SCH, AT), Primary school Anton Skala (SCH, RS), Chambre de
Métiers et de l'Artisanat Auvergne-Rhône-Alpes (VET, FR), Bildungsdirektion Steiermark, Board of Education
of Styria (AT).
156
Findings largely based on stakeholders’ perception data.
157
Case studies: Istituto Comprensivo Manzoni-Radice (SCH, IT); Primary school Anton Skala (SCH, RS);
Pädagogische Hochschule Freiburg (SCH, DE); I Liceum Ogólnokształcące im. Henryka Sienkiewicza w
Kędzierzynie-Koźlu (SCH, PL); European Hockey Federation (SPO, BE); EuropeActive (SPO, BE); FH
Joanneum (VET, AT); Chambre de Métiers et de l'Artisanat Auvergne-Rhône-Alpes (VET, FR); E29 (formerly,
Ifjúsági Nomád Klub) (YOU, HU); Agenzija Zghazagh (YOU, MT); Profilirana Prirodo-Matematicheska
Gimnazia Akademik Ivan Tsenov (JMA, BG); College of Europe (JMA, BE and PL); CHARM-EU, University of
Barcelona (HED, ES); key informant interviews with NEOs, SALTOs, and EU Delegations, third country organisations.
158
Case studies: TU Berlin - ENHANCE Alliance (HED, DE); European Hockey Federation (SPO, BE);
EuropeActive (SPO, BE); Chambre de Métiers et de l'Artisanat Auvergne-Rhône-Alpes (VET, FR); Agenzija Zghazagh
(YOU, MT); Profilirana Prirodo-Matematicheska Gimnazia Akademik Ivan Tsenov (JMA, BG); Key informant
interviews with NEOs, SALTOs, and EU Delegations; Commission services/Agencies, six stakeholder organisations.
159
See Case studies on TU Berlin – ENHANCE alliance (HED, DE) and University of Sevilla (HED, ES).
49
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0052.png
In the school education field, the ‘Good Practice’ label awarded at stage of final report assessment is
highlighted as an example of the programme boosting motivation to further boost capacity, experience and
confidence
160
. Moreover, interviewed EU Delegations highlighted significant institutional impacts in Latin
America, contributing to academic diplomacy and regional integration in higher education. Latin American
universities are forming consortia, which build trust and foster collaboration.
The organisations participating in the programme also raised capacity of other organisations, including
through network-building, knowledge-exchange, training, and curriculum development
161
. In the school
education field, for example, the ICSE academy, funded in 2021 under the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies
and bringing together 13 higher education institutions, 13 policymaking organisations and 65 schools, offers
job shadowing summer schools and a workshop series, which contribute to capacity building of the
educational work force. Through this work, the academy has disseminated innovative teacher approaches in
STEM education and built capacity within the organisation hosting the ICSE Academy itself.
Points of improvement were mentioned by a few stakeholders, which mainly noted the limited capacity for
many organisations to engage with the process of applying for and running projects, and suggested grants
to invest in support for organisational operations (operating grants) to improve project applications,
utilisation of EU funding, and the sustainability of project results
162
.
4.1.1.4 System and policy impact
Over both programme generations, system and policy level impact is defined as a contribution
to support policy cooperation in programme fields to influence improvements of national
education, training, youth and sport systems. The findings analysed under this chapter are in
large part based on programme monitoring data, consultation activities and literature review.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 aimed to contribute to the
Europe 2020 headline target in
education
163
, namely (a) higher education attainment and (b) tackling early school leaving. As
also observed in the mid-term evaluation, the contribution of the programme to their evolution
is
indirect,
putting in question the testability and plausibility of these indicators with regards
to the programme intervention (see also section 4.1.2.5). Nevertheless, the programme
contributes to the achievement of both targets, reaching a high number of learners via KA1 and
KA2
164
, increasing their
attitude towards education/training
165
. Such a positive attitude can
be analysed as a precursor of education retention and as reducing the risk of dropouts.
Early school leavers or people not attracted by higher education are more likely to be found
among disadvantaged people. At this level, the programme has performed well in non-formal
and informal learning, putting inclusion at the heart of youth activities. In addition, the
identification of the KA2 priorities particularly relevant in the national context by National
Case study: I Liceum Ogólnokształcące im. Henryka Sienkiewicza w Kędzierzynie-Koźlu (SCH, PL).
Case studies: College of Europe (JMA, BE and PL), Pädagogische Hochschule Freiburg (SCH, DE); European
University Institute (JMA, IT); Regional Capacity for Adult Learning and Education, EAEA (ADU, BE).
162
Case studies: Agenzija Zghazagh (YOU, MT); Afeji Hauts-de-France (ADU, FR); Youth for exchange and
understanding international (YOU, BE); Casa do Professor (JMA, PT); CHARM-EU, University of Barcelona
(HED, ES); Bildungsdirektion Steiermark, Board of Education of Styria (SCH, AT); Pilot PoVE Water, CIV
Water (VET, NL).
163
The Europe 2020 strategy aimed to reduce early school-leaving rates to a level below 10% (9.9% in 2020) and
to enable at least 40% of 30-34 years-old to have completed tertiary or equivalent education by 2020 (40.3% in
2019). (see:
04c88d0b-17af-cf7e-7e78-331a67f3fcd5).
164
Mobility of pupils was implemented under KA2 in the 2014-2020 programme.
165
Based on the Erasmus+ higher education impact study (2019:
https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/162060),
around 80% of participants in their first cycle reported that they plan to continue their studies to the next level –
in particular those students who experienced greater impact of mobility on their studies (acquisition of
competences relevant to study, experience of new teaching methods, etc.) were more likely to want to continue to
a higher educational level.
160
161
50
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0053.png
Agencies helped raise the attention of potential applicants on areas with higher needs. As a
result, in the 2014-2020 period, approximately EUR 672 million were contracted to support
close to 9 000 projects addressing the topic of early school leaving.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 improved attractiveness of participating higher education institutions, by
adding value to their academic offer and the exposure to innovative learning/teaching
methods
166
. According to consulted stakeholders, the association with a prestigious brand like
‘Jean Monnet’ increased the prestige of beneficiary universities, while engaging in Jean
Monnet projects enhanced the depth and quality of studies, improving academic outcomes and
practical skills development
167
. This effect continues over time, as a result of the continuation
of the action in the 2021-2027 period.
The programme has strived to support initiatives with high transformational impact for
education and training systems to further increase attractiveness of higher education institutions
and the quality of the educational offer, including for a more systemic approach to learning
mobility.
In 2019 and 2020, Erasmus+ tested the European Universities Initiative
168
through two calls for proposals, paving the way for its full rollout under Erasmus+ 2021-2027.
The initiative aims to boost the transformation of European higher education to enhance its
quality, inclusion, digitalisation and attractiveness through deeper cooperation between
institutions, their students and staff. The key achievements of the European Universities
alliances selected under the pilot calls include the involvement of a diverse spectrum of HEIs,
the presentation of common long-term strategies on education, with links to research and
innovation, the offer of student-centred and flexible curricula, which marked their aspiration
for a systemic, structural and sustainable impact
169
.
Indirect influence can be attributed also to the achievement of
other ET2020 European
benchmarks
170
mentioned in the general objectives of the programme, with no possibility to
establish a causal link on the basis of available evidence. Based on the Education and Training
Monitor 2019, employment rate of recent graduates was at 81,6% against a target of 82%, with
improvements compared to the state of play of the mid-term evaluation (77%). In contrast, the
progress towards the EU target on underachievement in basic skills was at 20% against an EU
target of 15%
171
. Both topics were addressed by the programme with over 10 000 projects
addressing labour market issues and youth unemployment and more than 6 000 tackled the
overcoming skills mismatching and basic skills.
Furthermore, by 2020, around 8 300 projects tackled specifically improving quality and
efficiency of education and training systems, including the quality of youth work, sometimes
influencing policy changes with the integration of innovative educational practices into national
systems. In Slovenia, Erasmus+ 2014-2020 has influenced the understanding of youth policy
by solidifying a horizontal youth policy approach and becoming an important driver for policy
166
European Commission: Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture,
Erasmus+ higher
education impact study – Final report,
Publications Office, 2018 (https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/162060).
167
Case study on Scuola superiore di studi universitari e di perfezionamento Sant'Anna (JMA, IT).
168
The initiative was announced in the European Council conclusions of 14 December 2017.
169
SWD accompanying the Communication on achieving the European Education Area by 2025 (SWD(2020)
212 final).
170
Council conclusions on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training ("ET 2020")
of 12 May 2009. The strategy had the four strategic objectives: 1. Making lifelong learning and mobility a reality;
2. Improving the quality and efficiency of education and training; 3. Promoting equity, social cohesion and active
citizenship; 4. Enhancing creativity and innovation, including entrepreneurship, at all levels of education and
training (https://www.consilium.europa.eu/uedocs/cms_Data/docs/pressdata/en/educ/107622.pdf).
171
https://education.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/document-library-docs/volume-1-2019-education-and-
training-monitor.pdf
51
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0054.png
making
172
. It triggered initiatives pursuing professionalisation and recognition of youth work
as an occupational qualification, promotion and comprehension of learning mobility, becoming
the tool for renewing policy mechanisms, testing new ideas and innovative approaches.
Box 4 - Influence of regional and national policies through policy experimentations
The policy experimentation ‘Novice
Educator Support and Training’
(NEST),
funded under KA3 2020 Call,
was implemented by a transnational consortium of 15 partner organisations. The
project
aimed to design,
implement, evaluate and propose a
system of new adaptive mentoring for novice teachers in disadvantaged
schools.
Informed by the NEST project, the government of
Catalonia
tapped into ESF+ funding to up-scale an
induction program for novice teachers in the region. This innovative programme called “Sensei” was designed to
provide high-quality support to novice teachers during their first year in the profession, leveraging on the results
of NEST’s implementation across regions. The findings from the NEST evaluation informed the development and
content of the Sensei program's mentor training. In
Romania,
the NEST results were used to feed in the Law of
Education that was enacted in September 2023, which ensures mentoring is at the core of the teaching career.
Local authorities in
Bulgaria
are currently exploring the possibility of up-taking components of the NEST
mentoring approach.
Spill-over effects
can be observed
at the system-level,
or through cross-action and cross-
sectoral lens. These spillover effects are only identified through qualitative sources, such as
key informant interviews and case studies, and hence rather constitute ‘perceptions’ of
spillovers by a range of stakeholders. In some cases, their effects last over time influencing
future projects under the successor programme of Erasmus+ 2014-2020, showing the added
value of a continued intervention across programming period to generate stronger effects. For
example, the European Universities initiative, piloted under the 2014-2020 programme and
fully rolled out in the 2021-2027 programme, influences national policy and legislation with
benefits for the entire higher education sector, notably to enable more conducive environments
for seamless transnational cooperation, including to cater for simplified processes for
establishing joint educational programmes and degrees
173
. In Spain, European transnational
cooperation under the alliances led to legislative progress in relation to degrees and
accreditation
174
. Other examples include the involvement of public employment services and
social services in adult education, and the expansion of an established ecosystem of Centres of
Vocational Excellence into a third country not associated to the programme (South Africa).
Box 5 - Examples of spill-over effects
The KA3 project
Regional Capacity for Adult Learning and Education
(RegALE)
175
, awarded under the Social
inclusion 2020 Call, aimed to strengthen the networks of adult education organisations and create synergies with
regional and local authorities. Spill-over effects beyond the project’s remit were achieved by influencing EU
policy initiatives on individual learning accounts (ILA) and micro-credentials, a strengthened collaboration and
visibility of stakeholders through better inter-ministerial collaboration, and better informed regional network,
allowing for more shared information among different actors involved in adult education provision, more
opportunities for future projects, collaboration, or synergies.
The
Pilot Platform of Vocational Excellence Water
(Pilot PoVE Water
176
), a 2-year project from the 2019
Centres of Vocational Excellence pilot call, and the following PoVE Water Scale-Up
177
from the 2021 Call, led
172
Staff Working Document on the results of the open method of coordination in the youth field 2010-2018, p. 50
(SWD(2018) 168).
173
Gunn, A. (2020). The European Universities Initiative: A Study of Alliance Formation in Higher Education.
In: Curaj, A., Deca, L., Pricopie, R. (eds) European Higher Education Area: Challenges for a New Decade.
Springer, Cham.
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-56316-5_2
174
See Case study on EdLab project (HED, ES).
175
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/projects/search/details/621444-EPP-1-2020-1-BE-EPPKA3-IPI-SOC-IN.
See also case study on the ‘RegALE’ project (ADU, BE).
176
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/projects/search/details/612632-EPP-1-2019-1-NL-EPPKA2-SSA-P.
See
also Case study on the PoVE project (VET, NL)
177
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/projects/search/details/101055851
52
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0055.png
by CIV Water (Netherlands), aimed to support innovation for water education by developing a regional water
skills ecosystem and better align the education programmes with needs of the labour market. In particular, the
Scale-Up project has supported the expansion of regional collaborations to a national context in the Netherlands,
and supported the expansion by a new partnership in a third country not associated with the programme (South
Africa). In the Netherlands, a supportive policy environment has been created at the national level through a
memorandum of understanding signed with the Ministry of Education and department of water and sanitation. In
Latvia, government resources have been redirected from 10 VET schools to three, which has allowed significant
investments in facilities, equipment and tools in support of the Latvian water sector, as well as developing a new
curriculum in the sector in collaboration with employers in the water sector.
In the youth field, the Youth Wiki
178
is recognized for supporting evidence-based policy making
by providing knowledge and expertise for policy design and implementation across both
programme generations. Interviewed organisations
179
acknowledge its contribution to youth
policy awareness and advocacy at systemic level, promoting cooperation among ministries, and
advocating for the integration of youth concerns across various policy areas, aligning with EU
strategies. In Cyprus, for example, it has created a culture of knowledge and evidence-based
policy supporting the mainstreaming of youth policy across other policy fields.
The influence of the programme on national education policies and practices is mentioned in
19 national reports
180
. Although the reports do not highlight any distinction between both
programme generations, it can be reasonably assumed that these effects can be attributed to the
2014-2020 programme. Contributions to modernisation and internationalisation of education
systems were noted in most countries
181
. However, 21 reports
182
indicate limited systemic
impacts due to the scale of the programme or challenges in translating project-level successes
into broader national systemic change. Systemic impacts on national policies and education
systems are evident, but their longevity is less certain and requires continued support, as
reported in most countries
183
.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
System level impact is measured against a new indicator established in Commission Delegated
Regulation (EU) 2023/2710. This indicator measures in a qualitative manner,
the programme
contribution to policy development, strategies and cooperation in education and training,
youth and sport,
linking directly to the three specific objectives (promote cooperation, quality,
inclusion, excellence, creativity, innovation at level of policy)
184
. Consultation activities show
positive contributions to policy development, strategies and cooperation, highlighting
contributions to quality assurance, political priorities, degree recognition, and cooperation
between education and the labour market, among others.
178
179
https://national-policies.eacea.ec.europa.eu/youthwiki
CS on Youth Wiki (YOU, MT, FR, CY).
180
BEfr, BEnl, CY, CZ, DE, ES, FI, FR, HR, IE, IT, LT, LU, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, SK.
181
AT, BEde, BEnl, BG, CZ, CY, DE, DK, EE, EL, FI, FR, IE, IT, LV, LT, MT, PL, RO, SE, SI, SK, IS, NO,
RS, TR.
182
BEde, BG, CZ, CY, DE, DK, EE, FI, FR, IE, IT, LI, LT, LU, NL, PL, RO, RS, SE, SI, SK.
183
Mentioned in all reports except BEde, BEfr and LU.
184
The following policy areas are specified in the SWD(2023) 296 regarding the metadata of this indicator: i)
contributing to building the European Education Area; ii) contributing to the European Skills Agenda; iii)
advancing youth policy cooperation under the European Youth Strategy; iv) achieving advanced and developed
policies and strategies in the fields of education, training, youth and sport, including contributing to policy sectoral
agendas in these fields; v) increased dialogue and cooperation among stakeholders; vii) increased policy
cooperation between countries; and viii) development of a European dimension in Sport. At interim stage, the
measurement is mainly based on qualitative elements, based on consultation activities, literature review or
programme monitoring data.
53
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0056.png
The study supporting the mid-term evaluation of the European Education Area stresses the role
of Erasmus+ as key for its achievement
185
. Erasmus+ 2021-2027 was indeed shaped to be a
key component of building the
European Education Area,
to contribute to the
European
Skills Agenda,
in line with the
European Pillar of Social Rights.
Erasmus+ flagships actions,
such as the European Universities, the Centres of Vocational Excellence and the Erasmus+
Teacher Academies are key to achieve the European Education Area and contribute to the
European Skills Agenda. The Commission’s communication on a European strategy for
universities
186
called to have at least 60 alliances gathering 500 universities by mid-2024 and
EUR 626 million under the 2022 and 2023 Calls
187
; this goal has been reached and even
exceeded; by mid-2024, 65 European Universities alliances were operational and supported
under Erasmus+, encompassing more than 570 higher education institutions from 35 countries,
taking transnational cooperation to a different level and forging a novel understanding of the
way higher education institutions can work together across borders, with long-term vision
going beyond regular cooperation settings. In school education, close to 30 Erasmus+ Teacher
Academies are already funded under Erasmus+ for EUR 37.5 million contracted grants (the
initial objective set up in policy documents was to support 25 academies by 2025
188
) and
contribute to tackling some of the most relevant issues in the teacher community. In the VET
field, the Centres of Vocational Excellence are pillars of excellent vocational education and
training in Europe, showing added value with a growing number of projects and networks
created. The Erasmus+ programme provides funding for 100 Centres of Vocational Excellence
for the period 2021-2027
189
; 41 have already been funded by end 2023. Currently, about 1 100
organisations, VET providers, higher education institutions, social partners, trade
organisations, businesses, public authorities, etc. participate in the ongoing projects, for a total
allocation of EUR 148 million under 2021-2023 Calls
190
. Erasmus+ also supports 13 (out 14)
actions of the European Digital Education Action Plan (DEAP), which from its side also
contributes to the achievement of the European Education Area.
Through its international dimension, Erasmus+ also contributes to the delivery of the
EU’s
Global Gateway strategy
191
. Launched in 2021, the Global Gateway is the EU’s values-based
offer to partner countries across the world, aimed to fund investments in five priority areas:
digital, climate and energy, transport, health, education and research. By contributing to a
skilled workforce, knowledge sharing and quality higher education and vocational education
and training in third countries, Erasmus+ assists the implementation of the Global Gateway and
its investment objectives. For example, the most recent Erasmus+ calls for capacity building
actions in higher education and VET (KA2) make a direct reference to the Global Gateway,
aligning with its investment priorities. In addition, since 2023, Erasmus+ calls for capacity
185
186
Study not published yet.
COM(2022) 16 final (Commission
Communication on a European strategy for universities - European
Education Area (europa.eu))
187
To this it should be added a total funding allocation of EUR 180 million under the 2019 and 2020 pilot Calls.
188
Commission’s Communication on achieving the European Education Area by 2025, COM(2020)625 final
(EUR-Lex
- 52020DC0625 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)
189
The Communication on Labour and skills shortages (COM(2024) 131 of 20 March 2024) called to co-
finance more Centres of Vocational Excellence with a target of at least 100 projects by 2027, to support
European and regional development, innovation and smart specialisation strategies.
190
Under the 2019 and 2020 Calls the total funding was EUR 34 million.
191
Global Gateway - European Commission
54
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0057.png
building in VET underline the priority to the projects that contribute to A new Agenda for the
Mediterranean
192
and its Economic and Investment Plan
193
.
Case studies carried out by the external evaluator highlight the contributions of Erasmus+ to
the objectives of the European Education Area for example in terms of contributing to
developing a
Blueprint for a European degree
outlining a vision and objectives for a common
European framework for the design and delivery of joint degree programmes and the award of
joint degrees matching a set of common European criteria
194
as well as to the European Skills
Agenda through the Centres of Vocational Excellence, witnessing spill-over effects
195
.
Box 6 –EdLab project (European Degree Label institutional laboratory) supporting the development of a
European degree (label)
196
The policy experimentation project
EdLab, funded under KA3
(2022 Call year), aimed to test European criteria
for a European degree (label), providing recommendations towards a possible European degree. As part of this
project, significant contributions were made by 26 higher education institutions involved in four European
Universities alliances (the ARQUS, ENLIGHT, EUTOPIA and SEA-EU alliances). EdLab, as well as the other
five policy experimentation projects
197
supporting the development of a European degree (label), have collectively
contributed to fostering an environment more conducive to legislative changes at the national level through close
collaboration with national authorities (ministries), higher education stakeholders, students’ unions, and Quality
Assurance agencies, also showcasing the role of the European Universities alliances in driving progress for the
entire higher education sector. The collective effort of these policy experimentation projects has prompted
systemic shifts and cultural changes paving the way towards a possible European degree.
University policy and strategy were adapted in a number of institutions as a result of
participation in the programme,
for example by integrating horizontal priorities into the
educational programme and policy for example on sustainability through whole-institutional
approaches or adapting the inclusion and diversity policy and programmes based on learnings
from other institutions
198
. The programme has generated
policy recommendations
and
fostered policy learning in a number of actions, including by mapping reports on LGBTIQ+
discrimination, an e-learning training platform for VET teachers, policy workshops and
conferences, and integration of policy briefs to translate research findings into educational
offerings
199
.
Areas for improvement identified by consulted stakeholders are the need for strengthened
connections between project outcomes and policy formulation
200
, the need for national and
European legislation and funding systems that allows for an effective European Education
Area, notably when it comes to removing barriers to transnational cooperation
201
.
As for youth policy agenda, the evaluation of the
European Union Youth Strategy (EUYS)
202
defines Erasmus+ as a
key programme
that contributes to achieving its objectives and
192
Joint Communication on Renewed partnership with the Southern Neighbourhood - A new Agenda for the
Mediterranean, JOIN/2021/2 final.
193
Joint Staff Working Document: Renewed Partnership with the Southern Neighbourhood Economic and
Investment Plan for the Southern Neighbours - European Commission.
194
Case study CHARM-EU, University of Barcelona (HED, ES).
195
Case study Pilot PoVE Water, CIV Water (VET, NL).
196
Case study EdLab, University of Granada (HED, ES).
197
These are i)
ED-AFFICHE;
ii)
ETIKETA;
iii)
FOCI;
iv)
JEDI;
v)
SMARTT.
198
Case studies: Universidad de Sevilla (HED, ES); Satakunnan ammattikorkeakoulu (HED, FI); key informant
interviews with representatives from 19 countries.
199
Case studies AKMI Anonimi Ekpaideftiki Etairia (VET, EL); College of Europe (JMA, BE and PL); key
informant interviews with European stakeholder organisations.
200
Based on key informant interviews with 5 respondents from Commission services.
201
Case study CHARM-EU, University of Barcelona (HED, ES).
202
SWD(2024) 90 final of 11 April 2024.
55
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0058.png
advancing youth policy cooperation and concludes that Erasmus+ is key to support its
implementation at EU level. It underscores the very clear relationship with Erasmus+, stating
that, together with the European Solidarity Corps, Erasmus+ is the main and best-known
instrument for the EUYS and that ‘funding opportunities have become better focused and more
strategic, e.g. as concerns new actions such as Youth Participation Activities, and the renewed
Youth Worker Mobility action under Erasmus+’. Erasmus+ contributes to the strategy also
through the participation of third countries in the programme, with the EUYS evaluation stating
that this ‘demonstrates the international reach of the EUYS’.
Within the EU sport policy agenda, Erasmus+ is instrumental in strengthening the
European
dimension of sport
and in advancing EU sport policy by addressing the policy objectives set
in the
2021-2024 EU Work Plan for sport
203
, in particular as it comes to protecting the
integrity and values of sport, promoting its socio-economic and sustainable dimensions, and
encouraging participation in health-enhancing physical activity. Erasmus+ cooperation projects
and the newly established staff mobility have supported the policy objectives set in this Work
Plan through targeted actions aligned with its priorities. This is confirmed in Commission’s
report on the implementation and relevance of the European Union Work Plan for Sport 2021-
2024, which states that Erasmus+ actions provide a substantial basis for furthering European
cooperation
204
. In particular, the initiative
HealthyLifestyle4All
(2021 to 2023) further
supported EU sport policy priorities, while linking sport and active lifestyles with health, food
and other EU policies in a holistic approach aimed at promoting well-being.
Support to the development of
sectoral policy agenda,
to
dialogue and cooperation among
stakeholders and to evidence-based policy cooperation between countries
is mainly
provided through KA3 activities managed under direct management, with almost
EUR 144 million distributed across the different strands in the 2021-2023 period (data 2023 is
still partial).
At mid-term, based on available evidence, the progress of the 2021-2027 programme towards
contributing to EU policy development, strategies and cooperation in education and training,
youth and sport is satisfying and in line with the expectations. Although no clear-cut
quantification can be provided, and the assessment is mainly based on qualitative evidence, the
level of contribution is estimated as high.
4.1.1.5 Effectiveness of inclusion measures
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
The 2014-2020 Erasmus+ programme aimed at promoting equity and inclusion by facilitating
the access to participants with disadvantaged backgrounds and fewer opportunities compared
to their peers. In the
youth
field, an
Inclusion and Diversity Strategy
was designed in
cooperation with the SALTO Inclusion and the SALTO Cultural diversity as a common
framework to support the participation and inclusion of young people with fewer opportunities
in Erasmus+. Since 2014, the strategy was rolled out through continuous follow-up, with an
Inclusion and Diversity Steering Group meeting twice a year. Furthermore, it was consolidated
at national level by national inclusion strategies, based on specific country needs. A number of
promotion tools were developed to highlight the support offered by Erasmus+ when working
with young people with fewer opportunities or when tackling inclusion and diversity in projects.
203
Resolution of the Council and of the Representatives of the Governments of the Member States meeting within
the Council on the European Union Work Plan for Sport, OJ C 419, 4.12.2020, p. 1.
204
COM(2024) 73 of 14 February 2024.
56
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0059.png
However, the 2014-2020 programme did not have a harmonised approach to inclusion themes.
SALTO resource centres were active in the youth field only. The VET and youth sectors were
using the definition ‘fewer opportunities’, while the higher education sector was rather referring
to ‘disadvantaged background’. Neither of these definitions was used in the school and adult
education sectors, since the programme only supported staff mobility. Only the definition of
‘special needs’, with related financial support, was applied across all sectors.
The average share of participants with fewer opportunities or special needs reached out in the
youth sector at the end of 2014-2020 was equal to 29%, against 7% in VET and 6% in higher
education
205
. This marks the success of the youth inclusion strategy considered ‘instrumental
in providing a conceptual understanding of inclusion and diversity having served as a key factor
both in improving inclusion in youth work and in developing a common operational framework
for initiatives, approaches and activities
206
’. Similarly, Commission’s evaluation on SALTO
resource centres carried out in 2023 found the SALTO I&D and the Inclusion & Diversity
Strategy effective in promoting inclusion and diversity in Erasmus+
207
.
When looking at the programme as a whole, the share of participants with fewer
opportunities/special needs/disadvantaged background has evolved positively across years,
going from 10% in 2014 to 14% in 2020 (average around 10%). Based on NAs’ yearly reports,
between 2015-2020, the proportion of NAs implementing activities to foster the inclusion
dimension of the programme increased from 38% to 78%, while almost all NAs conducted
horizonal activities to support ‘equity and inclusion’, in particular, focusing on newly arrived
migrants, asylum seekers and refugees
208
. Furthermore, around 170 Transnational Cooperation
Activities (TCA) were organised around these themes since the start of the programming
period. As part of Erasmus+ Online Linguistic Support (OLS)
209
, the initiative ‘OLS for
refugees’ was launched in 2016 and offered up to 100 000 online language courses between
2016 and 2019 to newly arrived refugees supporting them through the acquisition of new
languages skills.
This strengthened focus on social inclusion themes since 2016 led to funding over 31 000
projects, corresponding to more than EUR 2 billion contracted grants under indirect
management across the three key actions. Between 2016 and 2020, a specific call on social
inclusion and common values was published on a yearly basis under KA3, supporting 178
projects for total grants of EUR 78 million
210
.
Overall, Erasmus+ 2014-2020 managed to strengthen the participation of young people with
special needs or fewer opportunities in Erasmus+ projects and to develop inclusion-related
support instruments for Erasmus+ applicants and beneficiaries, but there was a need for further
expansion of access and inclusiveness of these categories. Moreover, the approach remained
sectoral, with the youth sector being the most equipped to address inclusion challenges.
205
206
The average share of staff mobility participants in the school and adult education sector was 1%.
European Parliament (2021), Inclusion measures in the Erasmus+ programme (2014-2020)
(https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/STUD/2021/694225/EPRS_STU(2021)694225_EN.pdf)
207
European Commission: Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Assessment of the
existing Support, Advanced Learning and Training Opportunities (SALTO) structures’ effectiveness, relevance
and EU added value – Final report, Publications Office of the European Union, 2023,
https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/649859
208
See e.g. the projects supporting ICAM - Including children affected by migration funded since 2016
(https://school-education.ec.europa.eu/en/discover/resources/icam-including-children-affected-migration).
209
OLS promotes language learning and linguistic diversity. It allows Erasmus+ participants to improve their
knowledge of the language in which they will work, study or volunteer abroad, and measure their progress between
the start and the end of their mobility period.
210
See example of successful project in box 5, section 4.1.1.4.
57
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0060.png
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
Programme data shows that the share of participants with fewer opportunities
211
has increased
during the 2021-2023 period compared to the previous programme. In 2023, around 15% of
participants in KA1 were individuals with fewer opportunities, vs. around 10% in the 2014-
2020 period. 47% of respondents to the NAs/EACEA survey
212
considered that the rate of
participation of people with fewer opportunities in Erasmus+ is higher or at least similar to
other comparable initiatives.
Despite this progress,
challenges remain for the participation of people with fewer
opportunities,
with differences among countries and sectors reported in the 26 national reports
that note a general increase in their participation
213
.
According to national reports, additional funding and ‘top ups’ for participants with fewer
opportunities are widely implemented; however, their effectiveness varies depending on the
cost of living in the host country
214
. While this indicates a recognition of financial barriers, it
also suggests that a more nuanced and targeted approach to the provision of supplementary
financial support may be needed.
Box 7 – Examples from National reports
Romania:
‘In the new Erasmus+ programme cycle 2021-2023, progress has been made in Romania in
involving disadvantaged groups. In the school environment, the school inspectors responsible for European
education projects confirm that the projects carried out have largely, and very largely, included the following
target groups: participants from rural and/or remote/isolated areas (76%); socioeconomically disadvantaged
participants (from poor families, Roma) (76%); and participants at risk of dropping out of school (53%). The
participation of people with special needs/disability (23%), and those from refugee, migrant and asylum-
seeking families (35%), was relatively lower, requiring a careful approach in subsequent programmes.’
Czechia:
‘The first effects of the Framework of Inclusion Measures and of the Inclusion and Diversity Strategy
were evaluated. [The] current programme attracts [a] wider range of organisations. There is a clear strategy to
reach out participants with fewer opportunities, and very effective measures have been put in place by the
National Agency.’
Most public consultation respondents highlighted the success of the programme in enabling the
participation of individuals facing cultural, social, and economic barriers. On the other hand, a
significant portion of respondents expressed uncertainty or had no opinion regarding the
programme's ability to include individuals dealing with health issues and challenges within
education and training systems. Key informants interviewed expressed the view that remaining
challenges relate to insufficient funds to address the often complex need for more targeted
forms of support as well as the need to further clarify the definition of ‘fewer opportunities’
215
.
Article 2(25) of the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ regulation establishes that ‘people with fewer opportunities’ means
people who, for economic, social, cultural, geographical or health reasons, due to their migrant background, or for
reasons such as disability or educational difficulties or for any other reason, including a reason that could give rise
to discrimination under Article 21 of the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union, face obstacles
that prevent them from having effective access to opportunities under the Programme’. See also section 3.1 of this
SWD (changes in the legal framework of the 2021-2027 programme) regarding the approach defined in the
framework of inclusion measures adopted in 2021.
212
NAs/EACEA survey, annex III of ICF study. Q22: ‘When considering the monitoring data available in your
sector, how do you judge the level of participation of people with fewer opportunities in Erasmus+?’.
213
AT, BEfr, BEnl, CZ, CY, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, IE, IS, LI, LV, LU, HU, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, RS, SE, SI, SK, TR.
214
AT, BEfr, BEnl, CY, DE, EE, EL, ES, FI, HR, IT, LU, PL, PT, RS, TR.
215
Key informant interviews at European (stakeholder organisations, SALTO Resource Centres, Commission’s
services) and national level (representatives from 21 countries). In national interviews, stakeholders in around a
third of the countries selected for interviews report a broader understanding of this group, encompassing
211
58
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0061.png
Overall, Erasmus+ has progressively placed more emphasis on inclusion, moving from the
sectoral approach of the 2014-2020 programme to a structured and uniform approach
implemented across all fields. The framework of inclusion measures, adopted in 2021, and its
implementation guidelines
216
provided a shared definition across sectors and target groups,
specific related inclusion objectives, a set of measures to ensure broad accessibility and
guidance to National Agencies. This strategy includes additional funding provided to
participants with fewer opportunities in form of top-up, the requirement for all National
Agencies to develop inclusion plans and for the SALTO Resource Centres
217
to share
knowledge and evidence on promoting inclusion and diversity.
4.1.1.6 Effectiveness of priorities’ implementation
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
Two of the European Commission’s 2014-2019 priorities, targeting economic and labour
market outcomes, lie at the heart of the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ programme (‘A new boost for
jobs, growth and investment’ and ‘A deeper and fairer internal market with a strengthened
industrial base’). These priorities are reflected in the core of the outputs, results, and impacts
defined in the 2014-2020 programme’s intervention logic. The programme contributed to them
by engaging participants in learning mobilities that may facilitate future labour mobility and
support building skills, contributing to positive labour market outcomes for participants. This
has ensured full alignment also to the 2019-2024 EU priority ‘an economy that works for
people’.
Three remaining priorities, targeting the digital market, climate change, and EU civil rights and
rule of law
218
, are indirectly covered in the objectives of the programme and in its intervention
logic, through activities aiming to improve skills and competences, and to address research and
teaching about the EU. In the 2014-2020 programme, the focus on digital skills was more
limited and mainly covered in the higher education sector
219
, there was also no mainstreamed
focus on the environment and climate change.
Attention to
environmental themes
appeared more restricted to specific actions, addressed
mainly in the youth sector. From 2014 to 2018, 4 226 projects tackled the topics ‘environment
and climate change’ and ‘green skills’, funded in majority (76%) under KA1 and in the youth
sector (71%). In the last two years of the programme, when the European Green Deal was set
as one of the EU political priorities, the number of projects addressing these topics increased
to 3 087. A similar pattern was followed for
digital skills.
Between 2014 and 2020, 13% of
funded projects tackled the topic ‘ICT - new technologies - digital competences’, with 38% of
which being funded in the last two years of the programme implementation. In parallel, the
attention on digital skills increased towards the end of the programming period with additional
socioeconomic factors, geographical location, and social backgrounds, beyond traditional definitions focused on
disabilities.
216
See also section 3.1.
217
Since 2022, a new SALTO Resource Centre for Inclusion and Diversity in education and training is hosted by
the Croatian NA (https://saltoinclusion.eu/). The resource centre acts in coordination with the SALTO youth I&D
to support NAs and organisations across Europe in the implementation of Erasmus+ projects that focus on
inclusion and diversity.
218
‘A connected digital single market’, ‘A resilient Energy Union with a forward-looking climate change policy’,
‘An area of Justice and Fundamental Rights based on mutual trust’.
219
See the 2018 and 2019 Annual Work Programmes as part of KA1 mobilities in the higher education field called
“traineeships in digital skills”, and as one of the priorities or outcomes mentioned in the strategic partnerships in
the field of education and training and youth, and the knowledge and sector skills alliances.
59
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0062.png
funds (EUR 10 million under Calls 2018 and 2019) made available from Horizon 2020 to
further boost traineeships in digital skills for higher education students and recent graduates.
The programme also paid attention to
democracy and civil rights
priorities leveraging on its
objectives. Learning and teaching about the EU and cultures within the EU was specifically on
the agenda, as well as improved solidarity, especially in the youth sector and through the
European Voluntary Service. Topics related to EU citizenship, youth participation, human
rights and rule of law were addressed in close to 22 000 projects (around 15% of 2014-2020
funded projects), the majority of which was under KA1 (78%) and in the youth sector (54%).
This has ensured that the 2019-2024 priority ‘Promoting our European way of life’ was well
addressed by the programme.
The priority related to
migration policy
220
was indirectly addressed, by supporting the
integration of newly arriving immigrants, promoting multicultural dialogue and combating
radicalisation. As a response to the tragic terrorist events occurred in 2015 and in line with the
Communication on preventing radicalisation adopted in June 2016
221
, Erasmus+ mobilised to
further strengthen the role of education, training and youth systems in promoting fundamental
values, such as freedom of expression, respect of diversity and non-discrimination, reflecting
the objectives and challenges addressed by the Paris Declaration in the implementation of all
three key actions of the programme, as well as in the actions in the field of Sport.
During the 2014-2020 period, the
international dimension
was covered through actions in the
youth and higher education fields. These actions contributed to the 2014-2019 priority ‘Europe
as a stronger global actor’ as well as to the economic and labour market priorities, and later on
to the EU 2019-2024 priority ‘A stronger Europe in the world’.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 reflects very well the EU’s political priorities for the 2019-2024 period
in its structure and actions. The four horizontal priorities, introduced in Erasmus+ 2021-2027,
can be well mapped against four of the six 2019-2024 EU political priorities. The share of
grants allocated to each of these EU priorities are monitored in programme tools. On top of
this, the share of KA2 projects addressing each horizontal priority and KA1 activities
supporting the green and digital priorities is measured through legal base or Delegated Act
indicators. Moreover, all horizontal priorities are mapped in the intervention logic, and the
extent to which participants (self-report to) have improved their understanding of or changed
their behaviour regarding these topics is regularly monitored through programme indicators
(e.g. whether participants are more interested in ‘active participation in democratic life and
civic society’). The priority ‘A stronger Europe in the world’ is reflected in the international
dimension of the programme through actions supporting public diplomacy, institutional
cooperation and people-to-people contacts, while ‘an economy that works for people’ is
reflected at level of expected results (increased skills and competences) and impact (better
employability and career prospects).
According to NAs/EACEA, the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ programme has been
highly effective
in
promoting horizontal priorities, with 85% considering it to have
transformative effects
(31%
strongly and 54% partially agreed)
222
.
‘Towards a new policy on migration’.
COM(2016) 379 final.
222
Survey of NAs/EACEA, annex III of ICF study.
220
221
60
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0063.png
The programme demonstrated
a positive impact on promoting inclusion and diversity.
Over
half of participants in the 2021-2023 period self-declared to be more committed to working on
inclusion and diversity issues as a result of their mobility experience, and 70% having learned
about inclusion and diversity issues during their mobility
223
. Increases in participants’
awareness and behaviour change are noted between 2021 and 2023. Stakeholders’ feedback
224
confirms the positive perception on the effectiveness of the programme performance for this
priority. National reports indicate progress in implementing this priority, seen as the most
successful one in 19 reports
225
, in particular with regards to the increased participation of people
with fewer opportunities and disadvantaged groups.
The programme has also shown a positive impact on
digital transformation.
29% of
participants in the 2021-2023 period reported to have changed their behaviour and to be willing
to use more digital technologies in their studies/work after their mobility experience as a result
of their mobility
226
(+4% between 2021 (26%) and 2023 (30%)). In the period 2021-2023, close
to 45 000 mobility participants opted for a
Digital Opportunity Traineeships
(DOT). Around
30 200 learners completed this kind of mobility, with the large majority coming from the higher
education sector (around 26 300). In addition, around 14 700 staff of different education sectors
have chosen to have a training/course/job shadowing with a focus on developing their digital
skills and competences. Stakeholders’ feedback provides positive views of the programme's
effectiveness on digital transformation, with 77% of public consultation respondents either
strongly agreeing or agreeing on the good performance of the programme for this priority and
72% of NAs/EACEA survey respondents agreeing on the transformative effects at system level
of the programme thanks to this priority
227
. However, National reports identify mixed progress
in the implementation of the digital transformation priority
228
. Although the transformation was
accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic
229
, 16 reports indicated that further development is
needed in this area, especially with regard to the enhancement of digital skills
230
.
The milestones set for the activities supporting the
green transition priority
are mostly
achieved or on track. Specifically, the 2023 target for KA2 has been exceeded (in terms of the
proportion of activities addressing climate change). The targets were also met for three out of
four milestones in the sport and youth sectors except for the KA1 sport, which was launched in
2023 only. Finally,
DiscoverEU
emerges for its contribution to the green transition priority by
offering young people the chance to explore Europe through sustainable travel, with a total of
179 209 passes.
Progress is observed with the increasing share of
green travel,
with around one third of
mobilities using green transport, representing a 25% rise between 2021 and 2023. Stakeholders
identified insufficient financial support and additional time and costs associated with green
travel as some of the challenges involved in making greener travel decisions
231
. Further, around
223
224
Annex I Technical Annex, ICF study. Data reporting on delegated act result indicators on horizontal priorities.
Public consultation, NA/EACEA survey and key informant interview.
225
BEnl, CY, CZ, DE, EE, ES, FR, IE, IS, IT, LU, LV, NO, PL, PT, RO, RS, SI, TR.
226
Erasmus+ monitoring data, 2021-2023 participants’ reports, N=569 241.
227
NAs/EACEA survey, annex III of ICF study. Question: ‘To what extent has Erasmus+ 2021-2027 had a
transformative effect at system level particularly with respect to the four horizontal priorities of the programme
listed below?’
228
18 reports: AT, BEnl, CY, DE, DK, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, IT, MT, NL, NO, PT, RO.
229
7 reports: AT, CY, EL, ES, FR, IT, PT.
230
BEnl, CY, DE, DK, ES, IE, IT, LT, LV, LU, MT, NL, SE, SI, SK, TR.
231
Some public consultation respondents mentioned the inadequate top-up related to green transport, as travelling
by means other than plane usually entailed additional time and costs. Suggestions such as having an interrail pass
to travel with a train everywhere in Europe for a certain period, emission compensations, and having more
meetings online were given as examples of how to achieve progress in this field.
61
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0064.png
half of participants in learning mobility activities declared increased knowledge and
behavioural change related to environmental awareness and sustainability following their
participation
232
.
Stakeholders’ feedback on the programme's contribution to this priority is mixed. Public
consultation respondents were uncertain about the performance of the programme with regard
to reducing its carbon footprint (47% strongly agreed or agreed on this). NAs/EACEA were
more positive in this respect, with 72% agreeing or partially agreeing that the programme is
performing well in supporting the green transition priority (20% strongly, and 52% partially
agreed). In the national reports, some innovative approaches were indicated in 10 countries
233
,
while 7 reports
234
recommend implementing strategies to evaluate the effectiveness of the green
travel top-up and assess its impact on promoting environmentally friendly travel.
Finally, the programme has demonstrated a positive impact in supporting
participation in
democratic life and civic engagement,
with approximately half of the participants showing
increased knowledge about democratic values and willingness to engage more actively in
democratic processes. These positive outcomes have increased between 2021 and 2023.
Stakeholder feedback is positive on programme's role in promoting democratic values. 88% of
respondents to the public consultation agreed or strongly agreed that the programme performed
well in promoting common EU values and strengthened European identity, and 75% affirmed
the same about fostering active citizenship and participation in democratic life. 68% of
respondents to the NAs/EACEA survey also agreed and partially agreed on the good
performance of the programme in this respect
235
.
Positive impact of Erasmus+ on building a European identity and engagement was confirmed
in 21 national reports
236
. However, there was less concrete evidence of increased civic
participation in 13 reports
237
. The new format of Youth Participation Activities, launched in
2021 under the youth chapter and designated as one of the flagship initiatives of the European
Year of Youth (EYY) in 2022, has particularly boosted young people to engage and make their
voices heard, empowering them to become active citizens, and raising their awareness about
EU common values and fundamental rights. The action saw a significant budget reinforcement
in the framework of the EYY (from EUR 17 million in 2021 to EUR 30 million in 2022,
maintained also in 2023) and supported over 500 youth-led initiatives, boosting civic,
economic, social, cultural and political participation of over 100 000 participants,
operationalising the “Engage” core area of the EU Youth Strategy.
232
Based on Programme monitoring data collected through participants’ reports, 50% of participants learnt about
environmental issues during their mobility and 46% reported to have changed their habits to become more sustainable as a
result of their mobility experience (2021-2023, N=546 938). This ranged from 38% amongst higher education participants
to 75% of VET participants. On both delegated act indicators, the proportion of participants indicating increased awareness
and behavioural change increased between 2021 and 2023.
233
AT, BEnl, CY, DE, ES, FR, IT, MT, NL, PL.
234
AT, CY, DE, DK, IE, MT, NL.
235
In their contribution to the public consultation, the European Student Network (The
Student Perspective to the
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 Mid-term Evaluation | Erasmus Student Network (esn.org)).
points to the long-lasting
challenge of facilitating the interaction between international students and local communities during mobility
experiences, as one of the aspects of civic engagement. Data from the XIV
th
edition of the ESN survey (reported
in 2022) showed that, on average, before and during the COVID-19 pandemic, only 8% of students engaged in
volunteering activities during their mobility. The share of students volunteering during mobility has only slightly
increased to 10% according to the ESN survey XV.
236
AT, BEnl, BG, CY, CZ, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR, LI, LU, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SI, RS, TR.
237
BEde, BEfr, DE, DK, HU, IE, IT, LT, LV, MT, SE, SI, SK.
62
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0065.png
Overall, the 2021-2027 programme is achieving significant effects among participants in
supporting the political priorities ‘promoting our European way of life’, ‘a new push for
European democracy’, and ‘a Europe fit for the digital age’. For political priorities outlined in
the European green deal, the programme is making progress, though challenges remain
regarding the use of green transport and the programme’s carbon footprint.
4.1.1.7 Visibility and dissemination of results
This section analyses jointly both programming periods, highlighting differences or trends, where
needed. This approach is required by the strong continuity of the intervention, with limited changes
between programme generations, reflected in feedback from stakeholders and national reports.
Erasmus+ is very well-know, and it has become “undoubtedly
one of the most successful
European brands”
238
. The
Flash Eurobarometer on Youth and Democracy
conducted in
2022
239
shows that Erasmus+ opportunities are very well-known, with 50% of the surveyed
young people confirming their awareness of Erasmus+ student mobility across all Member
States. Young people showed awareness of Erasmus+ youth exchanges (33%), mobility
opportunities for pupils (30%) and apprentices (20%), as well as of DiscoverEU (12%).
Collected evidence shows a comparable pattern to what was observed during the mid-term
evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020
240
, confirming that Erasmus+ 2021-2027
perception and
reputation are positive
241
.
However, despite its success, there are still challenges in communicating the programme's
broader range of funding opportunities to the general public. Many people still associate the
programme with higher education, and only expert audiences are fully aware of its various
components and opportunities; this suggests room for improvement to
further increase the
visibility of the programme beyond the higher education sector,
e.g. through communication
tools and initiatives tailored to specific target groups.
20 national reports
242
noted that, while awareness of the programme is generally high within
education and training sectors, public awareness beyond direct beneficiaries remains often
limited. Consulted stakeholders
243
recognised the challenges given by the need to reach diverse
audiences and target groups. The communication endeavour is particularly challenging when
it comes to JMAs or sectoral actions such as eTwinning, EPALE or DiscoverEU, which often
do not use Erasmus+ brand, as shown by the social media analysis.
In both programming periods the
Erasmus+ Projects Results Platform
is a central pillar of
the programme's dissemination and exploitation activities, offering a comprehensive overview
of all projects funded under the current programme and its predecessor
244
. The platform has
been revamped at the start of the 2021-2027 period to enhance its functionalities and user-
friendliness. Respondents to the NAs/EACEA survey expressed rather positive views on its
238
Report
on
the
implementation
of
the
Erasmus+
programme
2021-2027
(2023),
https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/A-9-2023-0413_EN.html
239
https://europa.eu/eurobarometer/surveys/detail/2282
240
Combined evaluation of Erasmus+ and predecessor programmes:
https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-
/publication/3d783015-228d-11e8-ac73-01aa75ed71a1/language-en
241
Positive stakeholder views are also supported by the results of the social media analysis run by the external
evaluator. Between August 2021 and January 2024, over 91% of the reviewed 71 182 posts were classified as
expressing a positive sentiment.
242
BEde, BEnl, BG, CY, DE, DK, EE, FR, IE, LV, LT, LU, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, RS, SI.
243
National Agencies, national stakeholder organisations and case studies participants.
244
The platform includes projects funding under the period 2014-2020 and 2021-2027, as well as a selection of
projects funded under the previous programmes (LifeLong Learning, Youth in Action, Culture 2007-2013, etc.).
63
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0066.png
effectiveness, also in providing inspiration to potential applicants. Key informant interviews at
European and national level confirmed an increasing emphasis on effectively disseminating
programme results; nevertheless, recurrent criticism points at the lack of sufficient financial
resources for effective communication and dissemination.
NAs/EACEA feedback on Erasmus+ Projects Results Platform
Source: NAs/EACEA survey
During both programming periods, National Agencies have carried out across participating
countries a wide range of dissemination activities, ranging from social media campaign,
dedicated websites, information events, seminars, publications, engagement of Erasmus+
ambassadors and alumni networks, as regularly reported in their yearly reports
245
and
confirmed by the national reports
246
. Despite the shared and multi-layered effort, evidence
shows that
the uptake and sustainability of project results remain limited.
National reports
from 31 countries
247
emphasise the need for improved communication strategies, broader
outreach, and more effective dissemination of project results to maximise impact beyond
immediate beneficiaries. Reports from 28 countries
248
highlight insufficient resources for long-
term dissemination activities and the importance of providing enhanced support, resources and
guidance to help beneficiaries maximise the impact and sustainability of their project outcomes.
4.1.1.8 External influencing factors over both programming periods
During both programme generations, the implementation of Erasmus+ has been affected by
several large-scale external factors, which had a significant impact, both at individual and
organisational levels, in one case (Covid-19) coming across both programming periods.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
During
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
implementation period, the 2015 terrorist attacks on one hand
and the refugee crises of those years on the other hand represented external factors triggering a
stronger focus of the programme on the promotion of tolerance, non-discrimination, social
inclusion and on the prevention of radicalisation leading to violent extremisms. The
implementation of the March 2015 Paris Declaration, incorporated in the new priority areas
under ET2020, was transposed as cross-cutting priority and reflected in Erasmus+ call 2016,
245
Analysis of 2015-2020 and 2021-2022 NAs yearly reports show a very high level of compliance of the
standards set for dissemination and exploitation - between 92% and 98% across the observed period.
246
For instance, France reported over 1 900 ErasmusDays events taking place in 2023 at national, regional and
department
levels,
and
including
overseas
territories
(https://agence.erasmusplus.fr/wp-
content/uploads/2023/12/Bilan-2023-2.pdf
).
247
All countries who submitted their national report on programme implementation, except Liechtenstein.
248
All countries, except LI, RS, SI, and TR.
64
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0067.png
demonstrating the flexibility of the programme in addressing specific rising policy priorities
through its actions.
In the same programming period, the
withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European
Union
also impacted the programme, although the country remained a programme country until
the end of the programming period. With over 23 000 participations of UK organisations and
over 190 000 learners and staff
249
from UK undertaking learning mobility periods abroad, the
country was primary beneficiary of Erasmus+. In accordance with the Withdrawal Agreement,
all project activities financed through the 2014-2020 programme could continue as planned
until their completion, in some cases well beyond 2020. Thanks to this transitory phase, the
participation of UK organisations in the programme remained quite stable, showing a slow
decline in the years following the referendum (from 3 400 to 3 000 participations between 2016
and 2020). However, programme data indicate a significant decrease of both UK outbound and
inbound mobilities of higher education students and staff
250
.
Erasmus+ higher education student and staff mobilities
Source: Erasmus+ annual reports 2019-2021. Statistical annexes. Count of mobilities per mobility start year
Brexit, and the resulting withdrawal of the United Kingdom from Erasmus+, triggered the
decision of the UK government to launch in 2021 the Turing scheme, with a budget of around
EUR 130 million per year, as domestic alternative for students in universities, colleges and
schools to go in study and work placements abroad. However, the Turing scheme has a much
narrower scope than Erasmus+
251
, not fully replacing benefits and partnerships that Erasmus+ offered.
Brexit provided a “real-life experiment” of what stopping Erasmus+ may mean for a country and how
much a replacement national scheme may cost (see 4.2.3).
The
COVID-19 pandemic
had a significant effect on learning mobility activities, in particular
on the last year of implementation of the 2014-2020 programme and on-going activities from
previous call years. In 2020, the number of mobilities declined sharply, but in 2021, the
programme started to recover, and by 2022, it had returned to pre-pandemic levels
252
.
249
250
Programme monitoring data, covering the period 2014-2020.
Erasmus+ annual reports 2019, 2020, 2021 - Statistical annex (https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/431386);
(https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/038079); (https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/63555).
251
The Turing scheme does not include dedicated actions in the fields of youth and sport, provisions for staff
placements or funding for incoming student mobility.
252
Di Pietro, G., and Perez-Encinas (2024) "The effects of COVID-19 on international student credit mobility: a
gravity model approach", Education Economics (https://doi.org/10.1080/09645292.2023.2297151).
65
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0068.png
COVID-19 impact on Erasmus+ learning mobilities
Source: Erasmus+ annual report 2022, total count of mobility periods started per month in KA1
The 2014-2020 programme reacted promptly to the outbreak of the pandemic adopting specific
measures to support mobility participants in facing the immediate consequences of the
containment measured adopted at national levels
253
. As an immediate response to the impact
of the pandemic, two extraordinary Calls were published in 2020 under KA2, the Partnerships
for Digital Education Readiness and the Partnerships for Creativity, aiming to support fields
highly impacted by the pandemic. Both Calls reached over 210 000 estimated participants
through over 1 200 projects via funding of almost EUR 225 million (against an allocation of
EUR 100 million for each call)
254
.
Nevertheless, the pandemic still had a lasting impact on the Programme. Many projects were
postponed, and parts of their activities were shifted online. Some project participants also
experienced restrained involvement due to the pandemic, 72% of public consultation
respondents reported that their projects were affected in some way
255
. Evidence from National
Agencies’ yearly reports and national reports
256
corroborates the extensive adverse effects of
the COVID-19 pandemic.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
The start of the 2021-2027 programme was heavily affected by Covid-19 pandemic with 2021
mobility continuing being severely impacted. Mitigating measures, including higher flexibility
in both the implementation and the management of the programme (e.g. extended eligibility
period for programme activities, higher threshold for the budgetary transfer between actions
by NAs) and a stronger focus on KA2 remained in place until 2022, when the programme
strived for a gradual return to a regular implementation and to pre-pandemic mobility levels.
253
254
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/coronavirus-impact
The Partnerships for Digital Education Readiness aimed at enhancing online, distance and blended learning -
including supporting teachers and trainers, and safeguarding inclusiveness of digital learning opportunities in
schools. The Call addressed the higher education, VET and school education sectors, funding 630 projects and
reaching an estimated number of 111 126 participants (overall grants: almost EUR 132 million). The Partnerships
for Creativity aimed at developing skills and competences that encourage creativity, quality, innovation and
recognition of youth work (targeting the school education, adult education and youth sectors). This activity funded
572 projects reaching an estimated number of 99 781 participants (overall grant: approximately EUR 92.5 million).
255
Public consultation report, annex II of ICF study. (Respondents N=1,092).
256
All national reports mention substantial decreases in mobility activities, especially in 2020 and 2021, due to
travel restrictions and safety concerns; 25 countries report adapting by implementing virtual or blended mobility
options to maintain some level of transnational/international exchange (AT, BEnl, BG, CY, DE, DK, ES, FI, FR,
EL, HR, IE, IT, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, TR).
66
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0069.png
Rising inflation
also negatively affected the first years of the programme implementation,
leading many participants and organisations to adjust their activities to accommodate price
increases
257
. In contrast, the impact of
Russia's war of aggression against Ukraine
was lower,
as reflected by the results of the public consultation, the analysis of National Agencies’ yearly
reports and of national reports. The programme adapted to face this challenge and mobilised to
provide support to people fleeing from Ukraine. The 2023 Annual Work programme included
a frontload of EUR 100 million from the 2027 annual budget to reinforce and focus on projects
aiming at addressing the consequences of the war.
Facing these challenges, the programme responded through digitalisation, online collaboration,
and the development of new formats such as blended mobilities; it adjusted the rates of
individual support for 2023 call for proposals to cushion inflation, it refocused project activities
and opened mobility schemes to incoming participants from Ukraine in all fields of education
and training.
The programme’s response to these unexpected and disruptive events is viewed positively
by stakeholders.
Evidence collected shows that the programme responded and adapted well,
demonstrating a high degree of responsiveness and resilience. This is especially the case in
relation to the COVID-19 pandemic: respondents to the public consultation considered that the
support provided by the sending organisation or programme bodies was excellent or good. 15
national reports
258
noted, as long-term implications of such large-scale external factors, how
the programme improved its abilities in responding and adapting in challenging circumstances,
building on experiences both from the pandemic and the war in Ukraine. Only the programme
response to the inflation surge seems to have been less effective, as some consulted
stakeholders highlighted that Erasmus+ grants were not sufficiently rapidly adjusted to rising
inflation rates, resulting in insufficient budget provision at the beneficiary organisation’s level
and increased financial uncertainty.
4.1.2
Efficiency
The overall assessment of the efficiency of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 and of Erasmus+ 2021-2027,
is positive. The analysis is based on five evaluation questions that cover the following areas:
the size of the budget,
the efficiency of implementation and management modes,
the efficiency gains through the simplification measures adopted in the transition to the
current programme,
the cost-effectiveness of the main types of actions,
the efficiency of monitoring arrangements,
the efficiency of measures to identify and prevent fraud and irregularities.
4.1.2.1 Size of budget
This section analyses the extent to which the size of the budget of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 and
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 was/is appropriate and proportionate for the achievement of their objectives,
as well as the appropriateness of budget distribution and absorption rates under each programme.
257
47% of public consultation respondents (N=329) from organisations reported that they had to revise their
project budget internally due to inflation (annex II of ICF study).
258
AT, BEde, BEfr, BEnl, BG, CZ, EE, HR, IE, IT, LV, HU, PL, PT, RO.
67
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0070.png
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 had an overall indicative financial envelope of EUR 14.774 billion under
Heading 1 (Sustainable growth) of the EU budget, complemented by EUR 1.68 billion under
Heading 4 (EU as global player) and EDF. The programme budget was distributed through
smaller annual allocations at the start of the programme period (e.g. 10% in 2014, 11% in 2015
respectively) and then increased over time, with 20% of the total programme budget being
allocated in 2020. Article 18(2) of the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ Regulation sets specific targets for
the distribution of funds by sector, with variances allowed for individual years.
At the end of the programming period, the funding share of all sectors has been in line with the
final allocation shares set in the afore mentioned Article 18(2) and amended following the entry
into force of the European Solidarity Corps Regulation
259
.
Actions under indirect management accounted for around 77% of the programme budget. To
support optimal budget absorption in indirect management, flexibility rules were in place to
allow National Agencies to transfer amounts between key actions and within education and
training sectors according to rules and ceilings established in the delegation agreements
between the Commission and each National Agency. This allowed to have absorption close to
full.
Only for the Student Loan Guarantee Facility, the commitments made were lower (-0.76%)
than the target level set by the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ Regulation throughout the programme
lifespan
260
. Despite effectiveness in supporting disadvantaged students, it didn’t attract enough
financial intermediaries offering student loans for studying abroad nor a sufficient number of
beneficiaries. The Facility was discontinued in the 2021-2027 programming period.
At the end of the programming period, the programme funded around 160 000 projects,
contracting approximately EUR 17.5 billion, which is higher than the indicative financial
envelope indicated in the 2014-2020 Regulation. This is due to the contributions to Erasmus+
budget from the non-EU countries participating in the programme and to the internal assigned
revenues which are added to the EU budget on annual basis.
Source: EAC monitoring data, Program results dashboard, data frozen at 5 January 2024. The label ‘cross-
sectoral’ applies to actions covering more than one sector (mainly KA3 activities)
259
Article 26 of the European Solidarity Corps Regulation, adopted in 2018, amended Article 18, paragraphs 1, 2
and 3, of the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ Regulation with regards to the indicative overall financial envelope, and the
allocation shares for education and training sectors, the youth sector, the Student Loan Guarantee Facility, the
administrative expenditure and cooperation projects.
260
The allocation share for the Student Loan Guarantee Facility was lowered from 3.5% to 1.5% of the overall
indicative financial envelope.
68
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0071.png
The mid-term evaluation of the 2014-2020 programme deemed the programme financial
envelope not sufficient to fully satisfy demand. Although the 2014-2020 programme budget
was 40% higher than its predecessors’, a large share of the public, and many National Agencies
consulted in the context of the mid-term evaluation of the 2014-2020 programme, viewed the
resources allocated as insufficient for most of the sectors. Based on
programme monitoring
data, it is estimated that, overall, it would have been possible to grant around EUR 8.9
billion to more than 44 000 good project proposals scoring above threshold but rejected
for lack of funds
(of which EUR 3.5 billion to 33 000 projects under indirect management and
EUR 5.4 billion to over 11 000 projects under direct management).
Despite the increased annual allocations in the second part of the programming period,
the programme has not been able to fully satisfy the demand, resulting in low success
rates
(see section 3.1). The national co-funding (EUR 174.4 million from 2014 to 2020)
provided to funds for grant support by 13 countries for activities under indirect management
and allocated entirely to KA1 is indicative of the insufficiency of programme budget to meet
the demand for learning mobility
261
. Furthermore, in countries with very high demand like
Poland, Erasmus+ country allocation was complemented by ESF funds managed by the Polish
National Agency (close to EUR 220 million for the period 2014-2020).
Youth actions (8% of contracted grants) were among those with the lowest success rate
262
.
In 2014, KA1 youth success rate was close to 50%, but it dropped to between 35% and 30%
during the remaining part of the programming period; in KA2, the success rate was constantly
below 20%, with the lowest peak in 2015 (11%) and reaching 17% in 2020; in KA3 (Youth
dialogue – indirect management) the success rate was on average around 30% throughout the
programming period. Similarly, mobility activities in school education registered a quite low
and decreasing success rate, going from 39% in 2019 to 32% in 2020. In the 2014-2020 period
KA1 mobility in the school sector included staff mobility only. Therefore, this share gives a
quite clear idea of the level of demand for learning mobility from teachers and school staff.
The available budget has shown largely insufficient for Jean Monnet activities and Sport
actions,
which counted for the lowest shares both at level of allocation and contracted grants
(2% for Jean Monnet activities and 1% for Sport), against high demand throughout the
programming period. For Jean Monnet activities, the success rate went from 43% in 2014 to
25% in 2020, with the lowest peak in 2019 (19%), showing an increasing demand over time.
For Sport, the success rate slightly improved thanks to the increasing yearly budget allocation,
going from 9% in 2014 to 28% in 2020.
The highest share of contracted grants accounted for the higher education sector, with the great
majority (81%, EUR 7 billion) granted to learning mobility activities. The design of the higher
education intra-European mobility activities, based on non-competitive grant requests, does not
allow to establish a success rate comparable to the other sectors. In VET, only 11% of mobility
projects were implemented by organisations holding a VET Mobility Charter, accounting for
19% of grants contracted for VET mobility (around EUR 455 million). The majority of VET
mobility projects were non-accredited (EUR 1.9 billion), with a success rate of around 50%
across the programming period, but 47% in 2020. Conversely, KA2 VET actions under indirect
management had the lowest success rate among E&T sectors (from 28% in 2017 to 27% in
261
The allocation of national co-funding by country authorities to top up Erasmus+ funds for grant support is not
compulsory. Their input into programme tools is also not performed systematically by National Agencies,
therefore the amount declared may not be fully representative of the actual magnitude of additional national
resources topping up Erasmus+ budget.
262
Success rate is calculated based on the number of contracted projects over the number of received project
proposals.
69
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0072.png
2020), followed by the adult education sector, from 35% in 2017 to 30% on 2020, with the
yearly allocated envelope being better able to meet demand across years (16% success rate in 2020).
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
There is a general appreciation for the budget increase of the current programme (+82,8% for
Heading 2 budget, compared to the 2014-2020 programme), and the opportunities it provides
to fund more projects. This appreciation also includes the budget envelope from the external
policy instruments, which compared to the 2014-2020 programming period, has increased by
23.5%.
Budget Headings
MFF Headings 1 or 2 (billion EUR)
MFF Headings 4 or 6 (billion EUR)
Total (billion EUR)
2014-2020
14.5
1.7
263
16.2
2021-2027
26.5
2.1
28.6
Increase in nominal terms
82.8%
23.5%
76.5%
Although the programme budget profile is distributed through smaller annual allocations at the
start of the programme period (10% in 2021, 13% in 2022, 14% in 2023
264
) with an increase in
the following years, the yearly budget is still not sufficient to address the demand leading to
concerns about the programme’s ability to fully meet its objectives. These views from various
stakeholders are confirmed by the analysis of national reports, with 13 reports
265
raising that
point. 82% of public consultation respondents agreed from ‘a very large’ to a ‘large’ extent that
increasing the overall programme budget had to be addressed to maximise the impact of a
possible successor programme to Erasmus+
266
. Key national-level informants from 25 Member
States and third countries associated to the programme reported that, despite its increase in
recent years, the programme budget is still not sufficient to meet demand
267
. Demand for
mobility in accredited projects for schools has doubled from 2021 to 2022 and more than
doubled from 2022 to 2023, while the average success rate of KA2 was 17% for actions under
indirect management in 2023. Around 72 000 projects have been granted in the period 2021-
2023 for a total of EUR 9.8 billion budget.
Programme monitoring data show that it would
have been possible to grant more than EUR 5 billion of additional budget to more than
29 400 additional quality proposals scoring above the quality threshold but rejected for
lack of funds
(of which EUR 2.2 billion to 3 800 quality proposals under direct management
and EUR 2.9 billion to 25 600 quality proposals under indirect management).
In the period 2021-2023, six countries have provided national co-funding for programme
implementation in indirect management for a total of around EUR 140 million, almost entirely
used to support KA1 mobility grants. This amount is more than three times higher to the total
national co-funding provided in the first three years of the 2014-2020 programme
(EUR 43 million for the period 2014-2016), showing commitment from country authorities to
satisfy the greater demand.
263
264
Coming from five external cooperation instruments funding Erasmus+ 2014-2020.
In line with the financial programming for the whole period (MFF 2021-2027).
265
BG, CZ, CY, DE, ES, EL, HR, IT, MT, NL, PT, TR.
266
Annex II Public consultation report. Question “To what extent do you think the following aspects need to be
addressed to maximise the impact of any successor to Erasmus+?” (respondents well or partly familiar with the
programme (N=1,231)). Other aspects where respondents expressed agreement to a large or very large extent
were: i) simplifying the administrative requirements to access funding (82%); ii) increasing the level of individual
grants (76%); iii) providing better access to people with fewer opportunities (74%), iv) increasing the opportunity
for international mobility and international cooperation with countries outside Europe (74%).
267
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czechia, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland,
Italy, Latvia, Malta, Netherlands, North Macedonia, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Serbia, Spain, Sweden, Türkiye.
70
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0073.png
KA1 is by far the largest of the key actions in funding terms (with approximately 50% of the
total programme budget in 2021-2023). Compared to the 2014-2020 programme, the relative
weight of KA2 has slightly increased in the earlier stages of the 2021-2027 programme due to
the impact of COVID-19 pandemic on mobility activities, but KA1 then recovered a
significantly higher share.
Similarly to the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ Regulation, the 2021-2027 programme Regulation sets
specific shares for the distribution of funds by sector and field, with variances allowed for
individual years. Around 73% of the programme budget has been implemented under indirect
management between 2021 and 2023.
The ICF study stated that ‘The
general increase in funding available across the sectors and
fields coupled with more emphasis to sectors and fields other than higher education emerges
as a positive element of the current programme, to be strengthen’
and that school education
emerges as an underfunded field
268
.
In addition, national level interviewees expressed concerns
about budget proportionality across sectors such as adult education and VET, which face lower
funding levels compared to higher education
269
.
As part of the measures put in place to simplify the management of the programme, enhanced
flexibility rules were introduced to allow National Agencies to transfer amounts between
different budget items (entailing an increase or a decrease compared to the initial budget
allocations) according to rules and ceilings established in the contribution agreements between
the Commission and each National Agency. The current programme shows larger values of
transfers compared to the previous one, as an effect of the greater flexibility allowed under the
current programme for indirectly managed actions. A standard 35% variation rule is applied to
all budget headings in the context of the contribution agreements signed between the
Commission and National Agencies (higher than the standard 25% variation in the
Commission’s contribution agreement template)
270
. Furthermore, National Agencies can
request a change in the budget allocation (increase or decrease) above the 35% threshold via
an amendment procedure to the contribution agreement. Since 2021, numerous amendments to
contribution agreements have been processed.
In link with COVID-19 pandemic, data for 2021 show a generalised transfer of funding from
KA1 mobility activities to KA2 cooperation activities across all sectors and fields. Data for
2023 show smaller variations in absorption rates across sectors and fields, signalling a
normalisation of the activities (figures were not yet fully stabilised for 2023 at the moment of
this evaluation). In particular, data for the years 2022 and 2023, show considerable
improvements for mobility in school education, which in 2023 was over 100% absorption,
despite initial difficulties (17.7% in 2021). The adult education sector showed difficulties in
absorbing the full allocation of funds for mobility actions at the beginning of the current
programme due to the inception of the new action for mobility of adult learners, but has shown
considerable improvement since (moving from -44.12% in 2021 to -25.44% in 2023
271
).
The effect of the COVID-19 pandemic makes the absorption rates for 2021-2023 more difficult
to interpret. For example, under KA3, large shares of TCAs (in particular in the E&T sectors)
268
269
ICF support study, p. 118.
Synopsis report, Annex V.
270
In 2021, a higher threshold of 50% was applied in the 2021 Contribution Agreement at the level of Erasmus+
key action sub-totals, as an exceptional measure introduced to respond to COVID-19 circumstances.
271
Data not final as based on the cut-off date of 31 December 2023.
71
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0074.png
and DiscoverEU learning cycle funds
272
were transferred towards KA2. However, it is unclear
whether and how much such transfers are an effect of the COVID-19 pandemic or reflect a
structural extra allocation. A recalibration of funding within adult education (increasing
funding for Cooperation Partnerships over mobilities) also seems advisable from the available
data but this remains to be confirmed in the coming years. Together with a general appreciation
of the flexibility allowed under the programme, national-level interviewees from 18
countries
273
expressed concerns about the distribution of funds across programme fields and
key actions, arguing that some sectors are disproportionately funded while others face
significant budget constraints. Views on the adequacy of funds by sector vary across countries.
Due to the very different national needs and priorities, it is difficult to have a more equitable
budget distribution that can fulfil the expectations of stakeholders across all sectors and
countries. Some countries suggest adjustments to funding indicators or reallocation of resources
or even greater flexibility to better align with very different national needs.
4.1.2.2 Implementation modes and user-friendliness
The management, implementation and supervision of Erasmus+ requires a strong collaboration
among a wide array of actors. The programme’s implementation structure has remained largely
stable
over the two programming periods.
The governance of the programme including a
division of responsibilities among the
Commission, EACEA, National Authorities, and
National Agencies
274
is well understood and considered efficient. Stability in the management
roles and responsibilities over the two programming periods is highly appreciated both by
managing bodies and by beneficiaries. Roles and responsibilities are also deemed clearly
defined, confirming that the arrangements applied in both programming periods are efficient
and proportionate to the scale and complexity of Erasmus+.
All national reports also praise the cooperation between the different actors involved in
the implementation and supervision of the programme,
citing efficient communication and
collaboration. Stakeholders and beneficiaries alike value the Erasmus+ programme for effectively
integrating both directly and indirectly managed actions in both programming periods.
One of the programme’s key strengths is its dual approach,
supporting shared European
objectives through directly managed actions while aligning with national contexts via indirectly
managed projects. In most participating countries,
National Agencies play a pivotal role,
acting as interface between the European framework provided by the Erasmus+
programme and national and local needs.
In addition to manage the project lifecycle of
indirectly managed actions, National Agencies are also entrusted with the implementation of a
comprehensive set of support mechanisms, including tailored guidance to (potential) applicants
and beneficiaries, the promotion of programme opportunities, including those managed under
direct management, dissemination of project results, implementation of strategies and activities
to foster the quality implementation of the programme. This wealth of activities is shaped on
the basis of countries specificities, to ensure a more targeted implementation of the European
priorities, taking into account the variety of stakeholders and target groups the programme aims
272
Other KA3 activities under indirect management (SALTO Resource Centres, Eurodesk and national VET
teams) are not subject to transfers. In 2021, the implementation of the DiscoverEU learning cycle activities (new)
was not compulsory, explaining the high share of transferred funds. As for TCA, to better respond to COVID-19
pandemic, it was decided to extend the eligibility period for the implementation of these activities from 18 to 24
months. Consequently, the transfer of 2021 and 2022 TCA funds to other actions was largely influenced by the
postponement of the activities funded with 2020 budget.
273
Austria, Belgium, Czechia, Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Latvia, Malta, Netherlands, North Macedonia,
Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Serbia, Spain, Sweden, Türkiye.
274
See also Annex VI.
72
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0075.png
to reach out. All national reports mention the work of National Agencies and the beneficiaries’
high level of satisfaction with their support, particularly in terms of knowledge and information
sharing, and prompt assistance during project preparation and execution. For example, 80% of
Erasmus+ and European Solidarity Corps participants were satisfied with the support received
by National Agencies during COVID-19 pandemic, rating it as ‘good or ‘excellent’
275
.
The overall information flow and communication among the actors of the Erasmus+
ecosystem is assessed positively by the consulted stakeholders.
The mode and frequency of
communication are clearly defined and allow for an effective flow of information in most cases.
The main area warranting attention relates to communication between the National Agencies
and EACEA. In 2023, a Memorandum of Understanding was signed between EACEA and
National Agencies. Since December 2023, National Agencies have been given full access to
data on selected projects under direct management via dedicated dashboards. These measures
will probably show their effects in the coming years; therefore, their effectiveness should be
assessed at later stage.
Applicant and beneficiary organisations view the efficiency and clarity of programme
communication in a positive way.
Two-thirds of beneficiary organisations responding to the
survey of Socio-economic actors
276
declared having received some form of support during the
application process, with 82% receiving support from National Agencies. The assistance
provided to organisations primarily included programme guides (67%), information days
(65%), and helpline support, acknowledged by slightly over half of the organisations (57%).
Data collected through the survey of expert assessors
277
indicates also overall satisfaction. 99%
of surveyed experts stated having received guidance on assessing applications and projects,
assessing the received guidance very or somewhat useful for their work, indicating an overall
high-quality guidance system.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
In the 2014-2020 programme, most of the administrative steps for the management of the
project lifecycle were performed efficiently by National Agencies.
With exception of Call
years 2014 and 2020, which - for different reasons – presented a number of management and
implementation challenges, the indicator ‘time to award’
278
remained quite stable across years,
with an average of 132 days across the programming period. Project contracting
279
was
performed in average 73 days across the programming period; however, this indicator was
highly impacted by the complex management of the KA2 School exchange partnership,
normally requiring more than 90 days to be finalised.
Improvements across years are noted at level of executing the first pre-financing
payments
for indirectly managed actions, with 95% of timely performed pre-financings in
2019 (+6% compared to 2014) and a slight decrease to 92% in 2020 due to COVID-19 impact.
In average, only 57% of final payments were performed within 60 days deadline across the
programming period; notable improvements are noted across years, passing from 40% of 2014
Call to 64% of 2020 Call, while the average number of days for performing final payments
275
Survey run by the Commission in May 2020, addressing over 57 000 participants representing all types of
mobility supported under Erasmus+ and the European Solidarity Corps and corresponding to 40% of the estimated
number of people in mobility at the time of the Covid-19 outbreak. The response rate 21% of the survey’s
population
(11 800
participants
over
both
programmes).
https://erasmus-
plus.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2021-09/coronavirus-mobility-impact-results-may2020_en.pdf.
276
Socio-economic actors’ survey, annex V of ICF study.
277
Expert assessors’ survey, annex IV of ICF study.
278
Number of calendar days between the project submission deadline and the grant award decision.
279
‘Time to contract’: number of calendar days between project award date and project contract date.
73
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0076.png
decreased from 113 days of 2014 Call to 68 of 2020 Call
280
. Across the programming period,
the average share of timely received final reports is 80%, which is considered satisfying.
The efficiency of the implementation modes put in place for the management of the
programme, and of their coherence in the programme infrastructure, can also be measured
against the
distribution of staff in terms of full-time equivalents (FTEs)
employed by the
different implementing bodies. In the period 2014-2020, out of the total number of FTEs
employed by NAs and EACEA
281
, 90% worked for the implementation of actions under
indirect management, which appears substantially in line with the volume of budget and
number of projects implemented under direct and indirect management (92% of projects and
77% of the budget concerned actions indirect management).
Another key indicator of efficiency are the
administrative and management expenditures.
In the 2014-2020, the administrative costs for EACEA represented 5% of the operational
budget executed under direct management, while, for indirect management, the EU
contribution to NAs’ management costs (‘management fees’) represented around 4% of the
budget entrusted to the National Agencies for the implementation of indirectly managed
actions. The cost for the functioning of National Agencies tends to be higher in the first years
of the programme, due to the need to hire and train staff, set up tools and internal procedures
for the remaining part of programme implementation. The amount of management fees also
tends to increase proportionally with the yearly increase of the entrusted budget. Nevertheless,
the share of management fees has remained largely stable during the programming period, with
a slightly decrease between 2014 (4.66%) and 2019 (4.46%). In 2020, the publication of two
exceptional Calls to respond to the impact of COVID-19 pandemic, determined a slight increase
at 4.60% to support these additional tasks, confirming in any case a general trend of stability.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
2021-2023 data indicates improved time efficiency for most the administrative steps
required for the management of indirect management actions.
In the 2021-2023 period,
project awarding (‘time to award’) is performed in average 111 days (-21 days compared to the
average of the previous programme), with improvements over years (average of 105 days in
2023). Under 2023 Call, 97% of pre-financing payments were performed on time (+5%
compared to 2020 and +6% compared to 2021 Calls), with a reduction of the average number
of days passed between grant agreement signature and first pre-financing (from 15 days in 2021
to 10 in 2023 against 14 days in 2019). Regarding final payments, data for Call years 2021-
2023 show improvements compared to the 2014-2020 period. The percentage of final payments
processed within the deadline stands at 79% for 2021 Call, 87% for 2022 Call and 75% for
2023 Call, requiring an average of 50 days, which represents a remarkable reduction compared
to the previous programming period. Improvements are also noted regarding the share of timely
received final reports, which stands at 89% in 2023. However, this indicator should be assessed
on a longer timeline to draw more reliable conclusions.
The improved performance appears more evident in the light of the
overall stability of the
number of FTEs employed at the National Agencies between programming periods,
with
only a 3% increase compared to 2020
282
. In parallel, the number of National Agencies entrusted
280
Covid-19 impact can be seen in particular in the treatment of the payments related to 2019 and 2020 Calls,
which – due to project duration – were processed between 2020 and 2023, overlapping with the start of the 2021-
2027 period.
281
In 2020, the FTEs employed by EACEA were 272, while those employed by NAs were 2 363.
282
FTEs employed by National Agencies have increased from 2 363 in 2020 to 2 430 in 2022 (+3%), while those
employed by EACEA have increased from 272 in 2020 to an average of 296,6 (+8%) in the period 2021-2023
74
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0077.png
with the implementation of the programme, across the 33 participating countries, has decreased
from 58 in 2020 (including UK) to 54 in 2024 due to the merging of the youth and E&T NAs
in Austria, Liechtenstein and Cyprus. This implies more synergies in the implementation of the
programme in these countries and a more efficient use of resources
283
.
Importantly, the share of payments made on time stands at a higher level as regards directly
managed actions, as presented in
EACEA’s Annual Activity Reports.
Overall, the term for
receiving pre-financing and final payments (for both directly and indirectly managed actions)
was considered very reasonable or somewhat reasonable respectively by 55% and 35% of
participants in the survey of socio-economic actors
284
.
The distribution of FTEs employed by NAs and EACEA has remained balanced
and very
close to the previous programming period, with 89% of the FTEs employed by National
Agencies
285
. This share appears in line with the budget distribution (73% of the budget is
implemented under indirect management) and the number of projects contracted in the period
2021-2023 (94.4% were under indirect management), considering also that as part of their tasks
National Agencies deal with information activities at national level of directly managed actions,
including promoting synergies with other funding instruments and the Seal of Excellence
286
.
For the 2021-2023 period, the
administrative costs amount at 3% and 5%, respectively for
direct and indirect management.
Similarly to the 2014-2020 programme, the cost for the
functioning of National Agencies is higher in the first years of the programme implementation.
However, compared to the volume of the entrusted budget, the share of management fees has
decreased from 5.54% in 2021 to 5% in 2022 and 2023
287
, with further decreases in the
subsequent years up to the average shares of 2014-2020 programme
288
. This shows substantial
stability of the administrative expenditure between programming periods.
A set of
IT tools
has been designed to support the actions managed by the National Agencies
during the different stages of the project lifecycle, as well as the contractual and financial
management of the National Agencies. These tools are accessible through a single-entry point
and consist of five modules
289
. This set of tools is complemented by Commission’s corporate
(see also Annex IV). The number of FTEs employed by EACEA have been calculated based on the Erasmus+
budget delegated to EACEA (significantly increased for the 2021-2027 MFF) according to the cost-benefit analysis set up
by the Commission. Moreover, other new Erasmus+ actions not foreseen in the cost-benefit analysis were delegated to
EACEA during the current MFF, without modification of the Specific Financial Statement.
283
Financial support is provided to National Agencies as a contribution to their management costs for the
implementation of the entrusted budget implementation tasks (‘management fees’). This EU contribution is
allocated at country level in the Erasmus+ Annual Work Programme and contracted to each National Agency
separately via contribution agreements. In countries where more than one National Agency has been designated
for the implementation of the programme, this EU contribution is split by the responsible National Authorities
according to the number of National Agencies set up in their country. In line with Article 27 of the 2014-2020
Erasmus+ regulation and Article 26 of the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ regulation the designation of National Agencies
falls under the responsibility of National Authorities.
284
Socio-economic actors’ survey, annex V of ICF study.
285
The shares of FTEs distribution do not take into account the human resources at Commission’s level, devoted
to actions implemented directly by DG EAC as well as those allocated to few other actions under indirect
management not entrusted to National Agencies (Cooperation with OECD, Council of Europe).
286
The Seal of Excellence is awarded to flagship actions under direct management (European university alliances
and Centres of vocational Excellence).
287
The frontload of EUR 100 million from the 2027 annual budget to address the consequences of the war in
Ukraine implied also a proportional increase of Management Fees in 2023 due to the additional tasks.
288
4.68% in 2024 and 4.33% in 2025.
289
i) Project Management Module (PMM), ii) Beneficiary Module (BM), iii) Assessment Module (AM), iv)
National Agencies’ Module (NAM) and the v) Qlik Sense Hub Dashboard.
75
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0078.png
tool eGrants, used for the management, monitoring and reporting of actions under direct
management by EACEA.
Evidence suggests that functional problems with some crucial parts of the IT landscape and the
underlying infrastructure for indirect management actions have been experienced until the end
of 2023. This is echoed in the European Parliament’s 2023 Implementation Report on
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
290
, which called for immediate corrective actions. The systems were not
fully developed to support the various project stages at the beginning of the programming
period. Additionally, functional issues, such as errors, time-outs, and lack of communication
between systems, hindered data collection necessary for programme monitoring and
management. However, efforts have been made to address the most pressing issues and
improvements are observed more recently (early 2024), as shown by the number of signalled
and resolved issues, which have dropped to lower numbers. Such efforts and corrective actions
are to be continued.
The onboarding to the corporate IT tool eGrants at EACEA, aiming at streamlining business
processes across programmes managed at centralised level for the sake of simplification, also
resulted in a temporary increase of workload for applicants and beneficiaries, in particular
during the contracting phase, mostly due to the novelty of the tool
291
. As highlighted by
interviewees consulted for the recent evaluation of EACEA, the challenges resulting from the
tool complexity affect in particular smaller organisations with lower grants.
4.1.2.3 Efficiency gains and simplification
The design of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 took into account the call for increased administrative
simplification
to make it easier for participants, newcomers and smaller or low-capacity-
organisations to benefit from the programme.
The results of the public consultation indicate that the most familiar funding mode under
Erasmus+ is still ‘actual cost’ (68%), followed closely by ‘unit costs’ (65%). Fewer respondents
had experience with lump sum contributions (43%), and an even lower share had used a
combination of unit costs and actual costs (37%) or lump sums and actual costs (22%). 55%
indicated that actual costs provide adequate funding, yet the majority of respondents either
‘strongly agreed’ or ‘somewhat agreed’ that unit costs are user-friendly (63%). Stakeholders
appreciate the efficacy of unit costs and lump sum funding for adequacy of funding and user-
friendliness, confirming the appropriateness of transitioning away from the actual cost model.
290
Report of the European Parliament's Committee on Culture and Education (A9-0413/2023) of 6 December
2023 on the implementation of the Erasmus+ programme 2021-2027 (2023/2002(INI)).
291
European Commission: Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Study supporting the
evaluation of CHAFEA, EACEA, EASME, ERCEA, INEA & REA 2017/2018-2021 – Final report – EACEA,
Publications Office of the European Union, 2024 (https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/440417).
76
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0079.png
Public consultation feedback on funding models
Source: Public consultation
The wider introduction of the lump sum funding model is generally appreciated and
brings important simplification
(for instance, speeding up of award procedure for National
Agencies
292
, quicker and straightforward resource planning, no need to collect and submit
supplier invoices, provide payslips, etc.) for both contracting authorities (National
Agencies/EACEA) and beneficiaries. Together the unit costs (KA1), which were already in use
in the 2014-2020 programme, the use of lump sums in KA2 has considerably simplified the
calculation of the grant amounts, offering greater predictability for grant beneficiaries,
simplifying reporting requirements and reducing administrative burden for implementing
bodies. However, it is too early to fully assess the adequacy of lump-sums allocations and
provide a quantification of the efficiency gain, due to the incompleteness of data at this stage.
No financing year has been closed yet and monitoring data is still insufficient, due to the length
of the projects’ lifecycle.
Views expressed in interviews and in position papers submitted via the public consultation
confirm that the introduction of new types of smaller grants under the current programme is
welcomed and that the Erasmus Accreditation, introduced in the fields of school education,
VET, adult education and youth, constitutes another important area of simplification.
Furthermore, public consultation respondents very familiar with the programme either
‘strongly agreed’ or ‘agreed’ that the user-friendliness of the grant application to the
programme has improved (64%); the management of the programme has been effectively
simplified (61%); and the user-friendliness of the guidance and support tools (namely IT tools,
Programme Guide, etc.) has generally improved over time (57%).
The indicator ‘time to award’ has passed from an average of around 142 days for 2014-2020 KA2 actions to
around 130 for KA2 actions in the period 2021-2023, reaching 115 days under Call 2023. Considering that the
overall number of number FTEs employed at the NAs has remained stable across both programming periods (only
a 3% increase), this improvement is likely to be (at least partially) attributed also to the simplification brought by
the assessment of the new funding model, considering also the challenging start of the 2021-2027 programme.
292
77
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0080.png
According to consulted stakeholders, further areas for simplification and improvement related
to funding modalities include:
Simplification of grant agreements is needed, particularly for smaller-size grants, for
which they appear to be disproportionately complex;
Green top-up for individual mobilities is insufficient to cover the actual costs that green
mobility entails;
The administrative workload for the project submission under KA2 directly managed
actions is too heavy for grassroots organisations with limited capacity.
All national reports suggest that there have been some improvements in the efficiency of
the programme’s management architecture;
preliminary results of the legal base indicator
monitoring the ‘share of organisations and institutions considering that procedures for taking
part in the programme are proportionate and simple’ are promising and well above targets
(settling around 92% across sectors in 2022
293
). However, all countries participating in the
programme describe challenges in the administration, implementation and reporting architecture.
The new accreditation scheme is assessed very favourably across most (28) national
reports
294
. The reports acknowledge its role in significantly streamlining the application
process and programme management, facilitating long-term planning and financial security and
increasing trust among (potential) partners. The simplification logic of accreditations is based
on avoiding repetitive procedures that do not bring an added value for quality of
implementation. The approach is based on the experience of the 2014-2020 programme and its
predecessors where accreditation schemes were present in some
295
, but not all fields.
The most directly visible savings take place at application stage.
Recurrent beneficiaries,
which make up a large portion of Erasmus+ target groups, are accredited once and can then
apply for funding under a simplified procedure, which does not require repetition of the
qualitative part of the assessment, which is time-consuming and incurs significant costs for
payment of external assessors. In fact, grant requests for accredited projects are assessed by
NA staff only, while applications for non-accredited project proposals are normally assessed
by 2 external expert assessors, this translates in shorter and less expensive assessment
procedures for non-accredited projects. It is estimated that the indicative savings for assessing
accredited projects under 2021-2024 Calls is between EUR 1 million and EUR 5 million
296
.
These estimated savings increase every year when accredited applicants use their accreditation
to make a new simplified funding request, thus becoming higher and more visible in the second
part of the programming period. In fact, an ‘Erasmus accreditation’ is assessed only once in the
programming period (one-off cost), potentially generating several projects over 7 years. This
293
294
Programme Performance Statement, EU core performance indicators table.
AT, BEde, BEfr, BEnl, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, IS, IT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PT, RO, RS,
SE, SK, SI, TR.
295
In higher education mobility (ECHE) and partly in VET mobility.
296
This estimation is based on a total of 40 659 accredited projects (contracted at 24 February 2025) and 17 491
organisations awarded with an Erasmus Accreditation in the period 2020-2023 (the accreditations issued in 2024
are excluded from this calculation because they are issued at the end of year for the next call). The estimation is
calculated by assuming that in absence of accreditations, all accredited projects would have to be evaluated at a
cost ranging between evaluation cost for a non-accredited project application and an accreditation application.
Indeed, accredited projects include applications of varying sizes from small simple projects with grants below
EUR 60 000 to large consortia with high grants and hundreds of mobility activities. For example, the average
grant for accredited projects contracted in the period 2021-2024 is slightly above EUR 70 000, while the one for
non-accredited projects is around EUR 34 000. Similarly, the number of learning mobility supported by the
accredited projects (KA121 and KA151) contracted in the same period is more than the double of those facilitated
by the corresponding type of non-accredited projects (KA122, KA152 and KA153).
78
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0081.png
generates savings, as without the scheme, the number of projects undergoing a full assessment
process would be much higher than currently is.
At level of beneficiary organisations, accredited organisations may gain indicatively about 70%
time to prepare a grant request instead of submitting a full application form
297
. Despite the
incompleteness of 2023 data at the cut-off date of the evaluation, the number of accredited
projects contracted under 2023 Call is three times compared to those contracted in 2021 (from
4 567 in 2021 to 12 236 in 2023), while the number of non-accredited projects has remained
quite stable (from 5 399 in 2021 to 5 812 in 2023)
298
.
Efficiency gains are also noted at level of performance indicators applied to the selection
procedure performed by NAs. The average time to award and notify selection results of non-
accredited projects in VET, school, adult education and youth sectors is slightly higher
compared to accredited ones and is even bigger within E&T sectors, which include the highest
proportion of accredited projects, compared to non-accredited one
299
.
4.1.2.4 Cost-effectiveness
The cost-effectiveness analysis is conducted using a multi-step approach, identifying inputs
and benefits (results and added value) and, where possible, comparing with other similar
instruments. The analysis is carried out for the main actions, though to a different extent based
on available data and evidence. However, due to the absence of monetised outcomes, a formal
cost-benefit analysis could not be performed. The analysis should also be read in the light of
the caveats described in section 1.1.4, particularly for key action 2, key action 3 and Jean
Monnet actions, where part of collected evidence is qualitative and based on perceptions.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
Cost-effectiveness of key action 1
Under the 2014-2020 programme the average cost of learners’ mobility was
approximately EUR 16 per day, while the average daily cost of staff mobility was
EUR 180
(KA1, indirect management). Compared to the average cost highlighted in the mid-
term evaluation of the 2014-2020 programme, the average cost per day has remained quite
stable in second part of the programming period (from EUR 16 per day in 2016 to around
EUR 17 per day in 2020), while for staff, the daily cost has increased from an average of
EUR 171 in 2016 to EUR 204 in 2020. Notable differences among sectors can be observed, in
particular, for staff mobilities, with an average daily cost ranging from EUR 230, in the adult
and school education sectors, to EUR 102 in the youth field.
297
This is calculated on the basis of structure of the grant request for accredited organisation (4 tables, out of which
3 concern activities and costs, no textual information required) against the structure of a full application form for KA1
proposals (27 free text questions, 9 tables out of which 8 concerning activities, participants and costs).
298
Contracted accredited projects are as follows: 4 567 under Call year 2021, 7 923 under Call year 2022, and 12 236 in
2023. Non-accredited projects were contracted as follows: 5 399 under Call year 2021, 7 822 in 2022, and 5 812 in 2023.
299
On average, the results of non-accredited projects in VET, SCH, ADU and Youth require about +20 days to be
notified compared to accredited ones, while the indicator ‘time to award’ presents a +4 days difference for non-
accredited projects. The difference is higher in the E&T sectors: in average, the award and results notification of
non-accredited projects required respectively +9 and +26 days compared to accredited ones. This difference
reflects the time savings only partially because the National Agencies tend to wait with notifications to accredited
projects until the non-accredited selection reaches a late stage and they are able to identify any leftover funds that
should be transferred to accredited projects. The quicker notification of selection results is also confirmed by at
least one Case study (E29 (formerly, Ifjúsági Nomád Klub) (YOU, HU))
79
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0082.png
This difference between the average cost of staff and learners’ mobility is due to the shorter
average duration of staff mobility (6.2 days) and the higher subsistence costs
300
. Compared to
the mid-term evaluation, between 2016 and 2020, the average grant per mobility has increased
of 19% for learners and 20% staff, ending with an average grant of EUR 1 743 for learners and
EUR 1 274 for staff in 2020
301
.
A benchmarking has been carried out against the funding for learning mobility provided by the
Nordplus programme in the higher education sector (students and teachers)
302
. The average
mobility grant provided by Nordplus for teachers in the academic year 2018/2019 amounted to
EUR 610, with an average daily grant of EUR 119 for an average duration similar to Erasmus+,
which is lower than the average grant provided by Erasmus+ for higher education staff in the
same period (EUR 950, for an average duration of 5.2 days, EUR 184 per day). On the other
hand, the daily cost of student mobilities appears higher under Nordplus (EUR 22.84 per day,
average grant of EUR 1 176, and average duration of 51.5 days) compared to Erasmus+ (EUR
12.17 per day, average grant of 1 880,64, average duration of 154.5 days). Close to 70% of the
student mobility awarded under Nordplus in the same period had an average duration of 6.9
days, with a daily grant of EUR 169.49, while only 28% of Nordplus student mobility had a
comparable average duration (151 days) with a much lower daily grant of EUR 7.78/day.
Considering the proportion of grants for longer mobilities, the broader geographical scope, the
volume of mobilities, the variety of activities and the benefits derived in terms of skills
acquisition, Erasmus+ costs appear highly competitive.
Box 8 - The Fulbright programme
303
The Fulbright Program is an international academic exchange program administered by the US Department of
State in partnership with more than 160 countries worldwide. The Fulbright student program is open to U.S. and
non-U.S. graduate students, graduating seniors, artists, and early-career professionals. The Fulbright also support
Teacher Exchanges providing opportunities for U.S. and international educators to develop their educational
practice. Colleges, universities, and research institutions, both in the United States and abroad, serve as hosts and
share costs to support the academic and professional development of Fulbrighters.
In the period 2018-2020, the Fulbright programme benefitted only around 28 000 grantees, both US citizens and
foreign grantees, including students, research scholars, teacher exchanges, lecturing scholars, Hubert H.
Humphrey Program, seminars. The total funding for this period was around EUR 1.2 billion. In the fiscal year
2019-2020, teacher exchanges were 348, while students were 5 788.
In the same period 2018-2020, Erasmus+ funded learning mobility activities of more than 2.3 million learners and
staff (KA1) in the higher education, VET, school education, adult education and youth sectors, contracting more
than EUR 5.7 billion. Out of this, only in the higher education sector, Erasmus+ supported more than 1.2 million
students and staff, including from third countries not associated to the programme, contracting EUR 3.2 billion.
300
Staff mobilities might be used mainly for the short-term, which may be easier to access mobilities (e.g. shorter
absence from place of employment, family reasons…). Evidence is, however, insufficient to understand whether
this is due to lack of awareness or more practical reasons). Another factor influencing the lower mobilities costs
for learners is the large numbers of learner mobilities in higher education, which have relatively long duration and
are relatively low cost (since they are designed to supplement other sources of funding/income).
301
Differences with mid-term evaluation of the programme are also due to the incompleteness of the dataset used
at that time regarding the number of completed mobility, which is likely to determine the difference in average
cost for staff mobility.
302
Nordplus offers mobility activities within three sub-programmes: Higher Education, Adult (informal, unformal,
formal adult education including vocational training), Junior (preschool, school up to upper secondary level
including vocational training). Higher Education being the largest sub-programme regarding both grants and
mobility followed by Junior. Cost per individual is only possible in Higher Education when it comes to individual
mobility (for teachers and students).
303
Source : ICF support study and Fulbright 2020 annual report:
fulbrightar_2020_web.pdf
80
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0083.png
KA1 activities are consistently identified as the most effective actions targeting learners
and staff across all fields,
according to NA/EACEA survey
304
, with high performance at level
of output and result indicators and
no substantial areas of inefficiency,
thanks also to the use
of simplified cost (unit costs), providing predictability of cost coverage to final beneficiaries.
Observed benefits of participation in learning mobilities are described under section 4.1.1.2
and touch a wide range of skills and competences. Although no quantification is possible, these
benefits can contribute to build more skilled labour forces and more cohesive societies,
providing benefits much beyond the individuals who directly benefit from them. The
competitiveness of the cost and the EU added value generated by the lack of comparable
alternatives show the very high cost-effectiveness of KA1 learning mobilities.
Differently from the other KA1 mobility actions,
Erasmus Mundus Joint Master Degrees
(EMJMD)
was implemented under direct management and partially funded, through external
policy instruments
305
. In the 2014-2020 programming period, it offered to over 17 000
scholarship holders from all over the world the opportunity to take part in high-level integrated
international study programmes. In total, over 60 000 mobilities took place
306
. The average
grant of mobility was EUR 74 per day (increasing from EUR 69 in the first two years of the
programming period to EUR 96 in 2020), while the average grant per mobility amounted at
EUR 12 500
307
, which is higher than the average amount granted to students for international
credit mobility (indirect management) (EUR 4 273.65). The available evidence (mainly
qualitative) suggests that the action delivered
positive changes, both at individual and
organisational levels,
ranging from enhanced competencies, improved career prospects,
personal growth, more positive attitudes towards Europe and the EU, deeper subject matter
expertise and enhancing international cooperation among higher education institutions
worldwide.
Cost-effectiveness of key action 2
By the end of the programming period, Erasmus+ had granted EUR 5.4 billion to over
25 300
308
cooperation projects among organisations and institutions (KA2).
As observed
during the mid-term evaluation carried out in 2017, the variety of projects and activities funded
under this key action, the difference between types and size of projects across sectors, as well
as the differentiated budget items, makes the analysis more complex and prevents to generalise,
contrarily from learning mobility activities. Furthermore, no comparable intervention was
identified for benchmarking project costs.
304
Respondents to this survey were asked to identify the three most effective and least effective types of action
for learners, staff, organisations and systems per sector: higher education (n=28), VET (n=27), school education
(n=32), adult education (n=26), youth (n=29), sport (n=19).
305
An EMJMD is a high-level integrated international study programme, delivered by an international consortium
of HEIs from different countries and, where relevant, other educational and/or non-educational partners with
specific expertise and interest in the study areas/professional domains covered by the joint programme. The action
supports the following activities: i) the delivery of an EMJMD programme corresponding to 60, 90 or 120 ECTS
credits, organised through an international consortium of HEIs including the participation of invited scholars
(guest lecturers) for teaching, training and/or research purposes; ii) the award of scholarships to excellent students
worldwide for their participation in one of these EMJMD programmes.
306
One scholarship holder takes part in several mobilities during the enrolment in the study programme, apart
from the fact that the great majority of them are recruited from a different country than the one where the
programme begins; therefore, the format is substantially different from learning mobility activities implemented
under indirect management.
307
The average grant per scholarship for the overall duration of the EMJMD study programme (normally 2
academic years) amounts at EUR 25 000.
308
The figure does not include projects funded under the Sport chapter.
81
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0084.png
Strategic partnerships (indirect management) were the main KA2 action type,
representing 90% of KA2 contracted projects and 72% of contracted grants. The average grant
of Strategic partnership projects ranged between EUR 190 000, at the beginning of the
programming period, to EUR 175 000 in 2020. Although the average grant per project varied
quite importantly across sectors, programme data show a higher average grant in sectors such
as higher education, VET and school education, lower ranges for adult education projects, and
much smaller (but increasing) average grants in the youth field. The number of contracted
projects increased steadily in the seven years of programme implementation for all sectors
involved. The low success rates, ranging from 17% in youth to 36% in the school sector,
demonstrate the high interest and the high demand for the action, which should be matched
with the benefits generated for organisations and staff illustrated in sections 4.1.1.1. and 4.1.1.4.
Knowledge Alliances
were among the large-scale partnerships funded under KA2 since the
beginning of the 2014-2020 programming period under direct management. In total, 160
projects involving 1 769 organisations have been contracted until 2020, for a total of over
EUR 147 million, and an average cost of around EUR 920 000. The yearly allocation to the
action was increasing from year to year, together with the number of funded projects and
average size of grants, showing the tendency to go towards bigger scale projects. The action
only represented 1% of KA2 contracted projects and 3% of contracted grants, but contributed
significantly to achieve programme objectives, particularly in boosting cooperation between
universities and business. The cost-effectiveness analysis carried out for the action in a recent
study
309
shows that the number of countries and participating organisations had little impact on
the size of the awarded grant, highlighting that the cost-effectiveness of the action should be
analysed in terms of the achieved project goals. Most projects were well focused on the
intended goal of the action, addressing the development of new innovative and
multidisciplinary approaches to teaching and learning, promotion of entrepreneurship and
knowledge exchange, highly contributing to the different areas of university-business
cooperation. On average, the funded projects obtained high evaluation score regardless of the
size of the grant, suggesting their successful implementation.
Capacity building actions
were implemented in the higher education and youth sectors under
direct management, through funds from external cooperation instruments. The action
represents 7% of KA2 contracted projects and 17% of KA2 contracted grants, supporting in
total 1 830 projects, with an average grant of EUR 190 000 in higher education and between
44 000 and 135 000 in youth. The action provided European added value in enhancing
international cooperation in the fields of higher education and youth, promoting EU values and
supporting the role of EU as global actor leveraging the role of education.
Under KA2, the programme was also funding
platforms to facilitate the online cooperation
in the school and adult education sectors, such as eTwinning and EPALE.
The cost for set-
up, maintenance and community management amounted at EUR 15.5 million for the
eTwinning platform and at EUR 9.7 million for EPALE for the whole 2014-2020 programming
period, generating a large community of users for virtual cooperation across Europe and
beyond. The relative low cost of this collaborative platform, compared with the increased
functionalities and the continuous growth in terms of registered users, suggests that these
activities are particularly cost-effective. The eTwinning community continued to grow,
reaching towards the end of the programming period an overall number of over 760 000
European Commission: Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Kirdulytė, G., Abozeid,
O., Abraham, E., Buitrago, H. et al., Assessment of the instruments, deliverables, results and impact of university
business cooperation – Final report. Publications Office of the European Union, 2024,
https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/514543
309
82
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0085.png
registrants, proving how the platform stepped up the support to teachers and fostered
exchanges. Similarly, in the last few years of programme implementation, EPALE developed
further the discussion and exchange of good practice between stakeholders involved in areas
such as basic skills, outreach and guidance as well as innovative teaching methods. The number
of users continued growing reaching 61 000 by the end of 2019
310
.
Based on available (mainly qualitative) evidence,
KA2 activities have been instrumental to
contribute to programme results and impacts at organisational level,
supporting
programme objectives on international cooperation with third countries in higher education and
youth, reinforcing cooperation with business, enhancing internationalisation, and improving
learning and teaching methods. The high demand and the lack of comparable interventions,
both in terms of scope and types of activities covered, mark its European added value, showing
a general cost-effectiveness. The funding model in place for KA2 activities, mostly based on
unit costs and real costs, led to some inefficiencies which have been tackled in the current
programming period through the introduction of a lump-sum funding model. Other
inefficiencies concern the complex mechanism of the School Exchange Partnership (KA229,
indirect management), which required that each participating organisation involved in a
selected project had to sign a separate (mono-beneficiary) grant agreement. The action was
facilitating exchanges of school classroom and mobility of pupils, which in the 2021-2027 has
been moved under KA1, thus harmonising the format of the KA2 school cooperation
partnership to those of the other sectors.
Cost-effectiveness of key action 3
KA3 includes a very diversified spectrum of actions and activities, both in terms of outputs
(e.g. transnational projects, networks, evidence-based activities), and funding mechanisms (e.g.
open calls for proposals, calls addressing identified beneficiaries, public procurements,
contribution agreements with international organisations). This makes it challenging to perform
an analysis at level of the key action and draw uniform conclusions. Because of these features,
the analysis below only takes into account some of the main actions implemented under KA3,
which can be representative of its costs and benefits.
In total, EUR 494.5 million have been granted to KA3 activities, corresponding to around
3% of the total contracted grants during the 2014-2020 programming period.
90% of KA3
contracted grants went to activities under direct management, while one youth action ‘Youth
dialogue’
was under
indirect management.
This activity granted around EUR 51.7 million to
over 1 900 projects, benefitting around 442 000 young people. It fostered the active
participation of young people in democratic life in Europe, offering opportunities of interaction
and dialogue with decision-makers on topics and themes aligned with those set in the EU Youth
Strategy. The action had similar implementation and funding rules as learning mobility, making
use of unit cost. The average daily cost per participant was around EUR 44, therefore higher
than learning mobilities for learners under KA1. This was due to the shorter duration of the
activities, which was on average 2-3 days (mostly participation in meetings, events, seminars,
consultation activities or debates). Despite the limited budget, the action proved effective in
supporting the programme (youth) objectives of fostering active citizenship and involvement in
democratic life, benefitting participants in terms of acquisition of soft skills (problem solving,
autonomy) beyond its objectives and generating high demand (31% success rate in 2020).
310
The number of users continues growing in the current programming period reaching 139 000 at the end of
2023, showing that this one-off cost continues producing benefit over time and beyond the programming period.
83
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0086.png
The activities implemented by means of open calls for proposals under direct management
included
experimentation actions funding initiatives for policy innovation,
aimed to
develop new policies or prepare their implementation. Under this heading, the programme
contracted 36% of KA3 grants, funding around 300 projects and involving over 2 500
organisations. More than half of the projects supported under this heading were contracted
under the Calls on social inclusion and common values, implemented between 2016 and 2020
to contribute to the Paris Declaration. The action supported 180 projects, involving 1 380
organisations, for total grants of EUR 78 million, with the highest value of contracted grants in
2020 (close to EUR 22 million). Examples from funded projects show effectiveness in
supporting programme objectives and deliver systemic impact, influencing EU policy
initiatives (see section 4.1.1.4, box 5). Similarly, effective contribution to the delivery of
policy/systemic impact is shown by policy experimentation activities
311
, supporting the
development of practices with impact on national education systems (see section 4.1.1.4, box 4).
Another action implemented by means of open Calls for proposals (direct management) was
European Youth Together.
The action aimed at creating networks promoting regional
partnerships for youth organisations, both from grassroot to large-scale level, to share their
ideas about the EU, encourage wider civic participation and help foster a sense of European
citizenship. 37 of such cross-border partnerships were supported by the programme, for a total
grant of over EUR 14 million (average size in terms of grant around EUR 400 000). The number
of applications raising from call to call between 2018 and 2020, showed the appreciation and
high interest for this action. In line with the EU Youth Strategy 2019-2027 and the European
Youth Goals, the action built or strengthened partnerships focusing on solidarity and inclusive
democratic participation and empowered youth organisations by supporting new innovative
ways of cooperation.
Around 48% of KA3 contracted grants (around EUR 237 million) was awarded through
national allocations, with grants awarded through non-competitive procedures. These included
activities supporting transparency and recognition of skills and qualifications,
which
included support to e.g. the implementation of the EQF recommendation
312
. The programme
provided grants for EQF National Coordination Points (“NCPs”), with a total multi-annual
allocation of EUR 4.5 million under the 2018 Erasmus+ Annual Work Programme for three
years implementation (national allocations to 38 countries, withing a range of EUR 39 000 and
EUR 268 000). The average contracted amounts were within a range of EUR 20 000-60 000
per year/country, representing a maximum EU co-financing of 75 % (requiring a national
contribution of at least 25%). These grants are deemed adequate by the EQF evaluation, which
reports the EU funding provided by Erasmus+ as often mentioned as a main source for activities
for EQF implementation
313
. An area of improvement lies in the use of real cost, which made
the implementation burdensome for beneficiary organisations.
Under KA3,
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 also supported activities contributing to evidence-based
policy knowledge and coordination in the E&T and Youth field,
providing financial support
311
These activities were normally led by high-level public authorities, involving field trials on policy measures in
several countries, based on sound evaluation methods. Overall, 37 policy experimentations projects (EUR 58.8
million) were funded in the period 2014-2020.
312
Council Recommendation of 22 May 2017 on the European Qualifications Framework for lifelong learning
and repealing the recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2008 on the
establishment of the European Qualifications Framework for lifelong learning, OJ C 189 of 15.6.2017.
313
Evaluation of
the Council Recommendation of 22 May 2017 on the European Qualifications Framework for
lifelong learning
(SWD (2024) 141).
84
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0087.png
to the national Eurydice network units
314
and the Youth Wiki National Correspondents
Network
315
. The funding provided for these activities corresponds to about 6% of KA3
contracted grants (EUR 31 million). Qualitative evidence suggests these actions are effective
to support knowledge-based policy coordination and provided European added value, as
without programme support Member States alone wouldn’t be able to support tools for
knowledge sharing like the youth wiki.
The collected evidence is not sufficient to express firm conclusions on the cost-effectiveness
of the entirety of KA3. However, the available evidence suggests a reasonable cost-
effectiveness, given by the limited funding they represent coupled with significant system level
benefits , support to policy objectives and fostering active citizenship. Consulted stakeholders
perceive them as delivering high added value due to their role in supporting EU policy
coordination in programme fields, implementation of EU tools, creation of networks, which
could not be achieved without the programme intervention. The challenges related to these
actions rely in their diversified character, which generates multiple sub-actions with small
budgetary envelopes and the use, in some cases, of real costs.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
Cost-effectiveness of key action 1
The
average cost of learners’ mobilities under the current programme (2021-2023) is
approximatively EUR 22 per day, while staff mobilities cost around EUR 215 per day.
Similarly to the 2014-2020 programme, the higher cost of staff mobility is largely due to their
shorter average duration and higher subsistence costs (shorter mobilities tend to have a higher
average cost per day, moreover, by design of the actions, individual support for staff is often
higher than the corresponding unit costs for learners)
316
. The short-term
benefits
of staff
mobilities extend beyond personal development, as they also deliver immediate benefits for
their organisations, colleagues and the learners they engage with. Short-term benefits and
impacts of learner mobilities primarily focus on development of skills and competences as well
as employment prospects
317
, although longer-term and higher-level benefits are expected from
supporting the development of a more skilled, cohesive, innovative and competitive society
through more skilled individuals.
Despite the lack of directly comparable alternatives
318
, the
unit costs of learner and staff
mobilities appear competitive and comparable to those for the previous programming
314
The goal of Eurydice network is to contribute towards a better mutual understanding of education systems in Europe
through the production of country specific information, comparable country descriptions, indicators and comparative
studies in the field of education and training (https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/national-education-systems).
315
In line with the EU Youth Strategy and the objective of improving the knowledge on youth issues in Europe,
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 provided an action grant to the structures of National correspondents ensuring the support
needed to create and maintain a Youth Wiki tool on youth policies in Europe. The National correspondents are
designated by each national authority, located in a participating country (https://national-
policies.eacea.ec.europa.eu/youthwiki).
316
See footnote 321. The design of staff and learners’ mobility has not changed much between programming
periods, therefore the same explanation regarding the different duration and costs of between staff and learners’
mobility apply also to the 2021-2027 programme.
317
Around half of the case studies provided evidence of short-term benefits for learners that were focused on the
individual and this was consistent across all fields.
318
Programmes taken into account for comparing learning mobility costs are CEEPUS, Visegrad Fund, Nordplus
and EEA and Norway grants, while EU added value has been compared with additional 15 programmes as
indicated in section 4.2.1. As noted in ICF support study, Erasmus+ presents a much more extensive coverage
across multiple countries, sectors, fields, target groups and activities. Other programmes tend to have a more
85
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0088.png
period,
as estimated in the mid-term evaluation of the 2014-2020 programme and in the section
above
319
. The rising inflation and increasing costs of living from 2021 have led to an 8%
increase in average grants value between 2021 and 2023, both for staff and learners mobilities
across all fields
320
. Challenges linked to rising inflation are not unique to Erasmus+ and are not
considered likely to have negatively affected the cost-effectiveness of KA1 activities compared
to other similar programmes. Stakeholders suggest that further increasing both the ‘green top-
ups’ and the top-ups for participants facing fewer opportunities, could ensure a better coverage
of these costs. These aspects could further improve the programme’s effectiveness with regards
to its sustainability and inclusivity.
Stakeholder consultations also suggest that the cost-effectiveness of mobility activities has
improved between both programming periods. This is largely due to the accreditation scheme,
which has simplified access to KA1 funding in all E&T sectors and youth, and reduced the cost
and administrative burden for beneficiary organisations and implementing bodies. As indicated
in section 4.1.2.2, the Erasmus Accreditation has produced savings related to the assessment of
KA1 proposals estimated between EUR 1 and 5 million for the period 2021-2023, reducing of
indicatively 70% time required by beneficiary organisations to submit grant request. These
elements together with the benefits yielded as organisational growth for the holding
organisations and the implementation of high-quality mobility activities for learners and staff
mark a very high cost-effectiveness.
Cost-effectiveness of key action 2
The variety of
KA2
outputs makes it challenging to assess costs and to draw meaningful
comparisons with other programmes. Nevertheless, the analysis suggests a positive cost-
effectiveness judgement. Drawing on the assessment carried out under the effectiveness
criterion, Cooperation Partnerships are viewed as effective across a broad spectrum of
stakeholders
321
, particularly in VET, school education, and sport. Small-scale partnerships are
similarly viewed as effective, in particular in school education and youth. Data show a trend
towards funding fewer projects, involving fewer organisations, with larger grants. This trend is
more evident for Small-scale Partnerships in school education and youth, and for Cooperation
Partnerships in youth and sport. Also, the demand for KA2 activities has exceeded the initial
funding allocated in the 2021-2023 period (EUR 1.79 billion), despite the 20% increase
compared to the predecessor programme.
The introduction of the
lump sum model
was positively received as it reduces the
administrative burden, however, some concerns are raised. Some national reports mention that
this funding model encourages “application factories” to submit more proposals for financial
gain
322
, and stressed the importance of fraud prevention procedures for participating
specific focus on particular sectors and/or geographies, and do not have the same broad scope as the Erasmus+
programme, which remains the largest programme of its kind in terms of participant numbers and coverage of
different countries and sectors. For this reason, a proper benchmarking analysis can only be done with a
programme similar in scope and activities, such as the predecessor programme.
319
Under 2021 Call, the average grant of both learners and staff mobility is slightly lower compared to those
performed under 2020 Call (respectively -7% and -2%); however, both 2020 and 2021 Calls were heavily impacted
by Covid-19, therefore this factor should be taken into account in the comparison both between these two years
and the rest of the period. Furthermore, the number of completed mobility under 2022 and 2023 Calls is still very
high, which doesn’t allow at the moment a more complete comparison with the 2014-2020 programme.
320
Average grant value increasing from EUR 1 626 in 2021 to EUR 1,632 in 2022 and EUR 1 760 in 2023 per
mobility for learners, and from EUR 1 245 in 2021 to EUR 1,318 in 2022 and EUR 1 341 for staff mobilities.
321
Evidence from the NA/ECEA survey, key informant interviews, and case studies.
322
AT, IE, NO.
86
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0089.png
countries
323
. Few reports indicate that the use of the lump sum model has introduced
uncertainty regarding activity eligibility, justification and flexibility, potentially reducing its
advantages, with further clarifications needed
324
. Further simplifying the requirements for
application, implementation and reporting of actions under direct management could also allow
wider participation of small organisations in the youth and sport field
325
, improving the cost-
effectiveness of these activities.
Cost-effectiveness of key action 3
The cost-effectiveness analysis of
KA3
is partial and mainly based on a qualitative analysis,
due to the diversified character of the activities it supports (see also in Annex VI).
Given their support and policy character, KA3 activities, predominantly institutionally
focused, are perceived as more effective at system level
(see also section 4.1.1.4), while their
effectiveness appears lower or harder to assess at the level of individual participants. This also
entails lower awareness from the majority of Erasmus+ stakeholders and citizens, as reflected
in the public consultation, where the majority of respondents (62%) had no opinion or were
uncertain in relation to their cost-effectiveness, and only one third of respondents (35%)
considered them cost-effective
326
. Evidence from case studies confirms that these activities are
viewed positively in terms of effectiveness at system and policy level. In the
youth
sector, case
studies suggest that KA3 projects have brought benefits in bringing learners and policy makers
together, improved engagement and participation, and have led to increased knowledge and
skills. Overall, the outputs of KA3 activities have helped develop and shape strategies and
policies at both organisational and systemic level, with consequent benefits on both levels
327
.
Based on views and experiences shared by stakeholders, a broader adoption of lump sum for
the activities under indirect management could provide additional simplification. A shift from
real cost to lump sum was applied to Eurodesk information centres, national VET teams and
SALTO resource centres in 2022, while Training and Cooperation Activities (TCAs) are still
implemented with real cost. While evidence is still preliminary, the adoption of simplified
grants seems to have increased the cost-effectiveness of the funded activities, reducing the
administrative burden for National Agencies.
Cost-effectiveness of Jean Monnet Actions
Also, in the case of
JMAs,
only a partial cost-effectiveness analysis could be carried out,
mainly based on qualitative feedback from case studies and interviews. Furthermore, no
comparable activities funded through other programmes were identified. The budget
allocations for JMAs shows that the funding distribution across its different strands is similar
to the previous programming period, while the qualitative evidence from interviews and case
studies suggests that JMAs are generally perceived to be effective, thanks in particular to the
solidly established higher education strand. JMAs are also deemed to yield European added
value in terms of raising awareness, knowledge and understanding of the EU and increase
participation in democratic processes, both within Europe and beyond (see section 4.1.1.4).
Despite some initial difficulties, the new actions in the school and VET fields have seen
323
324
AT, DE, IE, LI, NO.
DE, LV, NL.
325
Highlighted in particular in the stakeholders’ workshop on the draft final report of ICF study of 9 July 2024.
326
Out of 1 092 respondents to the public consultation, 35% agreed’ or ‘fully agreed’ that support policy reforms
in the education, training, youth and sport sectors (KA3) are cost-effective.
327
Case studies Youth for Exchange and Understanding International (YOU, BE), Edlab, Universidad de Granada
(HED, ES), Youth Wiki (YOU, MT, FR, CY).
87
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0090.png
progressive improvements and show some initial positive results. The delivery mechanisms of
these new actions could be re-assessed once more data is available to further improve their
cost-effectiveness.
4.1.2.5 Monitoring mechanisms
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
Stakeholders consulted for the mid-term evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 found the
monitoring framework of the previous programme overly complex and called for streamlining,
particularly regarding the monitoring responsibilities of National Agencies for actions under
indirect management (about 80% of the programme’s budget). Similarly, while acknowledging
improvements compared to the predecessor programmes, various limitations were highlighted
regarding the 23 indicators in Annex I of the 2014-2020 regulation. These limitations
encompassed the inadequate coverage of specific actions, such as KA2, of the organisational
level of the intervention
328
and difficulties to link the measurement of system level indicators
to the interventions
329
. This underscored the need for a more refined and comprehensive
approach.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
The monitoring framework of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 has seen important improvements
compared to the previous programming period and appears overall appropriate, with clearly
established mechanisms, tools and responsibilities which have been described and further
clarified in the Monitoring and Evaluation Framework of Erasmus+ adopted in 2023.
The Monitoring and Evaluation Framework took into account the scope for simplification
identified in the interim evaluation of the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ programme, while addressing
key areas aligned with the programme's intervention logic and the requirements established in
Article 23 of the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ Regulation. The 15 indicators laid down in the 2021-
2027 Erasmus+ Regulation, supplemented with 12 additional indicators introduced with the
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2710, enabled a more
complete overview of
programme performance.
The newly introduced indicators allowed to cover in a uniform way
aspects related to all Erasmus+ horizontal priorities, with a special focus on inclusion (in line
with the Erasmus+ regulation) and improved the tracking of performance and impact of the
programme through the introduction of specific results and impact indicators
330
. This
represented one of the major improvements compared to the monitoring framework of the
previous programme. A gap at level of formally established indicators is identified for Jean Monnet
Actions, for which used indicators are not associated with yearly milestones or final targets.
328
The only indicators addressing KA2 refer to the number of organisations and pupils participating in the School
Exchange Partnerships (KA229).
329
This is the case of the four indicators concerning i) Europe 2020 headline education target, which were based
on national data not linked with Erasmus+ intervention, and ii) Mobility benchmark, in line with the Council
conclusions on a benchmark for learning mobility to which Erasmus+ clearly contributed but that were supposed
to include also data stemming from other interventions (see section 4.1.1.4).
330
The additional output and result indicators are operationalised in the same way as the legal basis indicators
they complement, i.e. on the basis of data from application forms, programme tools, and participants reports. As
indicated in the SWD(2023) 296, reporting on the two additional impact indicators is planned in narrative only.
Their measurement is carried out based on activities run by contractors in charge of the evaluations with additional
data collected through ad hoc studies performed by the Commission or evaluations and studies run by the National
Agencies and the RAY network (Youth). The activities described in section 5.2.2 also aim to enhance the
measurement of these indicators in view of the final evaluation of the programme.
88
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0091.png
Overall,
satisfaction in terms of the effectiveness of monitoring indicators and reporting
is expressed by 71% of respondents to the NAs/EACEA survey, who agreed that the monitoring
indicators defined in the current Erasmus+ legal framework ensure an effective measurement
of the progress made in the implementation of the programme. This represents a considerable
improvement (up from 30%) compared to the results of the same survey carried out for the
mid-term evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020
331
. At the same time, several National Agencies
and some national reports
332
consider that the emphasis on quantitative outputs is still high,
whilst qualitative information is used to a much lesser extent. This approach is considered to
fall short of capturing the impact of the programme, particularly in the areas like behavioural
change, development of soft skills and long-term influence on participants and organisations.
The meta-analyses and desk research carried out for the evaluation confirmed such gaps.
Quantitative studies making use of counter-factual methodology for the analysis of the
organisational and system-level impacts of Erasmus+ are scarce. A research gap exists also
around the topic of EU values, where no research paper making use of recent datasets and
fitting with the required methodology could be found. This highlights the need of more targeted
research activities to ensure improved monitoring and evaluations in the future, based on
comparable cross-country analyses.
Overall, the
monitoring mechanisms of the current programme are effective
when it comes
to providing an up-to-date view of programme implementation to the Commission services,
implementing bodies and national authorities, but also to the general public, through the
recently launched
data visualisation page
on Europa. Furthermore, as part of their tasks under
both programme generations, National Agencies implement a range of monitoring activities,
combining project on-site visits, primary checks, financial audit and ongoing support to ensure
project quality and compliance, as underlined in national reports. In parallel, National Agencies
carry out evidence-based activities through surveys, studies and research concerning the fields
under their responsibility. In the youth field, these activities are coordinated under a single
network covering all National Agencies managing the youth field (RAY); however, with
exception of a recently set up network under the adult education sector
333
, no similar
coordination exists across National Agencies managing Education and Training sectors.
Some
areas for improvements
for the 2021-2027 programme have been identified, namely:
Continue the simplification effort in reporting and monitoring requirements, that are still
perceived by stakeholders as workload-heavy and sometimes cumbersome;
Further strengthen monitoring mechanisms, going beyond output and results indicators,
undertaking robust quantitative studies examining Erasmus+ long-term results and impacts
at individual, organisational and system-level
334
;
Ensure stability and continuous improvement of IT landscape used for actions under
indirect management (see also section 4.1.2.3). This emerges as one of the main issues that
has hindered the first years of current programme implementation, impacting data
collection, and increasing the administrative burden of National Agencies and beneficiaries;
Better utilise the wealth of monitoring data collected and integrate feedback into
programme design and policymaking.
331
332
Combined evaluation of Erasmus+ and predecessor programmes, Annex 4 Results of programme agencies survey.
Seven reports (BEde, BEnl, BG, CY, EE, LU, PL) state that the current programme indicators are primarily
financial and output-oriented, focusing on quantifiable results mostly.
333
Research-based Impact Analysis of Erasmus+ Adult Education programmes (RiA-AE).
334
Emerging from the NAs/EACEA survey, analysis of national reports and meta-analyses results.
89
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0092.png
4.1.2.6 Anti-fraud measures
This section analyses jointly both programming periods, highlighting differences or trends, where
needed. This approach is required by the strong continuity of the intervention, with limited changes
between programme generations, reflected in feedback from stakeholders and national reports.
The mid-term evaluation of the 2014-2020 programme determined that the anti-fraud measures
in place were robust for the most part, with the Commission’s
anti-fraud strategy
providing the
overall framework for preventing and detecting fraud.
National Agencies have clear guidelines
335
on dealing with fraud and minimum requirements,
with high compliance rates reported in their yearly reports, particularly as regards the follow-
up of identified cases of irregularity and fraud. 45% of respondents to the NAs/EACEA survey
find the current anti-fraud measures appropriate for preventing and timely detecting suspicions
of irregularity and fraud, while the remaining share considers them partially appropriate (47%)
or not appropriate (9%). The survey also revealed some concerns and suggestions for
improvement, identified in the use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) tools to create applications,
multiple submissions from the same organization, and the new 'lump sum' grant scheme. To
address these issues, respondents suggested improving the anti-plagiarism software available
for EACEA and National Agencies, providing clearer rules and guidelines, and increasing
cooperation between National Agencies. They also suggested establishing a specialized working
group to address fraud and provide enhanced guidance and training for National Agencies’ staff
336
.
The mid-term evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 found that the number of fraudulent cases
was very low compared to the total number of projects. This is coherent with the results of the
NAs/EACEA survey carried out for this evaluation, in which most respondents from both
EACEA and NAs indicate spotting suspicion of irregularity no more than once or twice a year
(54%) or even never (29%).
Overall, the review of statistics confirms that the number of fraud and irregularity cases remains
low without much variation across the two programming periods. For actions under indirect
management, there were no OLAF cases referred by the European Court of Auditors as a result
of its audit sampling both for the period 2014-2020 and for 2021-2023. As for actions under
direct management, the review of EACEA annual activity reports 2014-2022 reveals a small
number of cases and recoveries. This holds also true to indirectly managed actions.
The Commission has taken action to ensure that projects are carried out in line with the highest
ethical standards and European values, and the applicable EU, international and national rules.
Mechanisms framed by the EU Financial Regulation have been put in place to protect the EU
values, including by adding new provisions in the Erasmus+ documents and grant agreements.
In line with these provisions, National Agencies are tasked to ensure that indirect management
beneficiaries commit to and ensure the respect of basic EU values (such as respect for human
dignity, freedom, democracy, equality, the rule of law and human rights, including the rights
of minorities), as set out in the grant agreement as from 2023
337
. EACEA ensures similar
vigilance to protect EU budget against breaching these obligations. Rigorous monitoring
NAs’ responsibilities and ways of dealing with fraud are defined in the ‘Guide for National Agencies implementing the
Erasmus+ and European Solidarity Corps Programmes’, annex VI of the Contribution Agreement signed every year
between the Commission and each National Agencies. The document is not publicly available.
336
A consultative National Agencies’ working group on risk management has been established in 2024 to discuss
in co-creation mode the treatment of dubious cases in view of preventing fraud and irregularities.
337
These provisions were introduced in the 2023 Guide for National Agencies (annex VI of the Contribution
Agreement signed between the Commission and each National Agency).
335
90
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0093.png
procedures are implemented through checks and follow-ups on compliance with EU values.
This includes regular audits and feedback from individual participants. An assessment of these
measures should be carried out at a later stage, after more years of implementation and in the
light of the recast of the Financial Regulation, adopted in 2024
338
.
The efficiency of anti-fraud measures across both programming periods was covered also in 16
national reports, with 7
339
considering effective the anti-fraud measures in place and 8
340
reporting a mixed picture and bringing examples of measures of success and remaining
challenges. Identified challenges include the need for more efficient cooperation and
information sharing at transnational and national level
341
, clearer and more operational
guidelines including for risk assessment, inspections and controls
342
, and improved digital
infrastructure
343
.
4.1.3
Coherence
The assessment of the coherence of Erasmus+ is
overall positive,
both internally (compared to
its predecessor) and externally (compared to other interventions). This assessment has been
informed by 5 evaluation questions that looked into the extent to which:
the programme’s internal coherence improved compared to its predecessor;
the Erasmus+ objectives were consistent and mutually supportive across fields;
synergies or duplications between fields and actions existed and were dealt with;
the structure of KA2 is appropriate and coherent;
the actions complemented each other;
Erasmus+ is coherent with relevant policies and programmes and complementary to
other interventions in the same fields at EU or national/international levels respectively;
the evolution of external coherence between the two programming periods is positive.
4.1.3.1 Internal Coherence
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
The final evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 confirms overall the findings of its mid-term
evaluation, with good level of internal coherence. This results from the strong learning
dimension that informs all its activities at transnational level, in view of supporting better skills,
competences and EU values through learning mobility. The funding addressing
internationalisation of organisations and the support to policy development and cooperation in
the programme fields is instrumental to the objective of improving E&T, youth and sport
systems, for the benefit of individuals and the entire society. From this point of view, the
programme overall architecture with its three levels of interventions appears logic and coherent
for the delivery of its objectives.
338
The 2024 Financial Regulation recast introduced an explicit ground under the early detection and exclusion
system for excluding entities from receiving EU funds if they have engaged in activities contrary to the values on
which the EU is founded, such as incitement to discrimination, hatred, or violence (Article 138(1)(c)(vi) of
Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 September 2024 on
the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (recast), OJ L 2024/2509, 23.9.2024.
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/2509/oj).
339
CZ, MT, LT, PL, PT, RO, RS.
340
BEnl, DE, ES, FI, FR, IS, IT, NO. CY report considers too early to assess the impact of these measures.
341
ES, FI, FR, IT, PT.
342
ES, FI, IT.
343
FI, LT, NO.
91
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0094.png
Support to grassroot sport is coherent with the programme objective of supporting social
inclusion through non formal learning with closer links with the youth sector. The sport sector
was, however, the only one not directly benefitting from an individual dimension, and not
included in the key action system. Both gaps have been addressed in the 2021-2027 programme.
Similarly, the separation of Jean Monnet activities from the key actions is found confusing and
impractical by stakeholders, with suggestions to integrate them into the structure of key actions
344
.
The level of cross-sectoral cooperation has improved throughout the programming
period.
The connection with businesses has increased, especially in the VET sector, while the
adult education sector was the second – after VET – registering the higher level of participation
of SMEs in KA2 indirectly managed actions
345
. In line with their objectives, the Knowledge
Alliances supported well the university business cooperation, while youth and adult education
activities strengthened ties with NGOs and organisations with civic engagement. Moreover,
around 5 700 higher education institutions participated in close to 6 000 KA2 projects
implemented under indirect management in sectors other than higher education.
The pilots for the Centres of Vocational Excellence and the European Universities alliances,
launched in the last two years of the programming period, have further reinforced this cross-
sectoral dimension. Their ambition to bring strong systemic and organisational impact in the
higher education and VET systems, to enhance learning mobility, support the building of high-
quality skills and competences, boost internationalisation and long-term cooperation appears
coherent the objectives of the programme and has positively contributed to their achievement.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
The overall structure of the 2021-2027 programme has remained largely unchanged compared
to its predecessor, with most actions being continued, simplified, or only slightly refined. Only
few actions were discontinued or newly added
346
, thus maintaining a stable and familiar
framework for participants. This continuity has contributed to the internal coherence of the
programme, which results improved compared to the 2014-2020 programme. Erasmus+ 2014-
2020 was the result of the merge of several programmes, which were consolidated into a single
comprehensive structure. This merger required substantial adjustments and learning, resulting
in initial challenges. In contrast, the changes introduced in Erasmus+ 2021-2027 (see section
2.2) contribute to a more streamlined and integrated structure with a higher degree of
consistency and logical alignment with its objectives, facilitating smoother implementation and
better stakeholder navigation (‘evolution
not revolution’).
This structure is generally viewed as coherent by stakeholders. Echoing the findings of the mid-
term evaluation of the 2014-2020 programme, the majority of respondents to the NAs/EACEA
survey (87%) agreed that the programme has, in the current programming period, a good
internal coherence, that its architecture is coherent (74%), and its actions do not overlap with
each other (73%). The objectives and intended effects of all actions are well thought through,
each contributing to achieving objectives set out in the programme’s intervention logic.
The programme architecture comprising of a mix of directly and indirectly managed actions,
of three levels of intervention, with specific opportunities for individuals, organisations and
policy development and cooperation, is deemed sufficiently clear and consistent. The overall
value of the Jean Monnet Actions is clearly recognised; however, as noted in the context of the
344
Source: scoping interviews, workshop with National Agencies held in June 2023, workshop on draft final report
held in July 2024.
345
1 592 SMEs participated in 1 631 KA2 adult education projects, and 2 148 SMEs in 2 166 KA2 VET projects.
346
See overview in Annex VII.
92
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0095.png
final evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020, their current separation from the key actions is found
confusing, with suggestions to integrate them into the structure of key actions
347
.
The current Erasmus+ offer is considered comprehensive and complementary. Consulted
stakeholders
348
generally agree that there are no patently missing actions. However, the wide
scope and – to some extent inevitable – complexity of the programme can make it difficult for
newcomers and less experienced organisations to grasp the full range of opportunities available.
The current programme presents strong focus on
cross-sectoral collaboration,
which is seen
in line with the programme’s core objectives and strengthening its internal coherence. The
cooperation between the higher education and the VET sector is an essential part of the
Alliances for Innovation, as embedded in the design of the action; cross-sectoral cooperation is
fostered under the Centres of Vocational Excellence and the European Universities alliances
349
and encouraged in the other types of partnerships funded under Erasmus+. Knowledge flow
and cooperation across the school and higher education sectors takes place among others
through the newly established Jean Monnet Actions for the school and VET fields
350
. Cross-
sectoral cooperation occurs also frequently between the youth and sport sectors, considering
target audiences often show similarities.
The coherence and appropriateness of the structure of KA2 was also investigated. Results of
the NAs/EACEA survey and key informant interviews suggest a good level of coherence
between KA2 and the rest of the programme. However, while it is appreciated that KA2
provides distinct types of funding opportunities under both direct and indirect management,
some stakeholders find that its scope has become overly broad, resulting in a loss of its prior
focus on driving innovation. Further, as stated in section 4.1.1.3, the collected evidence doesn’t
allow to affirm with certainty the extent to which the partnerships formed under the 2014-2020
programme lasted over time, which may question KA2’s capacity to deliver longer-term results.
While the role and place of KA2 show coherence with the programme intervention logic (i.e.
deliver change at institutional and organisational level), questions arise regarding its strong
emphasis on producing tangible outputs in many actions (e.g. apps, websites, manuals, learning
material). Projects have a specific contractual duration and often grants are not sufficient to
ensure the continuity of the results and their further dissemination after the end of the funding
351
.
The experienced challenges in supporting the sustainability of these tangible outputs across
both programming periods, as well as stakeholders’
352
views on an excessive focus of their
requirement, suggest that, in many instances, the
collaboration process may be more
important than the concrete outputs to meet programme objectives,
as it can lead to the
347
Source: scoping interviews, workshop with National Agencies held in June 2023, workshop on draft final report
held in July 2024.
348
Source: workshop with National Agencies held in June 2023, NAs/EACEA survey, EU-level key informant
interviews.
349
European Commission (2025), Report on the outcomes and transformational potential of the European
Universities
initiative
(https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/db43f6ca-da14-11ef-be2a-
01aa75ed71a1/language-en),
pp. 87-88: ‘European Universities alliances also engage with education and training
institutions, university networks, research institutions, national and regional governments and public authorities,
quality assurance bodies, businesses, SMEs, civil society organisations, various associations and other entities as
associated partners’.
350
JMA Schools Network and Teacher Training actions aiming to develop training modules and advanced tools
for teachers. See also the case study on Istituto Statale d'Arte - Liceo artistico "Edgardo Mannucci" (IT).
351
INDIRE (2019), Strategic partnerships for innovation in Erasmus+. A study on the impact
(https://www.erasmusplus.it/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Erasmus-2-ENG-X-WEB.pdf)
352
These views were shared during the workshop with National Agencies staff of June 2023. In addition, the
analysis of a sample of 180 projects across both programming periods, conducted by ICF as part of the external
consultancy study, found that a good share of the project websites developed were no longer accessible.
93
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0096.png
establishment of an extended community of practitioners. This collateral benefit is crucial to
build strong networks that can contribute to the development and implementation of policies in
the fields covered by the programme, in line with the relevant expected result in the intervention
logic. In that spirit, also the funding of online portals facilitating cooperation (i.e. the European
School Education Platform, including eTwinning, EPALE, the European Youth Portal) under
KA2 is logical and coherent.
KA2 demand remains high with an average success rate
353
for KA2 actions under indirect
management dropping from 38% in 2021 to 18% in 2023 (26% in 2022). This has to be seen
against the background of the budget shift towards KA2 during the pandemic when mobilities
could not be implemented. After the end of the pandemic, the budget has again been re-focussed
on KA1 mobility activities since 2022.
Based on the feedback collected through case studies, NAs/EACEA survey, key informant
interviews, KA2 coherence and its contribution to programme objectives could be further
enhanced by:
Fostering the participation of newcomer and small organisations:
through e.g. limiting
the number of projects per organisation also for actions under direct management, or
allocating a share of the budget specifically to new organisations.
Increasing the budget available for KA2
to satisfy the demand and ensure achievement
of programme results.
Introducing KA2 sport projects under indirect management:
to contribute to further
professionalisation and enable smaller sport organisations to apply at national level.
Reconsidering the difference in lump sum size
between KA220 (cooperation
partnerships) and KA210 (small-scale partnerships) introducing intermediate grant size.
Improve sustainability of KA2 project results,
reflecting on support measures or funds
provision to ensure lasting collaborations and sustained exploitation of developed results.
4.1.3.2
External coherence
Given the high continuity between programmes, most of the analysis pertaining to the external
coherence is carried out jointly for both programming periods, while highlighting differences or
elements of evolution between the two programmes.
The final evaluation of the 2014-2020 programme confirms the conclusions of its mid-term
evaluation, noting
high external coherence
between Erasmus+ and other relevant EU policies
and programmes (e.g. European Social Fund, Horizon 2020). Erasmus+ 2014-2020 had a clear
and institutionalised position across EU interventions. The programme invested in individuals
enrolled in all levels of formal education and in those participating in informal and non-formal
education activities, it supported organisations active in education, training, youth and sport
fields and promoted policy development across its fields. The educational dimension
encompassing all its activities, the focus on strengthening skills and competences to support
growth and jobs, as well as its transnational character marked a clear element of distinction
with respect to other EU interventions investing in education at national or regional level with
a different perspective. This determined its coherence with ESF (strong focus on labour
market), ERDF (focus on infrastructures, and equipment and cooperation across borders in the
case of Interreg), Horizon 2020 (focus on research dimension), ensuring complementarities of
objectives (support to EU values, skills and competences contributing to better employability
and a more cohesive society). The large-scale actions piloted in the last years of the
programming period, i.e. European Universities alliances and Centres of Vocational
353
Success rate is calculated based on the number of projects contracted versus the number of projects received.
94
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0097.png
Excellence, have further increased coherence with other EU instruments, strengthening
programme support to innovation and smart specialisation strategies
354
.
At policy level, the mid-term evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 highlighted a clear and
satisfactory alignment with different EU-level policies. This was the case for the Europe 2020
strategy, the Strategic Framework for European cooperation in education and training (ET
2020), Copenhagen process and tools in the context of VET actions, modernisation of higher
education agenda, Communications on ‘New Skills Agenda for Europe’, the European Youth
Strategy, EU Work Plan for sport. The review of project topical coverage carried out in the
mid-term evaluation showed a higher trend towards ET2020 themes, in particular social
inclusion, while topics of early school leaving of the Europe 2020 strategy were covered in
lower number of projects. Contribution to other policy areas is identified with regards to the
participation in democratic life and active citizenship, in particular in the youth field (2015
Paris Declaration), the support to integration of refugees and asylum seekers (migration
policies), while in the second part of the programme period, there was an increasing focus on
digital skills (European digital education action plan) and on sustainability (Life programme).
The strong continuity between the previous and the current programme generations in term of
architecture and key objectives (focus on learning mobility in a lifelong learning perspective)
has confirmed the aspects of external coherence with respect to the 2021-2027 generation of
EU funding programmes. The new mobility actions of adult learners and sport staff funded
under the 2021-2027 programme have further increased programme coherence vis-à-vis other
instruments, supporting skills formation on a wider spectrum of target groups. These new
actions reinforce support to grassroot sport (mobility of sport staff), offer mobility opportunities
to adults enrolled in adult education (mobility of adult learners), and offer non-formal learning
to 18-years old young people (DiscoverEU), all putting a strong emphasis on social inclusion.
These activities appear coherent and complementary with the objectives of other funding
instruments, in particular ESF+.
According to the 2023 European Parliament study on the early implementation of Erasmus+
2021-2027, the programme
demonstrates a high degree of alignment with all six priorities
of the 2019-2024 Commission and relevant EU policies
355
. Erasmus+ 2021-2027 appears
well-embedded in EU policy agendas and thus provides strong support for their implementation
(see also section 4.1.1.6). For example, 77% of public consultation respondents either ‘strongly
agreed’ or ‘agreed’ that Erasmus+ is supporting EU policies and priorities. The horizontal
priorities established under the 2021-2027 programme mark a strong commitment to support,
through a lifelong learning perspective
356
, skills development and behavioural changes
addressing the areas of social inclusion (Erasmus+
inclusion framework),
climate change and
sustainability (European
Green Deal),
the digital transformation (European
Digital
Education Action Plan),
including tackling disinformation, active citizenship and
participation in democratic life (2015
Paris Declaration).
Erasmus+ flagships actions, such as
European Universities alliances, Centres of Vocational Excellence (both already piloted under
the 2014-2020 programme) and Erasmus+ Teacher Academies are key to achieve the
European Education Area
and contribute to the
European Skills Agenda.
To date, the
354
In their study, Esparza Masana and Woolford consider that initiatives like the European Universities and the
Knowledge Alliances offer a means to increasingly integrate HEIs into regional development and innovation
policies, including S3, and integrate them within their innovation ecosystems, through facilitating their
contribution across research, teaching and outreach/community and in S3 governance (Esparza Masana, R. and
Woolford (2023), https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/429140)
355
https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/STUD/2023/747442/EPRS_STU(2023)747442_EN.pdf
356
As described in the EU Framework on key competences:
https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-
topics/improving-quality-equity/key-competences-lifelong-learning
95
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0098.png
quantitative targets set for Erasmus+ contribution from these actions have been achieved or
show high progress (see section 4.1.1.4). While at this stage a full assessment of the impact of
these actions towards these key policy initiatives is not yet possible, the collected evidence
shows positive signs of spill-over effects producing changes and driving progress at systemic
level. Thanks to its international dimension, Erasmus+ is also coherently contributing to
external policies, including the Global Gateway strategy, which has education and research as
one of its investment priorities. Furthermore, the interim evaluation of the EU Youth Strategy
2019-2027 found that Erasmus+, together with the EU Youth Dialogue and European Solidarity
Corps, is the instrument fostering the most synergies
357
.
The collected evidence points at a very high level of complementarity between both generations
of Erasmus+ and
other EU programmes with similar objectives.
66% of the public
consultation respondents indicated that Erasmus+ is fully or partially coherent with other EU
funding opportunities, while only 3% believe it is not and close to one third of respondents
(31%) didn’t know
358
. Furthermore, almost 80% of respondents to the NAs/EACEA survey
stated that Erasmus+ complements other EU programmes, while 28% indicated that it overlaps
with similar actions under those programmes. Coherence with other EU initiatives is pointed
out as good in reports from 14 countries
359
.
At level of projects, about one third of the beneficiary organisations responding to the survey
of socio-economic actors stated that they took part previously (35%) or were taking part
currently (30%) in another EU-funded programme
360
. Among these, 45% indicated that this
project had a link with their Erasmus+ participation a total of 34% indicated that this project
was the continuation and/or upscaling of a previous project, showing a good level of
connections between Erasmus+ and other EU programmes.
Links between projects under Erasmus+ and other programmes
361
Among respondents to this survey who had previously participated in other EU-funded
programmes, the most common were the
European Social Fund
(ESF/ESF+) (31%),
Interreg
(21%), and
Horizon 2020/Horizon Europe
(13%), with similar patterns regarding the
participation in on-going projects funded by other programmes. These funding instruments
357
358
SWD(2024) 90 of 11 April 2024, p. 46.
Respondents well or partly familiar with the programme were asked to indicate whether they found Erasmus+
fully coherent, partially coherent, not coherent at all (or didn’t know) with other EU funding
opportunities/instruments addressing the education, training, youth, and sport sectors (such as the European Social
Fund Plus, European Solidarity Corps, Interreg programmes, the National Recovery and Resilience facility, etc.).
The question, not mandatory for respondents partly familiar with the programme, gathered 1225 responses.
359
AT, BE, CY, DE, DK, ES, FI, FR, IT, LU, NL, PL, PT, RO.
360
Survey of Socio-economic actors, annex V of ICF study. Q9: ‘Before participating in Erasmus+ activities, have
you been involved as a partner or coordinator in another EU-funded project?’; Q10: ‘Is your organisation currently
involved as a partner or coordinator in another EU-funded project?’.
361
Survey of socio-economic actors, annex V of ICF study. Question: You said that your organisation has
participated/ is participating in other EU-funded project(s). Does this have any link with your Erasmus+
participation?
96
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0099.png
were also the most mentioned by the stakeholders consulted for case studies and interviews and
emerge as those having the highest potential for synergies and complementarities
362
.
Horizon Europe
was mentioned in international and national level interviews, case studies and
national reports as being very coherent with Erasmus+, complementing Erasmus+ with its
research dimension, in particular with regards to the higher education sector, while some
complementarity exists also with the VET sector too
363
. Similar findings emerged from the
study ‘Innovative Europe’ contributing to the interim evaluation of Horizon Europe. The
quantitative analysis carried out on the basis of common beneficiaries encoded in the eGrants
system indicated Erasmus+ as one of the most complementary programmes with the actions
supporting innovation under Horizon Europe Pillar III ‘Innovative Europe’
364
. However, this
analysis only took into account the Erasmus+ actions under direct management (approximately
20% of the Erasmus+ budget). Under Pillar III of Horizon Europe, the study also highlights
synergies between Erasmus+ and the
European Institute of Innovation and Technology
(EIT).
For example, the
EIT Food
has partnered with other organisations in its network to
submit bids for Erasmus+ funding, leading to successful Erasmus+ projects such as
I-
RESTART
and
GEEK4Food.
The study ‘Excellence science’ addressing Pillar I of Horizon
Europe highlights that the collaborative networks established under Erasmus+ often also serve
as platforms for collaborations under Horizon Europe. Further synergies were identified under
Pillar II of Horizon Europe (Global Challenges & European Industrial Competitiveness) in
relation to addressing inequalities in green and digital transitions, skills, and labour shortages.
Synergies and complementarities with Horizon 2020/Horizon Europe were also identified
regarding capacity-building for research excellence and learning mobility between universities
located within and outside of Europe
365
. Erasmus+ presents strong complementarities with
Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions (MSCA)
(Horizon 2020 / Horizon Europe, Pillar I), with
the possibility for Erasmus+ participants to take part in MSCA research teams and for MSCA
researchers to participate in Erasmus+ activities
366
. Interviewees in EU Delegations indicated
for example that Erasmus+ facilitates mobility for PhD students previously involved in
Erasmus Mundus Joint Masters (EMJM) and that it contributes to excellence in research. The
European Excellence initiative
under Horizon Europe provides complementary support for
the development of the research dimension of the
Erasmus+ European Universities
362
National studies like those carried out by INDIRE in 2020 confirm that most synergies happened with
ESF/ERDF
national
programmes.
(https://2014-2020.erasmusplus.it/wp-
content/uploads/2020/05/erasmus_summary_q3_WEB.pdf
)
363
International mapping study on good practices of applied research in vocational education and training | ETF,
https://www.etf.europa.eu/en/publications-and-resources/publications/international-mapping-study-good-
practices-applied-research
364
European Commission (2024): Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, Naujokaitytė, R., Cakić, M.,
Didžiulytė, M., Zharkalliu-Roussou, K. et al., Evaluation study of the European framework programmes for
research and innovation for an innovative Europe – Report phase 2 (support study for the interim evaluation of
Horizon Europe),
https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/499132,
p. 88-89.
365
The Case study on the University of Sevilla shows that participation in Erasmus+ facilitated the participation
in Horizon Europe, with positive effects on the quality of the projects granted under Horizon. The Unite! European
Universities alliance, funded under Erasmus+, secured funding for the development of its research and innovation
dimension under the European Excellence initiative with the project ‘Unite.! Widening’. The Unite! alliances also
set up an MSCA Doctoral Network ‘Energy Storage Network’ aiming to nurture a new generation of enterprising
researchers, fostering integration of hydrogen in the energy sector through interdisciplinary excellence.
366
The ex-post evaluation of Horizon 2020 also confirms that in education Horizon 2020 complemented Erasmus+
well (SWD(2024) 29 of 29 January 2024). The guidance on ensuring synergies between MSCA and Erasmus+
actions in the field of higher education provides examples of such synergies. European Commission, DG for
Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Synergies between the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions and Erasmus+ in
the
area of higher education, Publications Office
of the European
Union, 2021,
https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/958920.
97
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0100.png
alliances
367
. The ability to supplement core Erasmus+ funding with complementary support
from Horizon 2020 / Horizon Europe is seen as instrumental to enable higher education
institutions to access additional funding for the development of their research and innovation
capabilities.
Programmes funded under the
European Social Fund (ESF)+ and European Regional
Development Fund (ERDF)
are generally viewed as very coherent with Erasmus+, supported
also by different types of synergy examples. The ESF+ Regulation
368
explicitly emphasises
collaborative efforts with Erasmus+ in supporting various initiatives, particularly in facilitating
the participation of disadvantaged learners in learning mobility. This alignment extends to the
ESF+ focus on human resource development, which encompasses upskilling and reskilling,
including digital skills and green initiatives, echoing the priorities of Erasmus+. The ESF+
Regulation also provides an incentive in the form of a higher EU co-financing (up to 95%) for
scaling up innovative approaches tested on a small scale and developed under other Union
programmes, including Erasmus+
369
. Regarding ERDF, investments in infrastructure and
equipment strengthen equal access to quality and inclusive services with a focus on addressing
socioeconomic and territorial disparities. Such support can complement Erasmus+ objectives
and actions by reinforcing the enabling environment for mobility opportunities and cooperation
in the fields of education, youth, and sport. As novelty in 2021-2027, ERDF can also directly
fund skills development opportunities in the framework of smart specialisation strategies, thus
increasing complementarities beyond investments in education infrastructures and equipment.
The opportunities for synergies between Erasmus+ and Cohesion policy funds have been
enhanced in 2021-2027 programming period through mirroring provisions establishing new
tools and mechanisms, such as the Seal of Excellence
370
and the possibility of transferring
funds from programmes under shared management to those under direct or indirect
management, like Erasmus+
371
, to facilitate the building of effective synergies.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 is piloting the implementation of the Seal of Excellence as from the 2023
Call through its flagship actions, such as European Universities alliances and Centres of
Vocational Excellence. The tool aims to facilitate the alternative funding of high-quality
proposals awarded with a Seal of Excellence under Erasmus+ from ESF+/ERDF in case of
insufficient funding under a given Erasmus+ Call for proposals. However, despite the potential
of this tool, its uptake appears challenging given the transnational (multi-beneficiary) character
of Erasmus+ proposals. Mainstream cohesion policy programmes have a clear national and
regional scope. The provision established in 2021-2027 Common Provisions Regulation for the
funding of Seal holders under Cohesion policy funds do not apply to Interreg programmes.
While there is opening from ESF+ to fund Erasmus+ transnational proposals with impact at
national level, there is no information yet of schemes launched by ESF+ Managing Authorities
367
Currently, the European Excellence initiative is the sole initiative allowing the alliances to receive support at
the institutional level for the development of their alliance’ research and innovation dimension (around 13% of
existing alliances receive funding support under this Horizon initiative).
368
Regulation (EU) 2021/1057 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 establishing the
European Social Fund Plus (ESF+) and repealing Regulation (EU) No 1296/2013, OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 21.
369
Article 14(2) of Regulation (EU) 2021/1057.
370
See Article 32 of the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ Regulation and Article 73(4) of the 2021-2027 Common Provisions
Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2021/1060 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 laying
down common provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, the
Cohesion Fund, the Just Transition Fund and the European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund and
financial rules for those and for the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund, the Internal Security Fund and the
Instrument for Financial Support for Border Management and Visa Policy, OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 159).
371
See Article 26 of the 2021-2027 Common Provisions Regulation and Article 17(8) of the 2021-2027 Erasmus+
Regulation.
98
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0101.png
to fund Erasmus+ Seal holders. Consulted stakeholders showed limited awareness of the Seal
under Erasmus+. However, as the launch of the Seal under Erasmus+ is still quite recent, it is
not possible to provide firm conclusions on the effectiveness of this tool.
The new mechanism for budgetary transfer has been used by Germany, which decided to
transfer a share of its ESF+ resources amounting to EUR 57 million for the period 2022-2027
to support higher education student mobility, targeting students with fewer opportunities
372
.
This mechanism allows the transferred resources to be managed under a single budget on the
basis of the rules of the receiving programme (i.e. Erasmus+), thus providing a high degree of
simplification both for the National Agency and the beneficiary organisations. However,
despite its potential, to date this possibility has been used by Germany only. Other mechanisms
for the injection of ESF/ESF+ funds into Erasmus+ and requiring separate budget management
have been used in other countries, for instance in Lithuania (2014-2020 programme), Poland
and Italy (both programming periods).
The Interreg programmes addressing the
European Territorial Cooperation (ETC) objective
under ERDF
aim at fostering cooperation and cohesion across border regions. Interreg
promotes economic, social, and territorial integration by supporting cross-border, transnational,
and interregional cooperation projects. Human capital support (such as skills development and
language trainings, joint education and training schemes and cross-border school exchanges),
infrastructure and equipment support and measures to reduce legal and administrative obstacles
(such as joint recognition of qualifications and joint delivery of services) are eligible under
Interreg making it complementary to Erasmus+, with Interreg being more territorially focused,
whereas Erasmus+ fosters stronger internationalisation aspects
373
.
The
European Solidarity Corps
was established in 2018, with the incorporation of the
European Voluntary Service (EVS), implemented under Erasmus+ until 2018
374
. The objectives
and beneficiaries of Erasmus+ and the European Solidarity Corps are similar and the
importance of synergies between the two programmes is paramount. The two programmes
share a joint
framework of inclusion measures
and an
inclusion and diversity strategy;
they are
managed under a single National Agency in the countries participating in both programmes
375
,
and share the same IT landscape for the management of actions under indirect management.
National Agencies managing both programmes have reported actions to foster synergies, such
as joint events, trainings, and information sessions.
The European Parliament report on the implementation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027
376
of
December 2023 asked for greater synergies between both programmes. Furthermore, the
evidence collected from key informant interviews, the public consultation, and the
NAs/EACEA survey show that the differences between these two programmes are not always
clear to all stakeholders and that some concerns exist about risks of overlaps. Both programmes
cover similar goals and challenges stemming from the 2019-2027 EU Youth Strategy by
supporting youth participation and non-formal learning. At the same time, while they address
372
Commission Implementing Decision of 18.9.2023 on the financing of Erasmus+: the Union Programme for
Education, Training, Youth and Sport and the adoption of the work programme for 2024.
https://erasmus-
plus.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2023-09/eplus-awp-20240-C-2023-6157_en.pdf
373
This was pointed, for instance, in the case study on the Chambre de Métiers et de l'Artisanat Auvergne-Rhône-
Alpes (VET, FR).
374
EVS was covered under Erasmus+ 2014-2020 under KA105 (mobility projects for young people and youth
workers) until 2017. In 2017, KA135 Strategic EVS was launched and in 2018, in preparation of the European
Solidarity Corps, volunteering was moved from KA105 to KA125 Volunteering projects.
375
Serbia and Norway do not participate in the Corps.
376
https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/A-9-2023-0413_EN.html
99
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0102.png
similar target groups, the European Solidarity Corps has lower barriers to participation, making
it more accessible to young individuals outside formal institutional frameworks, as observed in
the evaluation of the programme.
A potential area of duplication concerns Erasmus+ Youth Participation activities and Solidarity
projects funded under the European Solidarity Corps, both supporting youth-led initiatives run
by informal groups of young people, fostering active citizenship and sense of initiative.
Solidarity projects have a stronger solidarity component, supporting mostly bottom-up local
solidarity activities with a view to addressing key challenges within the communities the young
people carrying the project live in. Nevertheless, the many common areas of action suggest the
need to reflect on potential overlaps and improve communication on the differences to potential
applicants. The support activities aiming at increasing the quality implementation of the two
programmes
377
also emerge as examples for possible overlaps. Both activities are run by the
same National Agencies, active in the youth field, and fund very similar activities, reaching out
to target groups that are often the same
378
. These activities represent opportunities for synergies
between the programmes, they could also be looked at to seek for some economy of scale and
improve efficiency.
Regarding
Creative Europe,
in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, a specific selection
round was held under the 2020 Call of the Erasmus+ Strategic partnerships, called ‘Partnerships
for creativity’, with the allocation of an indicative EUR 100 million budget to address the
priority “Skills development and inclusion through creativity and the arts”. In the current
programme, areas of synergies are found in the Erasmus+ projects supporting skills for the arts
and cultural sectors, for architecture and design and the fashion sector
379
.
Complementarities with the
RRF
are developed under pillar I (green transition), II (digital
transformation), IV (social and territorial cohesion) and pillar VI (policies for the next
generation, children and the youth, such as education and skills) of the Facility. There is good
alignment with Erasmus+ objectives, particularly in fostering digital skills and supporting the
green transition through educational initiatives. Most of Erasmus+ KA3 activity types
supporting policy development and coordination in programme fields have the potential to
stimulate reforms at national level, thus showing complementarity with pillar VI of the RRF.
Support to national educational reforms is also provided through National Agencies, which, as
part of their yearly work programmes, are requested to identify Erasmus+ priorities of particular
relevance in their national context in view of addressing European Semester country-specific
recommendations. In 2023, the Ministry of Education in Italy developed an Operational Plan
to support through RRF funds more Erasmus+ mobility projects in the school education sector
(EUR 150 million, to be managed by the Italian National Agency INDIRE). The synergy targets
schools in disadvantaged areas with limited participation in Erasmus+ to foster skills and
internationalisation through mobility projects (pillars IV and VI of the RRF).
Only few respondents to the public consultation drew attention to some missed opportunities
and potential areas of overlap between Erasmus+ and the
CERV
programme at level of the
377
Training and Cooperation Activities (TCA) under Erasmus+ and Networking Activities (NET) under European
Solidarity Corps.
378
60% of National Agencies dealing with the youth sector reported taking specific actions to ensure synergies
between the two programmes, such as joint events, trainings, information sessions or similar types of activities,
NAs/EACEA survey, annex III of ICF study.
379
For example, more than 70 Erasmus+ projects support skills for sustainable fashion, around 150 concern the
textile industry and more than 3 700 relate to ‘arts and culture’ (source: Erasmus+ project result platform. Search
made using keywords ‘arts and culture’, ‘sustainable fashion’ and ‘textile industry’).
100
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0103.png
Erasmus+ priority on democratic participation and civic engagement and similar strands in
CERV. However, the collected evidence was not sufficiently large to build a stronger case.
Regarding the
Life programme,
the strongest evidence of synergies appears in the 2014-2020
programme, when the Life programme made available EUR 9 million to fund further long-term
European Voluntary Service opportunities in the areas of environment, nature conservation and
climate action in 2017 and 2018. In the 2014-2020 programme, complementarities are built at
level of the horizontal priority ‘environment and fight against climate change’ through activities
aiming to raise awareness around environmental matters and boost more sustainable behaviours.
The collected evidence also suggests that Erasmus+ is generally coherent with and
complementary to
national interventions
in the programme fields. A vast majority (88%) of
the public consultation respondents considered Erasmus+ and national funding
opportunities/instruments addressing the education, training, youth and sport sectors fully or
partially coherent
380
. The analysis of national reports also shows that the programme aligns
well with national education and youth policies
381
, as confirmed in the evaluation of the EU
Youth Strategy
382
. In some cases, national programmes are specifically designed to
complement Erasmus+ by providing additional funding to supplement Erasmus+ grants or by
focusing on bilateral mobility. This complementary approach can enhance the overall
effectiveness of mobility and educational opportunities, suggesting that a higher exploitation
of synergies with national interventions could further enhance the impact of Erasmus+.
Respondents to the public consultation also considered that, in both programming periods,
Erasmus+ is coherent with other
international funding opportunities/instruments
in the
education, training youth and sport fields (53%), although a high share of respondents (42%)
had no opinion
383
.
EEA and Norway Grants
and
Nordplus
emerge as the ‘international’
instruments having the highest degree of complementarities with Erasmus+.
Synergies between Erasmus+ 2014-2020 and
EEA and Norway Grants
384
can be identified in
the funding of additional learning mobility (Poland), upscaling of innovative practices tested
under Erasmus+ (Romania
385
) or the funding of projects and learning modules with future
evolutions under Erasmus+ (Czechia
386
). The EEA and Norway Grants are often managed by
Public consultation report, annex II of ICF study: Question: ‘Please comment whether, and if so to which
extent, the Erasmus+ programme is coherent with: National funding opportunities/instruments addressing the
education, training, youth and sport sectors’. The question was asked to respondents familiar and partly familiar
with the programme, gathering a total of 1,227 responses. The full range of replies was as follows: 43% fully
coherent, 35% partially coherent, 7% not coherent at all, 15% don’t know.
381
Highlighted in 13 reports: AT, BE, CY, DE, DK, ES, FI, FR, LU, NL, PL, PT, TR.
382
See p. 48 of SWD(2024) 90.
383
Public consultation report, annex II of ICF study: Please comment whether, and if so to which extent, the Erasmus+
programme is coherent with Other international funding opportunities/instruments for the education, training, youth and
sport sectors (such as from the World Bank, Unesco, EEA and Norway Grants, Nordplus etc.). Overall, the share of
respondents with no opinion (42%) was highest in comparison to EU level and national level instruments.
384
At the time of running the evaluation the EEA & Norway Grants 2021-2028 generation had not started yet;
therefore, findings concern the 2014-2021 generation, mostly in link with the Erasmus+ 2014-2020.
385
The EEA and Norway grants project, “Digitalisation of the water sector and water education (DIGIWATRO)
in Romania, successfully built on the Erasmus+ Knowledge Alliances project “Digitalisation of water industry by
innovative graduate water education” to address more specific national challenges, demonstrating the potential for
complementary, rather than overlapping funding.
386
The EEA and Norway Grants project “Supporting threatened plurality: Languages and Medieval Literatures”
(Czechia) was designed to prepare a Master’s degree programme that aimed for future funding under the Erasmus
Mundus Joint Master’s degree. This exemplifies the sequential funding approach, where initial projects funded by
EEA and Norway Grants pave the way for further development under Erasmus+. Similarly, the project, ‘Use of
modern technologies in vocational education’ project, also in Czechia, highlights successful long-term
partnerships initiated under EEA and Norway Grants having in mind future developments under Erasmus+.
380
101
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0104.png
hosting organisations of Erasmus+ National Agencies, which facilitates coordination across
programmes. However, as indicated in the national report of Norway, the coordination among
these instruments should be reinforced to further exploit synergies.
Nordplus
promotes Nordic and Baltic cooperation in education, offering funding to projects
that enhance collaboration between educational institutions in the Nordic and Baltic countries.
Stakeholders’ feedback highlights several synergies between Nordplus and Erasmus+. For
example, initiatives first funded by Erasmus+ are often continued through Nordic cooperation
projects or receive complementary funding through Nordplus to enhance cooperation and impact
387
.
Nordplus can fund shorter mobilities compared to Erasmus+, thereby complementing each other.
The
evolution of the external coherence
between both programming periods is assessed
positively. Erasmus+ 2021-2027 has successfully built on the strong foundation of the
predecessor programme, continuing being well aligned with policies and instruments at EU,
national or international level. The emphasis on synergies given by the inclusion of specific
provisions in the legal bases of the different EU funding instruments has strengthen the effort
for building more effective synergies producing fruitful experiences, though to a lower extent
than potentially expected.
4.2.
How did the EU intervention make a difference and to whom?
The analysis has been carried out jointly for both programming periods, while highlighting
differences or elements relevant to the final or the interim evaluation, and stressing elements
of evolution between the two programmes. Evidence points to the
strong European added
value
of both programme generations. The analysis was informed by 5 evaluation questions
that examined to what extent Erasmus+ 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 support:
a scale of actions between countries which would not otherwise be achieved (volume effects);
target groups or sectors that would not be otherwise covered (scope effects);
processes translated into own practice by participating countries (process effects);
internationalisation of organisations, systems and policies (role effect);
contribution to ‘Europeanness’;
international added value.
4.2.1
European added value as compared to what could be achieved at
regional, national or other international level
The strong European added value of the programme is demonstrated when it comes to its
volume, scope and benefits.
Among other evidence, this is showcased by the national reports
which highlight that
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 provided significant European added value
beyond what could be achieved through national or regional initiatives alone and that this
added value continues in the 2021-2027 programme.
Its unique contributions in fostering
learning mobility, promoting European identity and driving innovation in education are widely
recognised across participating countries.
The support study conducted by ICF compared Erasmus+ to 19 other programmes selected
based on their geographical diversity, the type of collaboration, sector, and actions they
See for example the Erasmus+ project “STEM skills and competences for the new generation of Nordic
engineers” (2018, KA2):
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/projects/search/details/2018-1-SE01-KA203-039142
387
102
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0105.png
cover
388
. With an average annual budget of EUR 2.6 in the period 2014-2020, and a MFF total
envelope of EUR 16.2 billion (including both heading 1 and heading 4 budget) for the 2014-
2020 programming period,
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 had, by far, the largest number of
participants and budget for mobility, cooperation and capacity building activities in the
fields of education and training, youth and sport.
The same applies to
Erasmus+ 2021-
2027, thanks to its annual budget of EUR 4.4 billion in 2023, and EUR 28.6 billion,
including both heading 2 and heading 6 budget, for the period 2021-2027.
At least 60% of NAs/EACEA survey respondents estimated that more than half of the learning
mobilities in their sector are supported by Erasmus+
389
.
Share of Erasmus+ learning mobilities compared to other programmes according to NAs /EACEA
Source: NAs/EACEA Survey
UNESCO-OECD-Eurostat data on learning mobility in higher education
390
shows that
Erasmus+ funds over half of credit mobilities in the Member States. There is no comparable
data in other sectors. However, as most funding schemes outside Erasmus+ are focussed on
higher education, it can imply that the shares of mobilities funded by Erasmus+ in VET, school
education, adult education, youth and sport sectors are substantially higher. For example, unlike
any other scheme identified, Erasmus+ 2021-2027 is the only one funding sport staff mobility
at grassroots level.
Box 9 - Credit mobility under different funding schemes
391
The Education and Training Monitor 2023 indicates that credit mobility financed under EU programmes involved
most credit-mobile graduates at the bachelor and master levels (52.8%). There are only four countries where less
than 50% of the credit-mobile graduates took part in programmes financed by the EU: the Netherlands (40.0%),
Denmark (37.8%), France (37.5%), and Sweden (37.0%). By contrast, programmes financed by the EU supported
more than 80% of credit-mobile graduates in 16 EU countries. Mobility at bachelor level (60.9%), but it accounts
for less than half of the credit mobility taking place at master level (45.8%). The corresponding percentages for
short cycle tertiary education (data from 13 EU countries) and doctoral or equivalent level (data from 21 EU
countries) are 48.7% and 32.3% respectively.
388
These are: 1) African Research Universities Alliances, 2) Association of Commonwealth Universities grants, 3)
Association of Southeast Asian Nations, 4) Ausbildung Weltweit, 5) Baltic-American Freedom Foundation professional
internship programme, 6) Carnegie Foundation, 7) Central European Exchange Program for University Studies (CEEPUS),
8) EEA and Norway Grants, 9) Franco-German Youth Office DFJW, 10) Fulbright, 11) DAAD scholarship programme,
12) German Polish Youth Office DPJW, 13) Programmes de mobilité du Bureau International Jeunesse, 14) Nordplus, 15)
NORPART - Norwegian Partnership Programme for Global Academic Cooperation, 16) OKM (Club support (OKM)),
17) Turing Scheme, 18) Visegrad Scholarship Programme, 19) Visegrad Grants and Visegrad+ Grants. See also box 8,
section 4.1.2.4 for a comparison for the Fulbright programme.
389
NAs/EACEA survey, annex III of ICF study. Question: ‘Taking into consideration other programmes/ funding
schemes operating in your sector, what proportion of the learning mobilities are supported by Erasmus+?’.
390
https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/databrowser/view/EDUC_UOE_MOBC01__custom_6711802/bookmark/table?l
ang=en&bookmarkId=b6a9ff9f-9a24-499e-ba94-1a2d51b27df6&page=time:2021
391
Education and Training Monitor 2023, Box 18. Credit mobility under different funding schemes. Link:
https://op.europa.eu/webpub/eac/education-and-training-monitor-2023/en/comparative-report/chapter-5.html
103
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0106.png
Both programme generations are unparalleled in terms of
volume
in
fostering the educational,
professional, and personal development of individuals
and
boosting cooperation
in education,
training, youth, and sport across Europe and beyond, setting it apart from other similar schemes.
Findings from ICF study point out that the European added value of the Erasmus+ programme
lies not only in its volume but also in
its wide scope,
which encompasses an extensive range
of activities that complement and enhance each other,
its broad fields and target groups as
well as its geographical coverage.
While other national and international schemes exist, very
few cover the fields and the type of opportunities provided by Erasmus+. This is particularly
the case of the adult education, youth and sport fields, where Erasmus+ covers activities that
are less likely to be addressed by other initiatives
392
, thus playing a more vital role for these
target groups.
Comparison with other comparable initiatives
Source: NAs/EACEA Survey (score out of 10). Question ‘To what extent to you agree with these statements about
the comparison between Erasmus+ and other comparable initiatives’
Furthermore, case studies show that, across both programme generations, stakeholders highly
value the programme's unique scope and that organisations would not have been able to
undertake similar activities or the activities would have been on a much smaller scale without
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 or Erasmus+ 2021-2027. This is also confirmed by 84% of the
respondents to the public consultation. Erasmus+ 2021-2027 also offers specific added value
in supporting individuals with fewer opportunities, thanks to its comprehensive and
mainstreamed approach to inclusion. This is particularly the case in the adult education and
youth sectors, where respectively 24% and 28% participants belong to this category. Inclusion
and diversity is also the most predominant priority addressed across all key actions of the 2021-
2027 programme.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 served as a reference in many cases and positively influences national
schemes. This is noted also in the current programme, as an effect of the continuation of the
intervention. Several
spillover effects
on
processes
have been identified with relevant
examples of other programmes aligning with best practices from Erasmus+ and harmonising
their rules with the programme’s. For instance, Bulgaria has set similar priorities, objectives
and procedures to Erasmus+ for their national programmes; Spain is developing a programme
to promote the inclusion of people with disabilities based on Erasmus+ applications forms
393
;
some 2021-2027 Cohesion policy programmes in Portugal refer to Erasmus+ unit costs funding
392
NAs/EACEA survey, annex III of ICF study. Participants were asked if they aware of other national or non-
EU programmes in their country providing similar activities. For higher education, VET and school education, at
least half of the respondents answered positively. However, less than a third were aware of schemes funding
mobility of learners, staff or cooperation activities in the fields of adult education, youth and sport.
393
Source: key informant interviews at national level.
104
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0107.png
model
394
; EEA and Norwegian Financial Mechanisms 2014-2021 require that ‘the national
practices for the management and financing of the educational programmes shall be established
following the principles of Erasmus+ and/or Horizon 2020 EU programmes’
395
, similarly
Nordplus learning mobility in higher education are shaped as complementary to those funded
by Erasmus+. At EU level, across both programming periods, Erasmus for young entrepreneurs
shares comparable approaches with Erasmus+ mobility. As showed in the mid-term evaluation
of the 2014-2020 programme, the schemes launched in the 2014-2020 period, such as the
European Solidarity Corps or the EU AID scheme for volunteers in humanitarian aid, follow
similar selection principles as the European Voluntary Service (EVS). This extended further
with the inclusion of EVS under the European Solidarity Corps, when the Corps was formally
established as a fully-fledged programme in 2018, and continues in the 2021-2027
programming period, with the Corps adopting the same types of support structures used by
Erasmus+, such as SALTO Resource Centres and schemes such as ‘networking activities’
(reflecting very closely the model of Erasmus+ TCAs).
Over both programme generations, the programme has facilitated cooperation among
organisations across countries, enabling transnational exchanges, mutual learning, and
dialogue. This allows for an
expansion in involved organisations’ perspectives and
enhances their internationalisation.
Internationalisation takes the form of support to
transnational mobility and partnerships that would not be achievable through national schemes
alone, as reported in 24 national reports
396
. Erasmus+ also has an effect on the
internationalisation of policies and education systems, which would not have happened to the
same extent or at all, without Erasmus+. 86% of respondents to the public consultation were of
the opinion that Erasmus+ contributed to improving the national, European and international
support measures for the education, training, youth and sport sectors.
The programme
influences national policies and systems
in most countries, albeit to a varying
degree, with many examples being reported by Member States in their national reports
397
. The
long-term and systemic effects of KA3 activities is consistently highlighted for both
programming periods. The European Parliament study
398
on the early implementation of EU
programmes such as Erasmus+, issued in 2023, indicates that a number of countries uses
Erasmus+ as a “serious co-contributor to address certain national challenges such as
internationalisation of the higher and vocational educational establishments in Bulgaria or
Spain”. Across both programming periods, Erasmus+ has played a unique role in supporting
evidence-based policy cooperation in the fields of education, training, youth and sport. In the
youth field, the
Youth Wiki
is recognised for facilitating comparative analyses of youth policies
across different countries, aiding youth policy stakeholders in understanding international
youth policies. The case study carried out under the support study highlighted this role,
stressing that it fosters peer learning and cooperation among stakeholders, enabling the
394
395
See e.g.
Norte Regional Programme 2021-2027.
See EEA Financial Mechanism and Norwegian Financial Mechanism 2014-2021, Guideline for educational
programmes. Rules for the establishment and implementation of programmes falling under programme area 3
“Education,
Scholarships,
Apprenticeships
and
Youth
Entrepreneurship,
p.
5.
https://eeagrants.org/sites/default/files/resources/2014-
2021%20Guideline%20for%20educational%20programmes.pdf
396
AT, BEde, BEfr, BEnl, BG, CZ, DE DK, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT, LU, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SK, TR.
397
For example, strengthening of the adult education field in Austria, development of national policies on mobility
in upper secondary education in France, policy changes in the youth field on quality of youth work in Estonia.
398
‘Early implementation of four 2021-2027 EU programmes: Erasmus+, Creative Europe, European Solidarity
Corps and Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values (Strand 3)’, European Parliament, Directorate-General for
Parliamentary
Research
Services,
20
July
2023.
https://www.europarl.europa.eu/thinktank/en/document/EPRS_STU(2023)747442
105
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0108.png
identification of good practices and the establishment of a network of information providers
399
.
The Youth Wiki is seen as
essential for understanding and comparing youth policies across
Europe, which would not be achievable through national resources alone.
The programme
has a unique and strong impact on fostering a sense of European identity
and belonging.
Evaluation findings consistently demonstrate its value in developing
knowledge for European integration, raising awareness of EU common values, and cultivating
a sense of belonging to the EU. Building or maintaining European identities and European
values provides key benefits for participating countries, in terms of supporting social cohesion,
the preservation of democracy and the rule of law, but also for building relationships as well as
supporting capacity building across the world and strengthening the geopolitical standing of
the EU. This is also supported by the European Parliament study mentioned above that reports
that the programme has
increased relevance in strengthening the EU strategic autonomy,
including in building a European identity.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 have a range of other benefits, including supporting
inclusion, diversity, fairness and equal opportunities
(89% of respondents to the public
consultation agreed or strongly agreed with this statement) and contributing to
innovation
(86% agreed or strongly agreed). Evidence collected through different sources (beneficiary
surveys, case studies, meta-analysis, national reports) all show that participation in Erasmus+
offers numerous benefits for individuals. According to 29 national reports
400
, Erasmus+ fosters
the development of intercultural competences, language skills and international networks.
Moreover, Erasmus+ supports learners' ability to learn, especially for VET learners, school
pupils, adult learners, participants in youth activities and those with fewer opportunities. The
programme also reduces the likelihood of poor performance despite effort and enhances social
integration among students.
Monitoring data from participants’ surveys and national reports point that the programme
increases self-confidence, problem-solving, autonomy, initiative, entrepreneurship and civic
engagement in participants, the degree of which vary depending on the sectors.
4.2.2
European added value of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 compared to what was
achieved by Erasmus+ 2014-2020
The Erasmus+ programme 2021-2027 has been built on the success of the 2014-2020
programme, keeping substantial stability and continuity in the structure and management mode
compared to its predecessor. The continuity between the two generations of programmes and
well-known branding, ensures overall
increased awareness, greater visibility and positive
perception
401
.
When comparing the two programming periods, Erasmus+ 2021-2027 shows a
clearer added
value in terms of its scale, scope, effects and cooperation with third countries.
As outlined in section 2.1, the 2014-2020 programme was designed to support the objectives
of the Europe 2020 strategy and the ET 2020, responding and adapting well to the emerging
challenges of the increased digitalisation and the migration crisis. Similarly, the 2021-2027
programme was designed to better respond to the newest challenges and needs aligning well to
399
400
Case Study on Youth Wiki (You, FR, CY, MT). Finding based on stakeholders’ perception.
AT, BEde, BEnl, BG, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, IE, IT, LI, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PT, RO,
RS, SE, SI, SK, TR.
401
The Report from the European Parliament on the implementation of the Erasmus+ programme 2021-2027 and
the social media analysis carried out by the external evaluator report popularity of the programme and positive
sentiment towards it.
106
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0109.png
most of the 2019-2024 EU political priorities, while the analysis in section 4.3 shows that its
relevance has evolved positively compared to the 2014-2020 programme. The
learning
mobility opportunities
offered by the programme can be considered its
most significant
added value,
magnified by the sustained actions between the two programmes. The high
numbers of programme beneficiaries add up over time, expanding the benefits of mobility to
an increasing share of learners, as well as staff and organisations. This applies also to
international mobility
which has in general increased over the period 2014-2020, particularly
from third countries associated and not associated to the programme as sending countries,
except a down point in 2020 due to COVID-19 pandemic, providing an important legacy for
the current programme and further reinforced by the expansion of available opportunities in
terms of funding and type of actions.
Furthermore, the evidence collected does not point to any lost added value as a consequence of
the discontinuation of actions from Erasmus+ 2014-2020. In 2018, the European Voluntary
Service was moved from Erasmus+ to the European Solidarity Corps. As the action still exists
in a similar form, it cannot be said that its added value has been lost. Similarly, the Student
Loan Guarantee Facility (higher education) was discontinued at the start of the 2021-2027
programming period, following the detection in the mid-term evaluation of 2014-2020
programme of several factors that were hindering its effectiveness, including the overlaps with
national schemes. Consequently, it was considered that its added value could be more suitably
achieved in the context of the InvestEU programme. On this basis, no loss in the European
added value of the Erasmus+ programme can be advocated.
Participants in the 2021-2027 programme have also benefited from a
greater alignment
between Erasmus+ and national priorities.
Representatives from around half of the countries
consulted as part of national level interviews report that the alignment between Erasmus+ and
national priorities has strengthened in the current programming period compared to the
previous one. This improvement is often attributed to the clearer and more focused priorities
set by the programme, which have better resonated with national policy objectives.
Even if challenges persist, Erasmus+ 2021-2027 shows
specific added value to the benefit of
disadvantaged groups.
The increased focus on inclusion and diversity, combined with the efforts
for simplification introduced in the current programme, have provided clear benefits. The programme
has become more accessible for smaller organisations and newcomers with new actions and
measures, such as the use of lump sums in KA2 and the Small-scale Partnerships. The 2023 European
Parliament study
402
reports positive outcomes from these measures, with significant appreciation
from national stakeholders. Case studies carried out in the frame of the support study also suggest
that the 2021-2027 programme has become more user-friendly.
4.2.3
European added value as compared to what would be the most likely
consequences of discontinuing the programme
In terms of funding, the
discontinuation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 would remove in average
EUR 4 billion of annual funding across education and training, youth and sport sectors
and would thus drastically limit financial support for mobility, cooperation and
internationalisation in these sectors in most participating countries. The programme’s funding
is particularly crucial in countries and fields where no similar schemes are available, while in
countries where comparable schemes are available maintaining the current levels of support
without Erasmus+ would require considerable budgetary efforts at national level.
402
See p. 34 (EPRS_STU(2023)747442_EN.pdf
(europa.eu)).
107
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0110.png
No other national or EU level programme has a comparable scope, capacity and scale,
thus making the Erasmus+ programme unique.
The evidence analysed for this evaluation
demonstrates that without the Erasmus+ programme, the activities currently funded via the
programme in the relevant sectors would not be supported to a comparable extent and the level
of relevant activities taking place would be significantly lower.
In higher education, Erasmus+ is the primary funding tool for short-term (at least three months)
learning mobility across the programme countries. Based on Eurostat data, EU programmes
like Erasmus+ supported around 2 out of 3 (65.6%) of the credit mobile graduates from
bachelor’s or equivalent at EU level, including Serbia and Norway, in 2022
403
. EU
programmes are the only possibility to go abroad for a short period during studies in countries
like Cyprus and Ireland, where 100% of short mobility is financed by Erasmus+. This share is
higher than 90% in 11 countries
404
according to data from Eurostat. If Erasmus+ were to be
halted, and no similar alternatives were to be provided, 12 programme countries would see
higher education international mobility virtually disappear (with under 100 grant-supported
mobilities a year
405
).
Without Erasmus+, it is likely that the benefits deriving from programme actions for
individuals and organisations are drastically reduced. Internationalisation of education and
training, youth and sport sectors would be reduced to close to zero in several countries,
especially in sport and youth. The positive results achieved for individual participants and
beneficiary organisations would not be achieved to the same extent.
4.2.4
Contribution to
‘Europeanness’
The Erasmus+ programme plays an essential role to support the development of knowledge of
the EU, raise awareness of the EU common values and foster a European sense of belonging.
Evaluation findings show
widespread recognition
of Erasmus+ in
promoting shared values,
EU identity, and intercultural understanding.
Participation in the programme is positively associated with a sense of European identity and
positive feelings towards the EU. 23 national reports refer to the positive impact of the
programme on promoting awareness of shared European values, EU identity, and intercultural
understanding and openness
406
. 91% of the public consultation respondents agreed or strongly
agreed with the fact that Erasmus+ contributes to building a sense of European identity/sense
of belonging and raises awareness of European values
407
.
The 2014-2020 programme monitoring data show that more than 70% of HE, VET and youth
mobility participants declared being more aware of European values and European topics after
their mobility, with the highest share (82%) registered by participants in youth mobilities.
Under Erasmus+ 2014-2020, participation in the KA3 Youth Dialogue is positively associated
with increased active citizenship and involvement in democratic life, while participation in the
403
https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Learning_mobility_statistics#Credit-
mobile_graduates
404
RO, SK, EL, BG, MT, LV, PT, SI, PL, HR, HU.
405
Bulgaria, Czechia, Greece, Croatia, Cyprus, Latvia, Luxembourg, Malta, Romania, Slovenia, Slovakia, and
North Macedonia. Data source: Eurostat,
educ_uoe_mobc01
(ICF
own calculations).
406
AT, BEde, BEfr, BEnl, CZ, DE, DK, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT, LU, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SK, TR
407
Public consultation report, annex II of ICF study. Respondents familiar or partly familiar with the programme
(N = 1 231) were asked to what extent they agreed with a series of statements, including that Erasmus+ contributes
Erasmus+ building a sense of European identity/sense of belonging and raises awareness of European values. 60%
strongly agreed, 31% agreed, only 7% had no opinion and the remaining 2% disagreed/strongly disagreed.
108
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0111.png
European Voluntary Service is associated with a positive feeling towards the EU, compared to
non-participants
408
.
In the higher education field, the 2020/21 and 2022/23 Erasmus Mundus Graduate Impact
Surveys
409
consistently report that attitude towards Europe and the EU was among the areas of
main personal impact following Erasmus Mundus studies. In both surveys, the area of greatest
personal impact was the development of intercultural competences, which appears important
given the strong international dimension of this action. Also, the XV ESN Survey
410
concluded
that, before mobility, HE students have the weakest sense of belonging to the EU, and rather
felt strongly connected to their hometown and their country. In contrast, post-mobility data
show that those feelings and perceptions change. Students with a learning mobility experience
feel strongly connected to Europe and to the world as a whole, with a striking increase in their
sense of belonging towards the EU. On a wider institutional scale, 76% of the European
University alliances support the development of democratic competencies and citizenship,
reinforcing the role of higher education in strengthening democratic European values
411
.
Results from the beneficiary (learners) survey run by ICF show that 88% of the participants in
mobility over the period 2014-2023 felt that they had increased their sense of belonging to the
EU. Programme participation is positively associated with respondents’ sense of European
identity and positive feelings towards the EU, particularly for participants from higher
education and the youth sector. 49% of surveyed participants since 2014 indicated that they
saw themselves as European, compared to 40% of non-participants. Also, 79% of surveyed
participants indicated positive feelings towards the EU, compared to 74% of non-participants.
Box 10 – Examples from National Reports
Portugal:
‘Erasmus+ is key in promoting the European values of tolerance and acceptance and can be seen as
a major investment in the promotion of participation in democratic life and civic involvement, on a more
immediate and individual context, and promotion of peace and conflict management, on a broader and global
arena. By encouraging the mobility of people, under any of its Key Actions, the Erasmus+ programme provides
participants from Portugal with the opportunity to learn about the history, culture, and values of the host
countries, thus stimulating tolerance and open-mindedness, a raised awareness of the EU's common values and
citizenship, a sense of belonging to a diverse Europe/world, and, ultimately, peace’.
The added value of the Erasmus+ 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 is undisputable when it comes to
focusing on
teaching and research on the EU.
Across both programme generations, Jean
Monnet Actions focus specifically on spreading knowledge about European integration
matters. The operating grants received by the seven Jean Monnet Designated Institutions under
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 enable them to deliver teaching, training, research and
dissemination activities focused on the EU, with a scale of impact that would not otherwise be
408
409
Source: beneficiary surveys for learners run by ICF.
Juhlke, R. & Unger, M. (2022). Erasmus Mundus Joint Master Graduate Impact Survey 2020/21.
Comprehensive report of results. Institut für Höhere Studien – Institute for Advanced Studies (IHS). Pp. 40 and
43 (https://www.esaa-eu.org/fileadmin/esaa/content/news/files/2022/gis_202021_definite_report.pdf); Robert
Jühlke R., Dau J., Unger M. (2023). Erasmus Mundus Joint Master Graduate Impact Survey 2023. Comprehensive
report of results (https://www.em-a.eu/post/graduate-impact-survey-2023-results). The 2020/21 impact survey
analysed Erasmus Mundus (EM) Joint Master Degree graduates from graduation cohorts 2010/11, 2015/16 and
2019/20 (2 015 responses). The 2022/23 impact survey was conducted among Erasmus Mundus Master Alumni
who graduated in one of three double cohorts 2012/13, 2017/18 and 2021/22 (3 396 responses).
410
ESN survey XV is a quantitative and deductive research based on an online questionnaire that was launched
on 29 May and closed on 31 July 2023, constituting a collection period of 2 months for the survey. The data
collected are from students who were enrolled in Higher Education in the academic year 2021-2022 and/or the
academic year 2022-2023
(https://esn.org/sites/default/files/news/participation_in_learning_mobility_as_a_driving_force_to_change_the_eu.pdf)
411
European Commission (2025), Report on the outcomes and transformational potential of the European
Universities
initiative
(https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/db43f6ca-da14-11ef-be2a-
01aa75ed71a1/language-en
).
109
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0112.png
possible. The College of Europe, the European University Institute, the European Institute of
Public Administration (EIPA) and the International Centre for European Training (CIFE)
actively contribute to promoting cultural diversity, cohesiveness and inclusiveness,
intercultural and multilingual understanding, and provide a space for research and debate. They
also support professionals entering into EU careers. For example, the European University
Institute has run the Max Weber programme for talented postdoctoral researchers with an EU-
focused research interest. It has created the School of Transnational Governance, running a master
in Transnational governance and training mid-career professionals on this topic with a focus on the
EU. All these specific activities would not have been possible without Erasmus+ funding.
4.2.5
International added value
Across both programming periods, the programme
conveys international added value
through
cooperation
between EU Member States and third countries not associated to the
programme. Furthermore, it
fosters people to people contacts and global connections.
Mobility activities to/from non-associated third countries represent a small share of the total
number of mobilities supported by the programme, yet they benefit participants from almost
all countries in the world. Various interviews with beneficiary organisations from the higher
education field in non-associated third countries highlight that the projects funded under
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 have had a positive impact in facilitating peer learning, upgrading and
modernising higher education curricula in countries such as Georgia, Uzbekistan, as well as in
some African countries, and in supporting institutional capacity building across various fields.
For candidate countries, interviewees also mentioned that the programme has influenced the
perception of citizens in candidate countries, aligning with EU priorities during accession
negotiations.
Box 11 - Examples of added value for non-associated third countries
Erasmus+ has significantly impacted individuals, organisations, and the higher education system in
Sri
Lanka.
Participants experienced personal and professional growth, such as securing internships abroad and
pursuing higher education opportunities. The programme facilitated the development of new courses,
master's courses, and MOOCs, enhancing university-industry collaborations and improving graduates'
employability. Additionally, it boosted language skills, intellectual competence, and global competitiveness,
with positive effects including a sense of European identity, social cohesion, and breaking down cultural
barriers.
In
Thailand,
the programme promoted higher education internationalisation, establishing it as a key quality indicator
at both institutional and national levels, and strengthening relationships with European institutions and the EU.
In
Ukraine,
Erasmus+ has led to revisions to the curriculum for VET teacher training, incorporating more
practical elements to enhance work-based learning. Erasmus+ funding is also used to develop the offer of
micro-credentials and to use micro-credentials for the professional development of teachers in higher
education. On a general level, interviewees stressed the importance of their participation in the programme
and the measures taken to adapt to the needs of Ukrainian participants, as a sign of solidarity with their
country in times when it is suffering from the Russian aggression.
Source: key informant interviews performed under ICF support study
Some remaining barriers to participation were also mentioned such as:
Difficulties to take part in joint activities due to visa requirements, limits to eligibility
(third countries not associated to the programme do not have access to the same funding
opportunities as programme countries), or variations in exchange rates;
Need for increased coordination, communication and awareness of programme
opportunities. Reinforcing the capacity of Erasmus+ National Focal Points (ENFPs),
established in the current programme, could contribute to address these needs.
110
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0113.png
Since 2014, Erasmus+ is
leveraged in EU international relations,
with the programme's
mobility component facilitating
people to people contacts, international cooperation and
boosting relations with other countries.
The 2021-2027 capacity building actions in higher
education and VET sectors support the delivery of the Global Gateway in third countries, in
particular in Sub-Saharan Africa, Asia Pacific, Latin America and the Caribbean. It also plays
a role in
attracting talent and bridging gaps in international mobility.
The programme can
be further used to extend EU influence in third countries, with suggestions to further expand
cooperation in VET and increase synergies with bilateral actions.
4.3.
Is the intervention still relevant?
The analysis has been carried out jointly for both programming periods, while highlighting
differences or elements relevant to the final or the interim evaluation, and stressing elements
of evolution between the two programmes. The assessment was performed against 5 evaluation
questions regarding:
relevance to socio-economic needs and challenges;
relevance to emerging needs for skills and growth;
relevance to stakeholder needs;
relevance to people with fewer opportunities;
evolution of relevance between the two evaluation periods.
The assessment
is generally positive.
Stakeholders generally agree that the relevance of the
2021-2027 programme has increased compared to 2014-2020 programme, in particular due to
clear and explicit horizontal priorities set in the current programme. Two-thirds of the
respondents to the NA/EACEA survey
412
confirmed that the 2021-2027 programme is more
relevant to the current and emerging needs than the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ generation.
Respondents to this survey also reported an improved alignment of programme actions with
EU priorities (90%) and with national priorities (62%) compared to the previous programme.
All 32 countries submitting a national report
413
assessed positively the evolution of the
programme relevance between programming periods, with regards in particular to: i) the
diversification of participants and increased participation in previously underrepresented
sectors, such as youth and sport; ii) additional funding for social inclusion; iii) the programme’s
focus on digital transformation and environmental sustainability.
4.3.1
Relevance of
programme objectives and priorities
Based on the consultations carried out for the programme’s evaluation, stakeholders generally
agree that the
objectives and priorities
set by the current Erasmus+ programme
address well
the most pressing socio-economic needs and challenges Europe is facing today.
Around
80% of respondents to the public consultation rated the objectives and priorities of Erasmus+
as relevant. Respondents to the NAs/EACEA survey generally expressed positive views, with
48% affirming its full relevance in the context of today's socio-economic needs and challenges,
and an additional 51% finding it partially relevant
414
. Respondents to this survey also perceived
strong alignment between individual actions and projects funded by the programme and
specific EU priorities such as ‘increasing the number of learners and staff who spend some time
NAs/EACEA survey, annex III of ICF study. Question ‘Overall, how relevant do you find the Erasmus+
Programme considering today’s socio-economic needs and challenges?’ (Respondents N=164).
413
MK did not submit a national report.
414
NAs/EACEA survey, annex III of ICF study. Question: ‘Overall, how relevant do you find the Erasmus+
Programme considering today’s socio-economic needs and challenges?’ (Respondents N=164).
412
111
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0114.png
abroad’ (80%), ‘improving the quality of education and training’, ‘promoting equity, social
cohesion, and active citizenship”; and ‘improving green and digital skills’ (69% each)
415
. The
mid-term evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 showed that the pogramme was
better aligned
with EU policies
than its predecessor programmes and that it entailed sufficient flexibility to
adapt to EU-level emerging needs. This is confirmed in the final evaluation, when looking in
particular to the last part of the programme implementaiton. The programme showed a good
alignment with the EU political priorities 2019-2024 in its last two years of implementation,
paving the way for the 2021-2027 programme and showing adaptability to emerging needs.
The
Digital Education Action Plan
416
, adopted in 2018, relied on Erasmus+ and Horizon
2020 for the implementation of its priorities aiming to help education and training systems
make better use of innovation and digital technology and support the development of relevant
digital competences (see 4.3.3)
417
. The
Communication on preventing radicalisation
adopted in June 2016
418
emphasised the preventive role of the educational and youth sectors
by tackling the root causes of radicalisation leading to violent extremism and terrorism.
Erasmus+ reflected the objectives and challenges addressed by the 2015 Paris Declaration in
the implementation of all three key actions of the programme, as well as in the actions in the
field of Sport. This permeated the programme action throughout most of the programming
period, with further emphasis on the promotion of multicultural dialogue as from 2018 with the
launch of Erasmus+ Virtual Exchanges, funded with Heading 4 of EU budget, also contributing
to priorities of EU as a global actor. The piloting of the European Universities initiative was
set as a follow up to the European Council conclusions of 14 December 2017, laying the
foundations for the European Education Area.
As for Erasmus+ 2021-2027, the promotion of learning mobility in formal, informal and non-
formal settings, including its embedded inclusive dimension, addresses both individual and
societal needs supporting the building of skills for life and for jobs, and their circulation to form
and attract talents worldwide. In parallel, the programme includes ‘excellence’ and ‘innovation’
in education as part of its objectives, translated into deepened transnational cooperation among
educational institutions. These activities contribute to pursue a set of objectives that, since its
early implementation stage, has shown flexibility and adaptability to respond to major
challenges (see 4.1.1.8) and effectively contributing to key policy areas, such as the European
Education Area, the European Skills Agenda, including the Pact for Skills (see 4.1.1.4).
Therefore, they appear relevant to continue support the adaptation of education systems to the
rapidly evolving world and to supply the European single market with the skills required by the
technological changes and to support EU competitiveness (see 4.3.2).
Broad
support is highlighted for the four horizontal priorities,
which were praised by many
stakeholders as highly relevant. EU-level stakeholders, in particular, agreed that the
programme’s priorities aligned well with EU-level socio-economic goals. Four of the 2019-
2024 Commission’s priorities are embedded into the programme’s horizontal priorities,
showing a direct correspondence among them
419
. Erasmus+ priorities address those aspects of
the broader European agenda that are most relevant to the needs of people in education,
training, youth and sport. Between 2021 and 2023, a significant part of both the total number
NAs/EACEA survey, annex III of ICF study. Question: ‘To what extent are the individual actions and projects
funded under Erasmus + aligned with key EU policy priorities?’ (Respondents N=113).
416
COM(2018) 22 final.
417
The plan set three priorities for the Commission’s work on digital education: (1) Making better use of digital
technology for teaching and learning; (2) Developing relevant digital skills and competences for the digital
transformation; (3) Improving education systems through better data analysis and foresight.
418
COM(2016) 379 final.
419
Priorities of the European Union 2019-2024 | European Union (europa.eu)
415
112
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0115.png
of projects funded and grants awarded by the programme were allocated to some of the main
EU priority areas. In particular, 12% and 17% of all the projects relate to the ‘European Green
Deal’ and ‘Europe fit for the digital age’ respectively, with a total of 43% of the total grants
spent on these two areas. A mapping of the programme’s priorities against public opinions as
measured in the
Eurobarometer survey
in 2022 further confirms their relevance as respondents
mentioned ‘working on environmental issues and climate change’ (22%) and ‘defending
European values’ (18%) as the fourth and fifth most pressing challenges facing Europe today.
The relevance of the 2021-2027 horizontal priorities is confirmed by the results of the public
consultation, with more than 90% of respondents agreeing that the programme’s horizontal
priorities are ‘extremely relevant’ or ‘relevant’ to the current needs and challenges of our
societies.
Relevance of horizontal priorities
Source: Public consultation report
As regards the international dimension, the interviews carried out with EU delegations in Sub-
Saharan Africa countries also show a general good alignment of Erasmus+ priorities with
overarching ones. In Burkina Faso, Cabo Verde, Kenya, South Africa and Tanzania, alignment
is reported with Erasmus+ priorities, with links to the Global Gateway strategy, particularly
regarding support for digitalisation and the green transition. Enhancing connectivity,
digitalisation, and innovation are key areas of alignment with Erasmus+, also reflecting broader
trends in global education and development.
4.3.2
Relevance to emerging needs for skills and growth
According to the recent Letta Report
420
on strengthening the EU Single Market, learning
mobility is part of the environment suitable for knowledge transfer, and acquisition of much
needed skills for sustainable growth that Europe should focus on. Skills are also a key pillar of
the Draghi report on strengthening European competitiveness
421
, representing an essential
investment for building a thriving, competitive, and fair economy. This report underlines that
over the years, the EU has regularly reiterated the importance of skills’ provision and has
intervened to promote general policy frameworks for investment in skills and stimulate the
formation of general and sector-specific skills across a broad coalition of actors, with a major
part of this investment in skills coming from ESF+ and the Erasmus+ programme. The
acceleration of the twin – green and digital – transitions has been among the top priorities for
the European Union, together with boosting the skills needed for it. Under Erasmus+, two out
of four horizontal priorities address the twin transitions. As displayed in the chart above most
420 Enrico Letta (2024), Much more than a market.
421 Mario Draghi (2024), The future of European competitiveness.
113
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0116.png
respondents to the public consultation consider “the environment and the fight against climate
change” and “digital transformation” priorities as either “extremely relevant” or “relevant”).
These results are confirmed also by other stakeholders’ consultations which show that the 2021-
2027 programme is more relevant to green transition and digital transformation than the
previous one and that the alignment of project and priorities has improved
422
. 69% of
respondents to the NAs/EACEA survey found that Erasmus+ actions and projects have a strong
alignment with the EU policy priority “improving digital and green skills” for education and
training, right after “increasing the share of students and staff who spend time abroad”
423
. When
requested to compare with the previous programme generation, this share rises to 84%,
appearing as the priority gaining with the strongest alignment with Erasmus+ projects and
actions compared to the previous period. The programme's focus on digital transformation and
environmental sustainability is widely recognised as an improvement in the 2021-2027 period
in national reports, with 18 explicitly mentioning this
424
, although 9 countries
425
noted that
these priorities are not yet fully integrated into participant experiences or project
implementations.
Relevance to digital transformation
Erasmus+ is heavily mobilised to respond to the necessary
digital transformation
of education
and training, youth and sport fields. Digital aspects of learning mobilities have been progressing
in all education sectors in particular since 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic hampered physical
learning mobility activities and led to the rapid development of new learning mobility patterns,
including remote elements, emphasising the need to accelerate the digital transition and the
acquisition of digital competences. The pandemic accelerated the use of blended mobility, as
well as the community’s debates and efforts to utilise the digital aspects of mobilities more
broadly and efficiently
426
. 42% of respondents to the survey run by the Commission in May
2020
427
to collect views of mobility participants on the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak
replied that they continued their activities with different arrangements, such as distance or
online learning, with variation between sectors. All 32 countries submitting a National Report
have indicated that the pandemic catalysed and accelerated the adoption of digital tools and
platforms for project management, communication and virtual learning in Erasmus+. For
example, the online self-reflection tool
SELFIE for schools,
launched in 2018 to help schools
reflect on their digital readiness, saw a rapid growth following Covid-19 pandemic, going from
150 000 users in 2018 to more than one million users in April 2021, and up to two million in
November of the same year. In July 2023, the tool has reached 6.6 million users
428
.
The importance of digitalisation has also been growing in the youth sector. The Council
conclusions on digital youth work
429
encouraged the exchange of best practices and peer
learning activities, inviting to carry out research to increase knowledge in the field as well as
to improve digital competences through non-formal learning and training. Building on the
Council conclusions, and in response to such needs for innovation and competence
422
423
Survey of expert assessors, annex IV of ICF study.
Survey of NAs/EACEA, annex III of ICF study. Question 6: “To what extent are the individual actions and
projects funded under Erasmus+ aligned with key EU policy priorities?”
424
AT, BE, CY, DE, DK, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT, LT, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO.
425
AT, BE, CY, DE, DK, IE, NL, NO, PT.
426
European Commission (2023), Study on supporting learning mobility: progress, obstacles and way forward
(https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/036d1f45-82ad-11ee-99ba-01aa75ed71a1/language-en).
427
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2021-09/coronavirus-mobility-impact-results-
may2020_en.pdf
428
2021 and 2023 Erasmus+ Annual Reports.
429
Council conclusions on digital youth work (OJ C 414, 10.12.2019, p. 2).
114
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0117.png
development, since 2021 17 National Agencies and 4 SALTOs have led a long-term Training
and Cooperation Activity on the topic
430
. The project has been cooperating closely with the
RAY
431
network, in particular with the RAY DIGI research
432
, exploring dimensions of
digitalisation in European youth work. Since 2019, the Erasmus+ programme guide highlights
digital youth work among the competences and methods relevant for youth workers’
professional development, becoming one of the criteria for assessing the relevance of mobility
projects of youth workers. Around 500 youth projects, funded between 2021 and 2023, for a
total of over EUR 39 million contracted grants, focused on the topic of digital youth work.
The programme nowadays complements physical mobility by promoting distance and blended
learning. In the period 2021-2023, 90 000 mobilities were flagged as blended. It also includes
a broad offer of learning opportunities focusing on basic and advanced digital competence
development (see section 4.1.1.6.) and virtual exchanges, and it supports cooperation projects
on digital education, with around 40% of contracted KA2 projects addressing this priority. The
overall contribution of the programme to digital transformation priority amounts at EUR
2 018.1 million at the end of 2023 (equal to 21% of the total 2021-2027 implementation)
433
.
Particularly important appears the role of the newly set
SALTO Resource Centre on Digital
to
produce resources and materials to help applicants integrate the digital transformation priority
in their projects.
KA2 actions such as the Centres of Vocational Excellence contribute to the
development of
skills for the digital transformation
by promoting the creation of ecosystems for sustainable
collaboration between education and training providers and other stakeholders, including
companies in this area. They provide opportunities for initial training of young people as well
as the continuing up-skilling and re-skilling of adults, through flexible and timely offer of
training that meets the needs of a dynamic labour market, in the context of the green and digital
transitions. The 2023 ETF reports on building evidence to support vocational excellence for
the digital and green transitions
434
focus on the role of Centres of Vocational Excellence in the
green and digital transition, exploring how national Centres of Vocational Excellence are
managing the whole-institution change connected to these transitions.
Among the actions supported by Erasmus+ under the
Digital Education Action Plan,
the
Erasmus+ Teacher Academies support the creation and application of digital pedagogies and
teachers’ digital expertise.
SELFIE for Teachers,
launched in October 2021, helps primary and
secondary school teachers assess their digital competences and plan further training, reaching
more than 100 000 users by January 2023. Erasmus+ also funds activities related to the
priorities of the Digital Education Action Plan, such as the Digital Opportunity Traineeships.
430
The project aims, among others, to make suggestions for developing national youth strategies with links to
digitalisation, to analyse and promote STEAM activities in youth work, develop new practices for online youth
work as well as for virtual and blended mobilities in the framework of EU Youth Programmes:
https://www.oph.fi/en/education-development-and-internationalisation/long-term-cooperation-projects/digital-
youth-work
431
Research-based analysis of European youth programmes. The RAY network is an open and self-governed
European research network of the Erasmus+ and European Solidarity Corps National Agencies. Funded under
TCA (KA3), the network conducts research on international youth work and youth learning mobility and
contributes to evidence-based youth policy development in the youth field:
https://www.researchyouth.net/
432
The research project conducted more than 60 digital youth work case studies, in and beyond Europe, between
2022 and 2024. The RAY DIGI report was published in October 2024.
https://www.researchyouth.net/wp-
content/uploads/2024/10/RAY-DIGI_Key-Findings_20241020.pdf
433
Source: 2023 Programme Performance Statement (https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/eu-
budget/performance-and-reporting/programme-performance-statements/erasmus-performance_en
).
434
https://www.etf.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2023-11/CoVEs%20in%20the%20digital%20transition.pdf
and
https://www.etf.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2023-11/P233084_ETF_Green%20transition_EN_v2-4COL_0.pdf
115
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0118.png
In 2022, one of the cross-sectoral priorities of the
Forward-looking projects
Call was
specifically dedicated to supporting
high quality and inclusive digital education,
in line with
the aims of the Digital Education Action Plan, with projects called to address at least one of the
following three areas: a) Key success factors for inclusive and high quality digital education
and training; b) Artificial Intelligence in Education; c) High quality digital education content.
The
Erasmus Charter for Higher Education
(ECHE) require institutions to undertake the
necessary steps to implement digital mobility management. Contribution to digital and green
priorities is considered in award criteria. The
European Student Card Initiative
(ESCI)
introduces digital solutions, such as Erasmus Without Paper (EWP) and the Erasmus+ App, to
facilitate the exchange of student data and mobility information in a digital, secure and efficient
way; it also sets standards to enable the cross-border authentication of students on mobility
through the European Student Card. By the end of 2023, 2.3 million European Student Cards
had been issued and the Erasmus+ App had registered 218 546 downloads, whereas 3 342
higher education institutions were connected to the Erasmus Without Paper network, leading
to 152 253 interinstitutional agreements and 185 027 learning agreements completed fully
digitally
435
. Between the end of 2022 and the end of 2023, there was a 12% increase in the
number of higher education institutions connected to the EWP network; a two-fold increase in
the number of interinstitutional agreements completed digitally; and a 165% increase in the
number of learning agreements approved through EWP.
Similarly, organisations awarded with an
Erasmus Accreditation
have to align with ‘Erasmus
quality standards’ including digital education, relevant to the facilitation of the digital
transformation priority, as well as green transition aspects.
The programme is supporting the digital transformation in education, leading to the adoption
of digital tools, applications and innovative methodologies enabled by digital technology, often
following practices discovered during international mobility activities. In certain cases, the
programme has contributed to organisations adopting digital transformation as an objective
436
.
Digitalisation is also fostered through European Universities alliances. Their long-term joint
strategies, which include the development of shared governance structures and pooling of
resources to create new
digital resources and virtual campuses,
or further develop their
blended learning provision to increase collaboration between institutions across borders
437
.
Overall, since 2014, Erasmus+ funded around 29 000 projects on themes related to digital (e.g.
digital safety, digital skills, digital content), ICT and artificial intelligence. About one third of
these projects were funded in the 2021-2023 period. The programme also supports projects
dealing with the use of
artificial intelligence in education.
The number of projects specifically
addressing themes related to artificial intelligence is close to 900, out of which 15% specifically
address the topic ‘Artificial intelligence and data usage’, while the remaining ones treat this
theme in relation to topics such as ‘digital skills and competence, ‘new learning and teaching
methods and approach’, ‘creating new curricula’, as well as in relation to inclusion topics. This
number is still limited but the yearly increase (from only 2 projects contracted in Call year 2014
to 266 in 2023) is a clear sign of increasing relevance. For example, looking beyond the
435
436
Erasmus+ annual report 2023,
https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/833629
Case study on Asociația Sprijin+ (ADU, RO) as well as the case study on the European University alliance
CHARM-EU, led by the University of Barcelona.
437
Some Alliances have a particular focus on technology, including digital innovations, while others have placed
a focus on the environment, to develop skills but also to transform higher education itself. Examples of these
include Unite!, EU GREEN and UNI Green. Uni Green Alliance provides an overview of actions to reduce carbon
balance in their activities.
116
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0119.png
evaluation period, the number of projects contracted under 2024 Call and specifically tackling
the topic ‘artificial intelligence’ has doubled compared to 2023.
Box 12 - Jean Monnet Module on ‘Europe Regulates Robotics’ and the ‘Centre of Excellence on the
Regulation of Robotics and Artificial Intelligence’ (EURA)
Europe Regulates Robotics
(ERR), funded in 2015, focused on the regulation of robotics in Europe, (i)
identifying applicable regulation, suggesting reforms where needed; (ii) fostering a multidisciplinary debate on
its legal, ethical and economic implications; and (iii) developing ‘robolaw’ as a new field of EU studies. It
reached these goals through teaching activities, academic events, research, and by fostering a dialogue with
policy-makers.
The
Jean Monnet Centre of Excellence EURA,
run from 2018 to 2022, successfully established itself as a focal
point of competence in the field of the regulation of robotics and AI and is today widely recognized for its
unique expertise and multidisciplinary methodology. EURA underwent research in many domains, leading to
scientific publications. At the same time, it directly impacted policy making by drafting in-depth studies upon
request of Italian and EU institutions. Many such considerations are today part of the debate as well as of the
solutions advanced by the EU policymakers in their proposals for regulating AI (e.g. the AI Act and the
directives on civil and product liability associated with the use of AI).
The case study carried on the projects highlights the role of the Erasmus+ funding, received under Jean Monnet
activities, to foster studies, teaching and research on topics of EU interest. The interviewed representatives of
the Centre of Excellence, researchers and learners highlighted that in the period 2014-2015 the regulation of
technology was not a recognised field of study within European studies. Since then, largely because of the Jean
Monnet module on ERR and Centre of Excellence EURA, the EU has emerged as a global leader by
introducing legislation in the field of artificial intelligence,
evidenced by the recently approved AI Act, along
with other pieces of legislation.
The Centre of Excellence filled in a critical knowledge gap in the field. This positioned the researchers as
forerunners in this area of expertise, benefiting both participating students and the overall organisation of
teaching within this action. The Centre of Excellence EURA facilitated the formation of a multi-disciplinary
research community that did not exist before, and which continues to contribute to and participate in the Centre's
activities, helping to advance the field further. According to the interviewees, both projects
significantly
elevated understanding of European issues,
particularly within the area of expertise of the Centre of
Excellence on the regulation of robotics and AI.
Although it is outside the evaluation period, the programme is preparing to further support the
emerging needs linked to the challenges posed by artificial intelligence. For example, in 2025,
the Erasmus+
Forward Looking Project Call
(KA2) will have a dedicated priority on
generative AI
in education and training, aiming to upscale and promote the innovative,
efficient and ethical use of generative AI in education. Similarly, attention is given to digital
well-being, one of the priorities of the 2024 Policy experimentation Call (KA3). Furthermore,
in 2025, Erasmus+ will fund cooperation with OECD on developing an
Artificial Intelligence
Literacy Framework for primary and secondary level of education to address emerging
trends and skills needs stemming from the AI disruption,
contributing to Commission’s
work on AI literacy guidelines.
Relevance to green transition
In line with the Council recommendation on learning for the green transition and sustainable
development adopted in June 2022
438
, Erasmus+ provides opportunities to promote, support
and enable formal and non-formal education and training for the green transition and
sustainable development, facilitating cooperation and peer learning for the green transition and
sustainable development. Learning mobility, cooperation projects, flagship actions, and
activities supporting policy cooperation, contribute to this goal. For example, Cedefop report
‘Meeting skill needs for the green transition’
439
provides examples of Centres of Vocational
438
Council recommendation of 16 June 2022 on learning for the green transition and sustainable development,
OJ C 243, 27.6.2022, p. 1.
439
https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/4220_en.pdf
117
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0120.png
Excellence projects supporting (i) collaboration of regional and local stakeholder to address
green skill gap, (ii) the introduction of new collaboration practices for skills development or
(iii) the promotion of systemic reform of education and professional training via innovative
approaches in areas of green transition. This is key to ensure that Europe has highly competent
professionals to support the green transition
440
.
Support to green objectives is also ensured by Erasmus+ through the basic principles included
in its quality standards
441
and the requirements that organisations need to meet when applying
for the accreditation. For example, the programme requires higher education institutions to
adopt environmentally friendly practices, support sustainable means of travel and reduce the
negative impact of mobility on the environment. Higher education institutions are encouraged
to develop their own sustainability strategies and connect these strategies with mobility
activities. In particular, the negative environmental impact of transnational and international
learning mobility needs to be considered
442
. To mitigate the impact of plane travels the
programme promotes more sustainable means of transport as a norm for travel below 500 km
and provides an increased green travel support since 2024 Call
443
(see also section 4.1.1.6).
DiscoverEU offers participants a travel pass and travel opportunities predominantly by train.
On the other hand, the programme supports hundreds of projects working on improving
learning and teaching practices in the area of education for sustainable development and the
green transition. A
SALTO Resource Centre on sustainable development
was launched in 2023
to provide guidance and support to National Agencies and beneficiaries on the implementation
of both dimensions of this priority. Nevertheless, the horizontal priority addressing the green
transition is considered the least developed in 8 national reports
444
, with growing awareness and
interest in environmental issues, identified especially in the school, youth and VET sectors
445
.
Efforts to promote green travel are ongoing, as some countries consider the programme’s
incentives for green travel to be insufficient to have a significant impact on travel choices
446
.
The digital and green priorities are also connected as shown by references to the ‘twin
transition’. Around two-thirds of Europeans think that digital technologies are important to
combat climate change
447
. There is, however, also a need to better assess the environmental
impact of digital technologies
448
as well as balance the relationship between all horizontal
priorities of the programme, for example by considering how inclusion may be affected by
longer journey durations, when these could negatively impact the participation of educational
440
See also recital 7 of the Council recommendation on learning for the green transition and sustainable
development.
441
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/document/erasmus-quality-standards-mobility-projects-vet-adults-schools;
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/fr/document/erasmus-quality-standards-mobility-projects-youth
442
Shields, R (2019) 'The sustainability of international higher education: Student mobility and global climate
change',
Journal of Cleaner Production,
vol. 217, pp. 594-602.
443
Since 2024 Call, green/low emission travel is considered the norm and non-green travel the exception, whereas
in the previous ‘top up’ system low emission travel was the exception. The Case-study on the Pädagogische
Hochschule Freiburg noted how learners have preferred in some cases to take the train (up to 3 days) to avoid the
environmental impact of flying.
444
AT, CY, DE, DK, ES, NL, NO, SE.
445
AT, CY, DE, DK, ES, NL, SE.
446
DK, IE, NO.
447
See Special Eurobarometer 2959. See also the case-study on Oktatasi es Szakerto Bt. (ADU, HU).
448
See COM(2023) 570 of 27.9.2023. Some Erasmus+ projects are also examining the relationship between digital
technologies and the environment. For example, the ‘Green-Co’ KA2 project aims to provide educational
resources to raise awareness on the environmental impact of the use of digital technologies, not only as a global
impact by companies and organizations, but even in the mere role of users. Literature also explores clashes
between the twin transitions in a range of other fields outside of education - see Muench, S., Stoermer, E., Jensen,
K., Asikainen, T., Salvi, M. and Scapolo, F., (2022) Towards a green and digital future, Publications Office of the
European Union, Luxembourg, JRC129319.
118
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0121.png
institutions with fewer resources to cover staff absences, and for individuals with caring
responsibilities or those living in remote areas, including outermost regions.
Relevance to competitiveness
In the evolving socio-economic context, and as also stressed by the Letta and Draghi reports
mentioned above, new needs emerge emphasizing the
key role of education and skills
development
for current and next generations, to support Europe’s competitiveness, economic
resilience, innovation capacity and prosperity. A recent study by the Institute of German
Economics (IW), surveying over 800 German companies, highlights that, in the current process
of transformation of the European economy, the types of skills developed by students during
learning periods abroad, such as flexibility, resilience or intercultural competences are
becoming increasingly important and particularly valued by ‘digital’, ‘innovative’ or
‘international’ companies
449
. The IW study says that, to survive the tough global competition,
the economy and state institutions need university graduates with a high degree of
independence, problem-solving skills and proactive behaviour. These are exactly the types of
skills more likely to be developed by Erasmus+ participants (see 4.1.1.2). In other words, the
skills developed during Erasmus+ mobility activities are fundamental for what the economy
needs today.
In the same vein, the
Letta Report
on the future of the single market argues that
a fifth
freedom,
encompassing research, innovation, knowledge, and education, should be added to
the existing four fundamental freedoms of the Single Market. By embedding those at the core
of the Single Market, including learning mobility for all, Europe can according to Enrico Letta
create an environment suitable for knowledge transfer, acquisition of much needed skills for
sustainable growth.
Skills
are also a key pillar of
Mario Draghi’s recommendations,
and
represent an
essential investment
for building a thriving, competitive, and fair economy.
In this context, it is important to stress that Erasmus+ is instrumental for supporting the
implementation of the
European Skills Agenda
450
aiming to support people to develop the
skills needed to take full advantage of the opportunities provided by the green and digital
transitions. The Skills Agenda covers several building blocks supported by Erasmus+ such as
the
Pact for Skills,
supporting
relevant private and public stakeholders to partner up and
take action for lifelong skills development.
Since the 2014-2020 programme, the Erasmus+
Sector Skills Alliances
(2014-2016), then the
Blueprint Alliances for sectoral cooperation
on skills
(2017-2020) and in the 2021-2027 programme the Alliances for Innovation – Lot 2
support collaboration between businesses, trade unions, research institutions, education and
training with the aim of developing and implementing strategies to address
skills gaps in
specific sectors and industrial ecosystems.
Since 2018, Erasmus+ has funded
40 Blueprints
alliances,
out of which 27 under the 2021-2027 programme, addressing skill gaps in e.g.
automotive sector, maritime technology, aerospace and defence, textile industry, steel industry,
construction, cybersecurity, work integration social enterprises, software services
451
. These
large-scale projects gather sectoral skills intelligence, design sectoral skills strategies, review
and develop occupational profiles and vocational programmes related to these occupations, and
set up a long-term action plan for the local and regional roll-out of their results. Thus,
they
449
Die Bedeutung studienbezogener Auslandsaufenthalte im Transformationsprozess der deutschen Wirtschaft,
DAAD-IW-Studie,
2025
(https://eu.daad.de/medien/eu.daad.de.2016/dokumente/service/medien-und-
publikationen/studien-und-auswertungen/unternehmensbefragung_2024_25_daad_iw.pdf).
450
COM(2020)274.
451
European Commission (2024), Bridging projects and policy: Blueprints for sectoral cooperation on skills
(c27d24c3-e435-43fc-9200-0fb92ab11c88_en).
119
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0122.png
foster innovation and competitiveness in areas that experience severe skills gaps,
promoting greater preparedness and adaptability to changes in the labour market.
Several Blueprints have also formed connections with
Centres of Vocational Excellence
(CoVEs) and
Forward-Looking projects
creating a synergetic path for driving innovation,
fulfilling reskilling and upskilling commitments in specific ecosystems and widening their
impact. Centres of Vocational Excellence are innovative and comprehensive transnational
partnerships to set up skills eco-systems that make VET agile, innovative, attractive, excellent
and inclusive. The initiative is strongly linked to the opportunities and needs of regions and
local territories and covers a variety of activities such as innovation hubs, applied research,
provision of digital skills at all levels, among others.
Box 13 - Skills4CMT
The
KA2 strategic partnership ‘Sector-specific
skills development in Coastal and Maritime Tourism’
(Skills4CMT), funded in 2020 and coordinated by SAMK university (Finland) in partnership with five
organisations, addresses
skills needs for coastal and maritime tourism sector.
Limited awareness of the specific
skill needs, existing skill gaps and mismatches currently hamper the competitiveness of this sector, featured for
its importance in the European economy as a driver for sustainable growth, jobs and social cohesion.
Thanks to Skills4CMT, new sector-specific curricula and innovative forms of professional teaching were
developed to match the supply of skills with the demand of the labour market. The project aimed to make a
fundamental change to sector-specific skills development by improving the quality and digitalisation of thematic
higher education in coastal and maritime tourism, since investing in people is a condition for its sustainable and
competitive growth.
In this context,
European Universities alliances
also play an essential role. The Draghi Report
emphasises that “competitiveness today is less about relative labour costs and more about
knowledge and skills embodied in the labour force” while “labour shortages will be most
pronounced in high-skilled, non-manual occupations – i.e. those requiring high level of
education”
452
. In this context, the alliances can effectively support EU competitiveness and
attain EU critical mass of talent, offering access to several European higher education
institutions rather than just one institution. The European Universities also embody the Letta
Report fifth freedom vision and are seen as central for realising the ambition of opening both
learning and labour mobility in the European Single Market, necessary to fill skills and labour
market gaps and leverage its opportunities. As shown in a recent study on the Outcomes and
transformational potential of the European Universities initiative
453
, the European Universities
initiative is contributing to bridging skills gaps by equipping students with key future-proof
skills and competencies, including in key fields for Europe’s competitiveness and strategic
autonomy such as STEM, AI, clean technologies, energy, health, notably through student-
centred and challenge-based joint educational programmes, some leading to joint degrees,
flexible learning pathways, micro-credentials, etc. For example, the alliances boost visibility
and attractiveness of European education offer in engineering
454
, developing and testing a
general European engineer profile defining a set of high-level technical and scientific
competencies combined with environmental, social, and multicultural skills, integrating EU
values
455
and fit for the competitive global market. Alliances also play an important role for
452
453
M. Draghi, The future of EU competitiveness, part A, p. 36.
European Commission (2025), Report on the outcomes and transformational potential of the European
Universities
initiative
(https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/db43f6ca-da14-11ef-be2a-
01aa75ed71a1/language-en).
454
Fuchs, L., Cuevas-Garcia, C. and Bombaerts, G., ‘The societal role of universities and their alliances: the case of the
EuroTeQ Engineering University’, Tertiary Education Management, Vol. 29, 2023, pp. 263–277,
https://doi.org/10.1007/s11233-023-09126-x.
See also the Case study on TU Berlin - ENHANCE Alliance (HED, DE).
455
Frame, A., and Curyło, B., ‘Bringing Erasmus home: the European universities initiative as an example of
‘Everyday
Europeanhood’’,
Journal
of
Contemporary
European
Studies,
2023,
https://doi.org/10.1080/14782804.2022.2134986 67
120
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0123.png
lifelong learning, offering opportunities for re-skilling and upskilling, helping to meet the
demand for new skills
456
in the labour market, and engaging learners regardless of their previous
qualifications or backgrounds. This multiplies opportunities for students, offering them cutting-
edge trans- and inter-disciplinary education opportunities with embedded mobility, which
contribute to balanced knowledge flows and talent attraction. Their extended network of over
2 200 associated partners all across the EU and beyond allows those students, academics and
researchers to further
foster innovation in regions and cities, contributing to job creation
and competitive and attractive local economies,
balanced brain and talent mobility, while
interconnecting the ecosystems of the partner universities in different countries.
Last but not least, to ensure that the future generations have the right skills to address emerging
challenges, it is essential that teachers are well-equipped to handle skill gaps and technological
changes. The
Erasmus+ Teacher Academies
(KA2) promote excellence in teacher education
in Europe, tackling some of the most relevant issues in the teaching community. For example,
the Erasmus+ Teacher Academy ‘ContinueUp’ aims to support the development of digital
competences for teachers based on DigCompEdu and through a Massive Open Online Course
(MOOC) module; the Teacher Academy ‘acaSTEMy’ aims to develop a systemic support
structure for high-quality, research-based STEM teacher education, providing STEM teachers
with skills and competences to prepare students for their future careers; similarly, ICSE
Academy supports the EU’s endeavours to minimize the amount of low-performing STEM
learners investing in a high-quality STEM teacher workforce, becoming an international centre
for research and best practice exchange for innovative STEM pedagogy
457
.
4.3.3
Relevance to socio-economic needs of individuals and organisations
Individual level needs
Across both programming periods, Erasmus+ is considered successful in addressing the needs
of individuals from the various target groups. National Agencies and EACEA rate Erasmus+
learning mobility and KA2 activities
458
highly relevant for the majority of their target groups’
current and emerging needs. For learners, evidence from the NAs/EACEA survey suggests that
the needs and challenges faced by learners with fewer opportunities require further attention.
Consulted stakeholders highlighted the relevance of programme actions to the needs of
individuals in non-associated third countries through its international dimension. Interviews in
EU delegations or programme structures dealing with non-associated third countries (NEOs
and regional SALTOs) recognise that Erasmus+ contributes to the employability of young
people and graduates as mobility allows them to gain international experience, develop new
skills, and broaden their horizons. EU Delegations to Brazil, Bangladesh and Pakistan highlight
that Erasmus+ offers significant opportunities for vulnerable groups. There is also consensus
among consulted NEOs (Kosovo, Bosnia, Ukraine) and EU Delegations (Asian and African
countries) that Erasmus+ projects bring different perspectives to teaching and learning. They report
For example, the European University alliance ‘UNA Europa’ offers a micro-credential programme in
Sustainability which gives a holistic understanding of global sustainability challenges and how to address them
(https://www.una-europa.eu/study/microcredential-sustainability).
457
Case study Pädagogische Hochschule Freiburg (SCH, DE).
458
NA/EACEA survey, annex III of ICF study. Questions: i) To what extent are Erasmus+ mobility actions (KA1)
relevant to the current and emerging needs of the different target groups concerned? ii) To what extent are activities
under KA2 relevant to the current and emerging needs of the target groups concerned? iii) Do they address key
issues/needs the target groups are facing?’  Respondents were requested to evaluate the relevance of KA1 and
KA2 to the needs of specific target groups. Depending on their involvement with the various sectors, different
groups of respondents received different questions to make sure they only evaluate the actions’ relevance for target
groups in their sectors of activity.
456
121
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0124.png
that in higher education, professors can gain access to resources and exchange with professors
working in their fields of knowledge abroad, which directly influences the quality of teaching.
The majority of respondents to the public consultation agreed that Erasmus+ 2021-2027 is
successfully facilitating the
participation of people with fewer opportunities
facing various
barriers. This is confirmed by the increasing share of participants with fewer opportunities that
has risen from around 10% in the 2014-2020 programme to 15% in 2023. The highest level of
agreement concerns the success in facilitating the participation of people who face cultural
differences, social barriers, and economic barriers. Health problems and barriers linked to the
education and training system were considered to be the least positively handled, but still with
an overall level of agreement of around 60%. Overall, the views are positive but still pointing
to room for further strengthening the inclusivity of the programme.
Barriers faced by people with fewer opportunities
459
Interviewed stakeholders broadly acknowledged the enhanced focus and efforts to reach people
with fewer opportunities. Studies highlight the role of Erasmus+ for involving in learning
mobility school pupils with less favourable learning profiles who would otherwise not have the
chance of benefitting from such opportunities
460
. The use of blended learning and digital tools
is seen as a positive step to increase outreach. At the national level, stakeholders from several
countries noted that the 2021-2027 programme made significant efforts to encourage
participation among people with fewer opportunities, responding better to the needs of these
groups, compared to the previous period.
Financial barriers emerge as a key concern from the various stakeholder consultations as well,
further emphasised by the recent high inflation rates across Europe. These observations are
also underpinned in the national reports, with insufficient and sometimes ineffective support
for inclusion being discussed in 17 reports
461
. In the various consultations, financial barriers
Public consultation report, annex II of ICF study: Question ‘To what extent do you agree with the following
statements: Erasmus+ is an inclusive programme as it facilitates participation of people with fewer opportunities
facing the following barrier(s)’ (Respondents: N=1231).
460
S. Hornberg, M. Becker, N. Sonnenburg, M. Peitz, C. Schreiber (2025). Lernmobilität in Europa
(https://erasmusplus.schule/fileadmin/Dateien/Bilder/Dossiers/Politische_Papiere/2025_Hornberg_et_al_Zusam
menfassung_Studie_Lernmobilitaeten_Europa.pdf).
461
AT, BEfr, CY, DE, DK, ES, FI, FR, IE, IT, LT, LU, MT, NL, NO, PL, SE.
459
122
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0125.png
are often mentioned in relation to other barriers, reinforcing the programme’s emphasis on the
correlations between the various difficulties.
Overall, the definition of people with fewer opportunities as provided in the inclusion and
diversity strategy is considered adequate. However, challenges were highlighted by
interviewed stakeholders in aligning the criteria for fewer opportunities across diverse contexts,
requiring further guidance in the application of the broad EU definition as well as on the
implementation and utilisation of the relevant indicators. For example, international key
informants stressed that the term ‘social inclusion’ may be understood differently in third
countries participating in the programme.
Organisation level needs
Public consultation respondents generally expressed positive views about the relevance of the
organisational-level specific objectives of the programme
462
. According to NAs/EACEA
survey
463
, the programme’s activities under KA2 and KA3 are the most relevant for education
and training, youth and sport organisations and, to a moderate extent, for many other types of
organisations, including social partners and civil society organisations. In the sport sector, the
need to further strengthened cooperation between grassroots sport organisations was addressed
through the new mobility activities available for sport staff since 2023.
The importance of promoting cooperation was further underlined by the socio-economic actors’
survey
464
. Across the different organisation types, the primary motivations for participating in
the programme included providing new opportunities for learners (80%), an interest in
cooperation with other European and third countries (78%), and a desire to establish
partnerships with organisations from other countries (75%).
At the same time, interviewees from European level stakeholder organisations perceived the
programme as being better oriented towards larger, better-resourced organisations as opposed
to smaller ones that would need more support. Limited engagement of smaller organisations,
particularly in KA2 projects, was also reported in the national reports from 15 countries
465
, due
to lack of administrative capacity or limited resources to manage complex project requirements.
The organisations interviewed in third countries not associated to the programme confirmed
that learner and institutional needs are addressed via Erasmus+, especially regarding
internationalisation, which remains a priority for many universities. In addition, they repeatedly
recognised Erasmus+ for its role in supporting institutional capacity-building across various
fields. This was particularly noted in African countries as well as in Georgia and Uzbekistan,
where the programme has significantly contributed to upgrading and modernising teaching
curricula. Policy stakeholders in these countries often use Erasmus+ to enhance their training
structures, pedagogical programmes, and mobility schemes.
10 National reports
466
explicitly mention the need to
enhance the programme’s flexibility and
adaptability to better meet evolving needs and challenges.
For instance, they highlight the
need for more flexibility in funding applications, based on the amount of funding requested to
462
463
Public consultation report, annex II of ICF study.
NAs/EACEA survey, annex III of ICF study. Question: ‘To what extent are activities under KA2 and KA3
relevant to the current and emerging needs of the following organisations? Do they address the key issues these
organisations are facing?’. 
464
Socio-economic actors survey, annex V of ICF study. Question: ‘What was the main motivation for your
organisation to participate in the programme?’.
465
BE, CY, DE, ES, HR, IE, IT, LT, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, SK.
466
AT, BEde, BG, CY, DE, EE, ES, FI, HR, PL.
123
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0126.png
further promote inclusion, adapting the programme’s design to better cater to the diverse needs
of adult learners, or further exploiting blended intensive programmes (BIPs) as a suitable
format to support inclusion.
Furthermore, despite the strong support to programme focus on inclusion expressed in the
national reports from 28 countries
467
, 23 countries
468
underline that reaching out to people
with fewer opportunities is challenging. The identified challenges include the lack of awareness
about the programme, complex application procedures, financial barriers, uneven regional
participation, limited participation of small organisations in KA2 projects, insufficient, and
sometimes ineffective support for inclusion, cultural and linguistic barriers, psychological and
mental health concerns. The recommendations put forward in the national reports to address
these challenges include simplifying application procedures and reducing administrative
burdens, increasing targeted outreach and awareness campaigns, providing additional financial
support and resources for inclusion initiatives, developing more comprehensive support
systems, including mentoring and guidance and enhancing collaboration with local
organisations and stakeholders who are hard to reach.
5.
W
HAT ARE THE CONCLUSIONS AND LESSONS LEARNED
?
5.1 Conclusions
Across both programme generations, Erasmus+ has proven to be successful in delivering a
strong European added value, performing well
across key evaluation criteria.
However, the
conclusions presented below reflect the limitations in the evidence base, particularly in relation
to causality and efficiency, as detailed in Chapter 4. At the same time,
some areas could be
improved
for which the external support study made recommendations, focussing on:
-
-
-
-
Expanding the reach of the programme, to support greater inclusiveness and broader
international scope;
Enhancing management and implementation: proposed improvements to ease access,
simplify management, strengthen monitoring processes, including optimising related tools;
Increasing sustainability and scalability, through reinforced dissemination and exploitation
of results and synergies with other EU programmes;
Strengthening resilience through increased flexibility.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
Effectiveness
Based on available (mainly qualitative) evidence,
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 has effectively
delivered on the expected outputs and results.
These have been achieved despite significant
disruptions from COVID-19 pandemic that heavily affected the end of the 2014-2020
programming period. The success of the programme lies both in the volume of mobilities, with
some 6.2 million mobility participants supported in the period 2014-2020,
and in the impact
generated including improvements in participants' skills, the advancements in organisations’
practices and influence on policies.
The 2014-2020 programme aligned well with relevant EU political priorities set for this
period,
advancing them either directly or indirectly. The priorities addressing jobs and growth
467
AT, BE, BG, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO,
SE, SI, SK.
468
AT, BE, BG, CY, DE, DK, ES, FI, FR, HR, IE, IT, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, SE, SK.
124
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
were at the core of the programme implementation, thanks to programme support to learning
mobility, the delivery of skills and competences for better employability and support to
education systems. The international dimension of the programme contributed to these
objectives, in addition to the priorities specifically focusing on strengthening Europe role as a
global actor. Priorities related to environmental themes, digital market, civil rights and rule of
law were addressed through a sectoral approach and registered increasing importance and
number of projects from year to year. Leveraging its role of education programme, Erasmus+
indirectly contributed to the migration policy priority, supporting the integration of newly
arriving immigrants. The promotion of fundamental values and multicultural dialogue was
further enhanced with the strong alignment to the Paris Declaration since 2016.
The programme activities have demonstrated effectiveness at the different levels of intervention,
with strong outcomes delivered through mobility activities and transnational partnerships.
At individual level:
the programme yielded significant benefit for individuals, generating
positive effects for learners’ skills development and supporting ability to learn, critical
thinking, resilience. Erasmus+ enhanced academic performance, with programme
participants experiencing better results than those who had not taken part in learning
mobility. Based on the available evidence, causal link can be identified in few instances in
relation to higher education student mobility, on the basis of national data, showing
improved graduation results for undergraduate students in STEM fields. Erasmus+ is found
effective to foster European identity and deepen knowledge on civic participation,
supporting the development of skills important for active citizenship, in particular through
the activities implemented in the youth field, where positive outcomes were reported across
most of its actions. Effects on individual participants appear sustained. For staff, across
various sectors, the programme enhanced international networking and fostered
transnational partnerships.
At organisational level:
the programme managed to effectively support quality
improvements in the participating organisations, fostering the creation of new practices and
methods. The establishment of organisational networks with the involvement of a large
number of different actors from diverse sectors helped create flow of knowledge between
educational organisations and business. KA1 staff mobility also contributed to reinforce
transnational cooperation, allowing to strengthen ties among organisations. There is
evidence of newly created partnerships, and the setup of internationalisation strategies
fostered by the programme activities. Outcomes for organisations appear sustained, even
though available evidence doesn’t allow to establish causal links and quantify impact as well
as the extent to which the partnerships formed as an effect of the participation in the
programme last over time.
At policy/systemic level:
programme objectives at systemic level were linked to Europe
2020 headline targets for education and ET2020 European benchmarks. Although no causal
link can be identified, the programme indirectly influenced the achievement of these targets
reaching a high number of learners through its activities and improving attractiveness of
higher education institutions, including via the piloting of initiatives with high
transformational impact, such as the European Universities alliances. Qualitative evidence
shows that the programme influenced policy changes with the integration of innovative
educational practices into national systems and triggered initiatives pursuing
professionalisation and recognition of youth work as an occupational qualification.
Although no precise quantification is possible due to the unavailable data, several spillover
effects can be observed at the system-level through cross-sectoral action or through the
evolution of actions and projects between programme generations. At the same time, while
systemic ‘spill-over’ effects demonstrate the extensive reach of Erasmus+ beyond individual
125
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
participants and organizations, challenges persist in upscaling successful project outcomes
and translating them into meaningful national changes.
Efficiency
The 2014-2020 programme funded around 160 000 projects for a total of EUR 17.5 billion.
Despite the 40% budget increase compared to its predecessor programmes,
the programme
was not able to fully address the high demand
across its different sectors, with low success
rates. In particular, the youth sector registered the lowest success rates across the different key
actions (32% for KA1, 17% for KA2, 31% for KA3 in 2020). It is estimated that around
EUR 8.9 billion would have been necessary to fund more than 44 000 quality projects which
were rejected for lack of funds.
The
management structure of Erasmus+ 2014-2020
relying on a combination of direct and
indirect management modes has
proven efficient and fit for purpose,
with overall good
coordination and communication mechanisms. The distribution of resources, accounting for
FTEs and administrative expenditure, appears balanced between both programme management
modes, considering the volume of budget and number of projects managed. Overall, the
administrative costs for the functioning of the implementing bodies appears reasonable,
considering the volume of implemented budget and linked tasks.
National Agencies have confirmed their key role in supporting the implementation of the
programme at national level,
shaping support activities on the basis on specific needs and
national priorities, and providing tailored assistance to participants and beneficiary
organisations during the project lifecycle. This role was particularly important during Covid-
19 pandemic and widely appreciated by stakeholders. The performance of most of the
administrative steps by National Agencies has generally seen improvements from year to year,
until the outbreak of Covid-19 pandemic, which had repercussions also on management
aspects. Despite improvements, on average the timely performance of final payments has
remained below 60%, requiring further improvements.
The 2014-2020 Erasmus+ programme showed cost-effectiveness,
although at varying levels
throughout its actions. KA1 (mobility) is confirmed to be highly cost-effective, providing high
benefits to a large number of learners and staff benefitting from learning mobility in Europe
and beyond. The limited availability of other similar interventions underscores its EU added
value. When – despite limitations - this comparison is carried out, the cost of the programme
appears highly competitive. The cost-effectiveness is further enhanced by the absence of significant
areas of inefficiencies, coupled with the use of simplified cost and high demand throughout sectors.
The cost-effectiveness of KA2 (cooperation) and KA3 (policy support) is more difficult to
evaluate as a whole, given the variety of outputs, both in terms of types and size, they deliver
across sectors. This, together with the predominance of qualitative evidence, limits the
possibility of generalising and providing strong conclusions at the level of key actions.
Nevertheless, KA2 has provided a strong contribution for the achievement of programme
results at organisational level, contributing to fostering international cooperation with third
countries in higher education and youth, reinforcing cooperation with business, enhancing
internationalisation, and improving learning and teaching methods, and leading to the creation
of organisational and professional networks. These benefits, coupled with the high demand, show
a good cost-effectiveness, despite the presence of some areas of inefficiencies identified in the
funding model and the complex management of one specific action (school exchange partnership
- indirect management), both addressed in the succeeding 2021-2027 programme generation.
A comprehensive assessment of KA3 cost-effectiveness is hindered by the highly diversified
character of these activities, made of multiple sub-actions with small budgetary envelopes as
126
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
well as by the predominance of qualitative evidence. Despite the small funding share they
represent (only 3% of the programme contracted grants), the available evidence shows that
these activities yielded substantial benefits generating systemic impact, supporting policy
objectives and fostering active citizenship. These activities are appreciated for their added value
due to their role in supporting EU policy coordination in programme fields, implementation of
EU tools, creation of networks, which would not be otherwise possible through national
interventions alone. This gives indications of reasonable cost-effectiveness.
The generalised use of unit cost in KA1, representing the biggest share of programme funding,
has enhanced the efficiency of the whole programme; however, the use of real cost under part
of KA2 and KA3 activities made the management and reporting complex both for beneficiaries
and implementing bodies, leading to some inefficiencies. The monitoring system of the
programme also showed some limitations due to inadequate coverage of specific areas of the
programme intervention, and difficulties to link the measurement of system level indicators to
the interventions, underscoring the need for a more refined and comprehensive approach (this
led amongst others to the development of a new monitoring and evaluation framework for the
2021-2027 successor programme).
Coherence
The programme confirms a good internal coherence, thanks to the strong learning dimension
informing its activities, functional to improve education, training, youth and sport systems for
the benefit of individuals and the creation of more skilled societies. The pilots for the Centres
of Vocational Excellence and the European Universities alliances in the last two years of the
programming period reinforced the cross-sectoral dimension of the programme, and appear
coherent with programme objectives.
The final evaluation also confirms the results of the interim evaluation regarding the high
external coherence of the programme. The 2014-2020 programme has been complementary
with other policy areas and funding instruments delivering on similar objectives, creating
synergies in particular with ESF and Horizon 2020. Compared to the mid-term evaluation,
synergies with other funding instruments have slightly increased.
EU added value
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 delivered
substantial European added value,
surpassing what could
have been achieved by individual countries operating at their national level through other
schemes. This is due to Erasmus+
unique framework for mobility, cooperation, and policy
development in the fields of education, training, youth and sport across Europe and
beyond.
With an average annual budget of EUR 2.6 in the period 2014-2020, and a MFF total
envelope of EUR 16.2 billion, including both Heading 1 and 4 budget, Erasmus+ 2014-2020
resulted unmatched in scale, scope, and ability to foster collaboration among diverse
beneficiaries, influencing processes in other EU programmes, in Member States and beyond.
The programme yielded added value for individuals and organisations who took part in it,
compared with those who did not. For individual participants, it contributed to academic
performance, to developing skills and competences, including soft skills, willingness to engage
in civic life. For beneficiary organisations, participation in Erasmus+ brought benefits in terms
of enhanced opportunities for cooperation across borders, creation of networks, enhanced
organisational development, and internationalisation.
In addition, Erasmus+ 2014-2020 was found to play an essential role in raising awareness of
shared EU values and EU topics, with stronger results in youth activities. Through Jean Monnet
127
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
Activities, the programme supported the development and spreading of knowledge on European
integration matters for a better understanding of the functioning of the European Union.
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 conveyed added value through promoting EU policy cooperation and
coordination between EU Member States, fostering peer-learning and evidence-based policy
development, which would not be achievable through national resources alone. Furthermore,
added value was also conveyed through cooperation between Member States and third
countries associated to the programme, providing equal participation opportunities and
supporting some of these countries in their EU accession preparations. Although only limited
to the higher education and youth fields, the cooperation with non-associated third countries
facilitated cooperation with organisations across the world, contributed to build capacity and
to strengthen the EU’s role as global actor on the international scene.
Relevance
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 showed a good level of relevance with EU priorities and emerging
challenges, adapting well over time. The programme reacted well to the migration crisis of
those years, putting emphasis on intercultural dialogue and prevention of radicalisation,
supporting integration of refugees by leveraging the role of education. The increasing emphasis
on the digital transformation in the last years of programme implementation enabled the
programme to react more effectively to the challenges posed by Covid-19 pandemic. By
remaining increasingly relevant and adapting to the changing world, the programme paved the
way for its successor programme supporting measures that have become more and more
relevant over years. This was the case for example of the pilots for future flagship actions, for
digital tools like Selfie, and of blended mobilities, the latter introduced to face Covid-19
consequences for then becoming an embedded part of the successor programme.
Cross-cutting issues
o
Inclusion
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 performed well to promote equity and inclusion in the youth sector with
a high number of projects and support activities. This was possible thanks to the setup of a
dedicated strategy, tools and structures allowing to deploy dedicated support to youth
participants and organisations and to provide guidance to National Agencies. This
comprehensive set of measures proved effective allowing to reach 29% of participants with
special needs and fewer opportunities in the youth sector by 2020. The lack of a harmonised
definition, approach and strategy at programme level however limited the possibility to enhance
the participation of people with special needs and fewer opportunities in the education and
training sectors too. The approach remained largely sectoral, with the youth sector being the
most equipped to address inclusion challenges.
o
Response to unforeseen events
During the 2014-2020 programming period, several unforeseen events influenced its
implementation, triggering response and adaptation. The programme showed flexibility to react
to 2015 terrorist attacks and the refugee crises that became salient in the same year,
incorporating the March 2015 Paris Declaration as a new priority area and reinforcing its focus
on the promotion of tolerance, non-discrimination, social inclusion and on the prevention of
radicalisation leading to violent extremisms. During the same period, the uncertainty generated
by Brexit determined a significant decrease in the number of both outbound and inbound
mobilities from the UK. The withdrawal agreement guaranteed that all projects could continue
until their completion and that the UK could continue participating as a fully-fledged
programme country until the end of the programming period. This mitigated somehow the
128
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
impact on the programme, which only registered a minor decrease in the number of UK
organisations. The 2014-2020 programme reacted promptly to the outbreak of Covid-19
pandemic adopting swift measures to support participants and organisations, showing
flexibility and adaptation, which was judged positively by stakeholders.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
Effectiveness
With around 1.6 million participants who completed their mobility in the period 2021-2023,
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 is on track to meet its key outputs, results, and impacts.
Most of the
expected outputs and results show good progress to achieve their targets, despite the significant
disruptions from Covid-19 pandemic in the initial rollout of the 2021-2027 programme.
At an early stage of implementation, the 2021-2027 programme shows good progress in
supporting skills development, fostering EU values and sense of belonging, advancing
organisations’ practices and influencing policies.
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 aligns well with the 2019-2024
EU political priorities
and has made an
important contribution to advancing them, including at international level. The four horizontal
priorities of the 2021-2027 programme have positively influenced systems and norms among
participants and organisations. Particularly, the Programme managed to deliver on
inclusion,
with an increasing participation of people with fewer opportunities arising from around 10% in
the 2014-2020 programme to 15% in 2023. Additionally, the programme has increased
awareness and engagement around inclusion and diversity across participants and
organisations.
Digital transformation
efforts have supported participants’ digital skill
development and promoted the digital evolution of education systems, even if the needs are
still high, especially to support digital skills development. The
green transition
priority has
increased environmental awareness and encouraged sustainable travel, though results in climate
action and carbon footprint reduction remain somewhat limited. Efforts to foster
democratic
engagement
have led to greater civic awareness and commitment to democratic values among
participants.
KA1 (learning mobility) and KA2 (cooperation among organisations) have demonstrated
effectiveness, with strong outcomes in mobility and partnerships, while KA3 (policy support)
is seen as somewhat less impactful on individuals and organisations, but valuable in fostering
sector-wide benefits. Jean Monnet Actions effectively promote EU knowledge, civic
engagement, and cross-national academic dialogue.
The strong continuity of most
programme actions between programming periods is assessed as a strength, allowing
stability in the management and implementation.
Although at mid-term it is too early to
make assumptions on impact, it can be anticipated that the effects of the 2014-2020 programme
will carry on with the current programme, likely in a more positive and sustainable manner,
particularly on organisations and systems.
At individual level:
Erasmus+ yields significant added value for individuals, including
participants with fewer opportunities. The programme continues delivering on learners’
skills development and supporting learners' ability to learn, critical thinking, resilience.
For staff, across various sectors, the programme enhances international networking and
fosters transnational partnerships. At this stage, the programme shows very positive results
in fostering a sense of European identity and belonging, raising awareness of EU common
values and on increasing knowledge for European integration.
At organisational level:
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 is progressing well in view of driving
improvements for participating organisations, enhancing internationalisation, expanding
networks, and supporting increased organisational capacity across Europe and beyond.
129
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
Notably, smaller organisations often experience the most substantial benefits, and
organisations in the education, training, youth, and sport sectors report durable benefits
from their participation.
At system level:
The 2021-2027 programme shows progress towards contributing to EU
policy development, strategies and cooperation in education and training, youth and sport,
providing significant contribution to building the European Education Area, and
supporting the Skills Agenda and European Pillar of Social Rights.
Efficiency
In continuity with the previous programming period, the
Erasmus+ management structure,
with its mix of direct and indirect management modes, confirms its efficiency and
appreciation by stakeholders.
The performance of National Agencies has seen improvements
compared to the previous programming period, despite Covid-19 impact at the start of the
programme implementation. The introduction of the
Erasmus Accreditation
in the VET,
school education, adult education and youth sectors has reduced costs for the assessment of the
KA1 proposals and time required for project selection, as well as for submitting grant requests.
Simplified grant forms have reduced administrative burdens and are viewed positively,
although further guidance and
simplification of procedures
are needed to enhance efficiency.
The IT landscape for actions under indirect management experienced issues until the end of
2023, requiring corrective actions, which should be continued.
The interim evaluation highlights the need for additional funding to fully reach the
programme’s objectives and especially for engaging participants with fewer
opportunities.
It is estimated that, in the period 2021-2023, EUR 5 billion of additional budget
would have been needed to fund around 29 400 quality proposals which were rejected for lack
of funds. Flexibility in budget management has been increased in the current programme
compared to its predecessor, allowing National Agencies to perform greater transfers among
actions under indirect management to ensure optimal absorption. Stakeholders would welcome
even greater flexibility in budget allocation.
The 2021-2027 Erasmus+ programme demonstrates a
commendable, albeit varying, level of
efficiency across its key actions. KA1 shows high cost-effectiveness,
with clear connections
between mobility activities and resulting benefits for both learners and staff involved. The key
action’s evident European added value is coupled with the absence of significant inefficiencies.
The cost-effectiveness of mobility activities has improved since the previous programming
period, even with COVID-19 mobility restrictions. Demand for mobility surged once activities
resumed, raising concerns about whether the programme’s budget is sufficient to meet its
ambitious objectives and demand for funding across various sectors. The extended
accreditation scheme beyond higher education and VET has simplified access to funding and
reduced cost and administrative burdens, contributing to increase the cost-effectiveness of
KA1. Conversely, the cost-effectiveness of activities under KA2, KA3 and Jean Monnet
Actions is more difficult to evaluate given the multi-faceted type of outputs they deliver.
Overall, the assessment didn’t show areas of inefficiency, suggesting an extension of the lump
sum model to further improve cost-effectiveness.
Coherence
The Erasmus+ 2021-2027 programme has significantly improved both its
internal and
external coherence
compared to the previous programming period.
With its three key actions, and blend of direct and indirect management, the 2021-2027
Erasmus+ programme has a clear and
well-structured design
that aligns well with its
objectives and supports strong cross-sectorial cooperation. The role and place of KA2 show
130
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
coherence with the programme intervention logic, but challenges emerge to support the
sustainability of its tangible outputs. The collaboration process fostered by KA2 activities is
highlighted for its importance to meet programme objectives, as it can lead to the establishment
of an extended community of practitioners.
Coherence would still be improved by addressing the separate handling of Jean Monnet
Actions, which occasionally leads to confusion among stakeholders.
Erasmus+ has
high external coherence
with other interventions addressing education, training
youth and sport at EU, national or international level. Among EU programmes with
complementary objectives, ESF+, Horizon Europe and Interreg show the highest potential for
synergies with Erasmus+. Although opportunities for synergies have been reinforced under the
2021-2027 programming period, so far they still appear underutilized. The evaluation identifies
further opportunities for enhancing external coherence, particularly in relation to the European
Solidarity Corps programme, which presents risks of overlaps.
European added value
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 delivers
substantial and undisputed European added value,
significantly surpassing what could be achieved by individual countries at national or
international levels. Erasmus+ stands out from other education and training support schemes
due to its
unique and consistent framework for mobility, cooperation, and policy
development across Europe and beyond.
The programme is unmatched in scale, scope, and
ability to foster collaboration among diverse beneficiaries.
The 2021-2027 programme has enhanced its added value compared to the previous
programming period, covering target groups (such as adult learners and sport staff) not
otherwise addressed under other types of interventions, effectively addressing emerging needs
and expanding its reach. The discontinuation of certain actions between the two programming
periods has not diminished the programme's overall value.
Erasmus+ is found to yield significant added value for individuals and organisations who take
part in the programme, compared with those who do not. For individual participants, Erasmus+
contributes to skills development, including transversal skills such as intercultural awareness,
self-confidence, problem-solving skills, autonomy. For beneficiary organisations, participation
in Erasmus+ brings benefits in terms of enhanced opportunities for cooperation across borders,
capacity building and quality, organisational development and internationalisation.
In addition, Erasmus+ is found to play an essential role in promoting shared EU values,
intercultural understanding and fostering a European sense of belonging. For example, through
Jean Monnet Actions, the programme supports the development of knowledge of European
integration matters and supports understanding of the functioning of the European Union,
beyond the academic environment, reaching schools and the younger generations.
Erasmus+ also conveys added value through promoting cooperation between EU Member
States and third countries associated to the programme, providing equal participation
opportunities and supporting some of these countries in their EU accession preparations. The
cooperation with non-associated third countries has extended compared to the 2014-2020
programme. Although more limited compared to other programme dimensions, the
international dimension facilitates cooperation with organisations across the world, contributes
to build capacity in many countries and to strengthen the EU’s international relations on a
global scale. Erasmus+ contributes to the EU’s public diplomacy and to promoting EU values
and views globally.
Discontinuing the Erasmus+ programme would have massive and detrimental consequences.
Annually, the programme currently provides in average around EUR 4 billion in funding for
131
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
education, training, youth, and sport, supporting activities which would be drastically reduced
or - in some countries/sectors - completely non-existent without it. Support for learning
mobility, cross border cooperation and internationalisation would be severely limited.
Relevance
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 is seen as highly
relevant to the socio-economic needs and challenges
in Europe, reflecting both high-level EU priorities and emerging issues from recent crises,
doing better than its predecessor in this regard.
The four overarching priorities introduced in the 2021-2027 programme are widely viewed as
relevant at both European and national levels and highly contributed to enhancing Erasmus+
alignment with EU priorities; the programme places a strong emphasis on the
digital and green
transition,
successfully supporting the development of digital and green skills and the
digitalisation and greening of education systems in all sectors. The programme took on board
the increasing emphasis on digitalisation, including in response to the consequence of Covid-
19 pandemic, which further boosted blended mobility and the uptake of self-reflection tools for
assessing digital competences of teachers. However, the evaluation noted that a more balanced
approach across all four priorities would increase their impact. Erasmus+ is also found to be
highly
responsive
to the diverse
needs of its participants and beneficiary organisations
across the various sectors,
although larger, better-resourced organisations often find it easier
to navigate the funding and application processes. Further efforts for greater accessibility and
inclusiveness are needed.
The programme is also responding to emerging needs related to new challenges posed by
technological developments, in particular the emergence of generative artificial intelligence
and the provision of skills to support EU competitiveness. The number of projects and
initiatives tackling artificial intelligence as well as the themes of digital safety and digital well-
being is increasing over years. Similarly, the programme is investing in supporting the
development of skills needed to provide the EU single market and industrial sectors with the
skills needed to boost EU competitiveness, as highlighted in Draghi and Letta reports. The
funding of learning mobility, at the heart of the programme, appears key in this sense and proof
of continuous relevance.
Erasmus+ wide recognition and awareness remains higher in higher education; more
targeted
communication strategies
are needed to raise awareness on opportunities for all sectors, and
to promote access to categories of individuals and organisations with lower participation levels.
Cross-cutting issues
o
Inclusion
The evaluation indicates significant progress in embedding inclusion and diversity in the 2021-
2027 programme, across all sectors and actions. Following the adoption of its framework of
inclusion measures, the programme put in place mechanisms, including additional funding, to
support the inclusion of individuals with fewer opportunities, whose participation has increased
during 2021-2023 period compared to the previous programme. The introduction of this
framework is assessed positively as it enabled more structured outreach to more participants
with fewer opportunities, with benefits in terms of personal development and skills acquisition,
in particular for those facing cultural or economic barriers. Challenges persist in reaching
specific target groups; recommendations include increasing guidance on inclusion definitions,
improving data collection methodologies, sharing best practices, and stepping up funding for
actions benefiting underrepresented participants.
132
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
o
Response to unforeseen events
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 has demonstrated resilience and adaptability in responding to significant
external challenges. The start of the programming period was heavily affected by
Covid-19
pandemic
with all 2021 mobility being impacted. The response of the programme included
mitigating and flexibility measures, continuing from the previous programme, was found
effective and appreciated by stakeholders.
Rising inflation
also negatively affected the first years of the 2021-2027 programme
implementation, while the impact of
Russia's war of aggression against Ukraine
was lower.
The programme was able to respond and adapt quickly thanks to flexibility in its
implementation and enhanced support mechanisms. It showed resilience and adaptability
through digitalisation, online collaboration, and the development of new formats such as
blended mobilities; it adjusted the rates of individual support for 2023 call for proposals to
cushion inflation, it refocused project activities and opened mobility schemes to incoming
participants from Ukraine in all fields of education and training. Only the programme’s
response to inflationary pressures was considered less effective as stakeholders found that
Erasmus+ grants were not sufficiently rapidly adjusted to rising inflation rates.
Future improvements could include more flexible financial planning mechanisms and greater
operational flexibility for beneficiary organisations.
o
International Dimension
Erasmus+ plays a crucial role in fostering cooperation between EU Member States and third
countries not associated to the programme, contributing to institutional development and
capacity building. While its international dimension has become more significant, with
increased opportunities, there is still potential for strengthening this aspect to bolster the EU’s
global influence amid increasing geopolitical uncertainties. Recommendations include further
reinforcing the international dimension of the programme, by supporting international mobility
and cooperation with non-associated third countries through programme actions, as well as by
pursuing synergies with the relevant EU external action instruments and strategies, such as the
Global Gateway or A new Agenda for the Mediterranean.
5.2 Lessons learned
The final and the interim evaluations have identified several topics to inform and support
improvements to the programme. These lessons will be at the core of an
action plan
to be
approved at senior management board level, once this evaluation is adopted and regularly
monitor through set milestones, in line with its internal procedures.
5.2.1. Programme activities
The consistent programme architecture between the 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 periods and the
horizontal priorities introduced in the latter programming period have proven effective. This
has allowed for continued exposure to similar types of interventions over time, fostering
stronger results and impacts and increasing the programme’s contribution to broader EU
priorities. Both the direct and the indirect management mechanisms are effective in supporting
the programme’s objectives, contributing as well to its flexibility in addressing unexpected
challenges.
Despite the clear progress made in making the programme more
inclusive,
evidence shows
some still existing barriers to the participation of people with fewer opportunities. A number
of measures and mechanisms have been implemented and brought positive results in the 2021-
2027 period. Their regular review and close monitoring by both the Commission and the
133
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
National Agencies are recommended by the external support study. Erasmus+ should keep
addressing
accessibility
challenges, continuing to expand its reach to participants with fewer
opportunities. Further clarifying definitions of people with fewer opportunities and providing clearer
guidance on the measures available to support their participation would also enhance inclusivity.
While digital transformation efforts have supported participants’ digital skill development and
promoted the digital evolution of education systems, the needs are still high. Considerations
should thus be given to further enhance the digital dimension and especially digital skills.
The evaluation identified opportunities to
improve coherence with the European Solidarity
Corps.
A more in-depth analysis is needed to identify ways to address potential overlaps,
improve overall efficiency and increase clarity for stakeholders. More in general, the
establishment of clear coordination, cooperation, and communication mechanisms is a key
endeavour to enable complementary funding and
strengthen synergies
between Erasmus+ and
other EU, national, and regional programmes. Ensuring a wider and systematic dissemination
of good practices, both at level of projects and implementation practices, could facilitate
synergies among funding instruments and foster projects’ upscaling. The evaluation also
identified needs for simplifying alternative funding, facilitating transfer of funds between
instruments and breaking down barriers between different operational modes and funding rules
to build more synergies with other instruments.
There is scope to refine the
focus of some actions.
KA2 has a justified role within Erasmus+,
offering funding opportunities producing organisational level impact. However, measures
should be considered to enhance impact of produced outputs and their sustainability post-
funding, including by re-evaluating the emphasis placed on tangible outputs
versus
the value
of the collaborative process that drives innovation.
The evaluation shows the
international added value
of the programme, essential for
promoting EU values, intercultural learning, raising awareness of democratic and active
participation but also facilitating peer learning and bringing European expertise in the fields of
education, training, youth and sport to other regions. As per the recommendation of the external
study, Erasmus+ could consider
widening its cooperation with non-EU countries,
enabling
more international cooperation with and learning mobility from and to third countries not
associated to the programme. It could also significantly contribute to the preparedness and
integration of accession countries, with support to capacity building, knowledge-sharing, and
management of EU funds, contributing as well to the positive perception of the EU, as
highlighted in the evaluation findings. Furthermore, increased mobility experiences and
cooperation opportunities between EU Member States and industrialised third countries could
strongly contribute to strengthening EU competitiveness.
Erasmus+ is a well-known EU programme. However, further efforts are needed to
increase
the visibility
of the opportunities it offers. Outreach could be further improved by sharing and
better targeting information about the programme to reach out to new participants and
organisations across all sectors. The process of
disseminating and exploiting project results
would require a greater focus to ensure more effective uptake and long-term impact. In the
future, the programme should invest in mechanisms that ensure project results are further
shared and promoted, enabling future projects to build to a greater extent on existing
achievements, rather than duplicating efforts and recreating the same outcomes. Such an
approach could not only foster innovation and continuous improvement but also ensure a more
efficient and strategic use of EU funds. Improvements are needed as well to extend the reach beyond
immediate beneficiaries, thereby contributing to greater visibility, sustainability, and overall impact.
The current programme has undergone significant
simplification.
However, administrative
burden remains a barrier to participation and the programme is still perceived as better oriented
134
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0137.png
towards larger, more-resourced organisations. Improvements should be focused on offering an
even more user-friendly and streamlined programme. Simpler reporting procedures, less
administrative burden and a streamlined set of rules across the various actions and fields should
be assessed to
simplify access for small and newcomer organisations.
Further support is needed
through guidance and training on the lump sum system, not fully understood by some beneficiaries.
The rollout of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 introduced an entirely new
IT landscape.
For actions
under indirect management, the evaluation highlights important issues which affected the
functioning of the IT tools. Building on the efforts made to gradually introduce qualitative
improvements, it is crucial that the IT infrastructure remains a key priority for the successful
continuation of the current programme and for its successor, ensuring continuity, stability, high
performance, and alignment with simplification and user-friendliness objectives.
5.2.2. Monitoring and evaluation arrangements
Several lessons have emerged as well regarding the
regular monitoring, evaluation and data
availability.
The adoption of the Monitoring and Evaluation Framework in 2023 for Erasmus+
2021-2027 has been appreciated by stakeholders as it streamlined the measures for its regular
monitoring, providing a set of additional indicators on key areas of programme performance.
While the interim evaluation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 highlights notable improvements of the
monitoring framework compared to the previous programme, some indicators remain of not
easy measurement. The absence of indicators for the Jean Monnet Actions makes it challenging
to fully evaluate their performance based on targets. Existing monitoring data are not sufficient
to measure the causal link of Erasmus+ activities on its outcome, so that the evaluation of the
Erasmus+ activities is difficult to conduct. Both the final and interim evaluations have
highlighted these challenges, which need to be addressed in view of the final evaluation of
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 and any future evaluation.
National reports on the implementation and impact of Erasmus+ have provided a wealth of data
and analyses from national perspectives, representing a great added value for this evaluation.
However, the variety of activities and analytical methods at the basis of these reports limit their
full comparability and consolidation. The final evaluation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 would
benefit from redefining the role of these reports, emphasizing the need for more comparable
and methodologically robust studies. National Authorities could be encouraged to design
impact analyses using representative sample sizes and to expand the use of counterfactual
methodologies at the country level. This action could be performed with support of the
Expert
Group on the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ and European Solidarity Corps programmes,
which would
provide the forum for discussing indicators for future evaluations and needs for additional data
collections to feed impact indicators. The group could also support the preparation of structured
guidance to National Authorities for the preparation of national reports, through harmonised and agreed
methods and data collections, ensuring comparability and cross-country analyses.
As part of their tasks, National Agencies carry out a number of studies, survey and reports.
However, almost none of these studies could be retained in the final list of papers used for the
three meta-analyses carried out for this evaluation. The meta-analyses also highlighted research
gaps in areas of great relevance for Erasmus+. The lack of quantitative research papers on the
topic of EU values, making use of data directly linked to both the 2014-2020 and the 2021-
2027 programming periods, limited the possibility of exploiting the outcomes on this topic for
both the final and the interim evaluations. Another major gap highlighted by the meta-analyses
concerns the difficult of assessing and quantifying the programme impact on employability,
career prospects and labour market outcomes. For higher education student mobility, which
represents the biggest portion of Erasmus+ budget, this gap stems from the lack of unique
identifiers that would enable linking Erasmus+ applicant data to other administrative sources,
135
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0138.png
such as employment records, across Member States and associated countries, which are
essential for tracking long-term outcomes. In addition, the assessment of the organisational and
system level impact of the programme was also limited by lack of quantitative data and studies
with contrafactual methodologies on the outcomes generated by these dimensions of the
programme. Reflection is needed on how to close these gaps and ensure a sound assessment of
programme impact and higher usability of the evidence-base activities carried out by National
Agencies for the evaluation of the programme. Monitoring and evaluation activities conducted
by National Agencies should be better coordinated, drawing on the existing RAY network in
the field of youth. The RIA-AE
469
network, recently established by National Agencies to
coordinate evidence base research activities in the adult education sector, represents a good
practice to be further expanded across fields. The existing working groups gathering
Commission and National Agencies’ representatives will tackle this issue as a follow up to this
evaluation indicatively as from 2026 to ensure that coordinated analyses can take place across
all programme fields, with appropriate methodologies and adequate timing to feed the impact
analysis of the final evaluation for the three levels of intervention of the programme. While
administrative data connections are essential for tracking long-term outcomes at individual
level and cannot be easily replaced by systematic surveys due to limitations in coverage and
the high costs involved, in the short term, surveys could still serve as an interim measure until
more robust data-linking mechanisms are in place. Therefore, regular survey activities
involving both participants and non-participants, facilitated through their respective
organisations and coordinated by National Agencies, in cooperation and under supervision
from EAC, should also be implemented to enrich the evaluation process, ensure cross-country
contrafactual analyses and provide more comprehensive impact analyses.
A more systematic and structured approach to reporting is also needed to ensure easy access to
up-to-date data and information, in particular for key action 2 and key action 3 activities. The
enhanced reporting should include both quantitative and qualitative data on achievements,
outcomes and challenges experienced by funded projects, and complemented by examples of
best practices to strengthen accountability and drive policy results. A review of application
forms and final reports of programme actions is already on-going. This review aims to facilitate
data extraction and to reinforce the monitoring of project results in particular for key action 2
activities, where less data is currently available. This exercise will also support the feeding of
the two impact indicators established through Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)
2023/2710, with regular quantitative data.
Furthermore, the setup of a
resource centre
will be explored to systematically tackle the
monitoring, survey design, data collection for impact evaluation and analysis of the impact of
the programme. The resource centre could be operational as from 2028 and work in close
cooperation with and under supervision of Commission services, creating the link between the
EU level evaluation (Commission) and national level impact analyses (National Agencies and
National Authorities), supporting them with guidelines and expertise through a university-
based team of researchers. The resource centre could also support the coordination of activities
and analyses aiming to feed the final evaluation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 and coordinate the
execution of longitudinal studies based on follow-up surveys addressing participants and non-
participants, ideally at 1, 3, and 5 years post-application.
Furthermore, the following additional options as well as options for improving analysis of costs
in the final evaluation will be explored in the mid-term to support the preparation of final
evaluation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 and enable further steps for the establishment of a long-term
strategy based on comprehensive data strategy, thereby moving away from
ad hoc
data collection
469
Research-based Impact Analysis of Erasmus+ Adult Education programmes. Founded in 2022, the network
counts NAs from 15 Member States and Türkiye at the beginning of 2024.
136
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
for each evaluation. The set up of these activities may indicatively kick off in 2026 on the basis
of a roadmap included in the action plan that EAC will approve as a follow up to this evaluation:
Carrying out counterfactual studies at national level and meta-analyses of
Erasmus+ effectiveness, at individual and organisational level:
as outlined above, it
is essential to conduct counterfactual analyses to assess the effectiveness of Erasmus+
and the causality of the intervention. To complement and enhance the evidence-based
activities carried out by National Agencies, national-level studies could be carried out
on a limited but representative sample of institutions by university consortia, based on
gaps identified in existing research. Where feasible, cross-country comparisons through
meta-analyses could be carried out to enhance the robustness of findings and enable
generalisations of findings at transnational/programme level.
Feasibility study on data availability and integration, linking education data with
data on labour market outcomes:
the study will serve as a basis to identify data
sources within the Erasmus+ data platforms for direct and indirect management actions
and assess feasibility of linking Erasmus+ participant data with participants’ labour
market outcomes in Member States and associated countries. The study may also
address data availability for tracking costs.
Feasibility study on how to collect data not only on Erasmus+ participants but also
achieve a representative sample of non-participants
which are in their characteristics
close to Erasmus+ participants. Reaching out to non-participants is key for any future
impact evaluation. The feasibility study would focus on how the data could be collected
to reach representative samples, which incentives could be used, which variables would
need to be collected and identify the most feasible data collector.
In the context of the preparation of the post-2027 programming period and the evaluations of a
successor programme, reflection is on-going on a set of additional long-term measures, aiming
to provide a strategic and more systematic approach to enhance programme data collection,
integration, and analysis. These measures could build on a series of targeted options to enable
integrated data analysis complementing the current evidence base. The options currently under
reflection are:
-
Assess potential changes of the Erasmus+ application and reporting system
to reinforce
data collection at individual level, i.e. track all individual applicants for learning mobility
activities achieving longitudinal samples, regardless of funding status (i.e. both selected
and non-selected mobility participants).
Expanding Data Collection from Erasmus+ individual mobility applicants:
depending
on the outcomes of the feasibility study explored at mid-term, a modification of the
Erasmus+ application process could be implemented in the post-2027 programme to track
both selected and non-selected individual mobility applicants for causal impact assessment.
Follow-up surveys at 1, 3, and 5 years post-application could be carried out using data
directly stored in the programme tools (instead of those stored in organisations’ databases).
Introducing Unique Identifiers in Erasmus+ Applications (e.g. Social Security
Number for individuals, VAT for companies):
this option is a pre-condition to link
students/learners outcomes to labour market databases, and quantify Erasmus+ impact on
employability based on administrative data. Its potential implementation would be linked
to a feasibility study on regulatory and technical aspects of collecting and securely storing
unique identifiers at the level of individuals and organisations, and the development of
encryption and storage protocols.
Policy engagement and roundtables on data sharing in view of linking mobility data
to labour market outcomes:
linking data on Erasmus+ learning mobility participants with
labour market databases will require close collaboration with Member States and associated
137
-
-
-
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
-
third countries, inter-institutional cooperation, policy and financial support. To this aim,
consideration will be given to the organization of technical as well as ministerial-level
roundtables to discuss data-sharing frameworks. The Expert Group on Erasmus+ and
European Solidarity Corps programmes could provide an initial forum to test the feasibility
of this projects, while raising attention on the challenges and needs, to be carried out with
interlocutors at different levels and from different institutions depending on the country.
Further established cooperation with Member States and associated third countries, the
feasibility of data-sharing should be tested and pilot projects should be conducted.
Simplifying counterfactual analysis through interoperable data frameworks.
To
enhance counterfactual analysis while reducing administrative burden, it could be explored
the implementation of interoperable data collection and storage approaches that minimize
reporting requirements for Member States. This decentralized approach would align with
GDPR compliance, ensuring data privacy while maintaining analytical flexibility. By
allowing on-demand access to harmonized data without requiring direct transfers, the
system would simplify evaluation processes and reduce duplication of reporting efforts.
Technical feasibility, legal frameworks, and implementation challenges should be assessed
as a preliminary step.
138
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0141.png
A
NNEX
I: P
ROCEDURAL
I
NFORMATION
The interim evaluation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 and the final evaluation of the predecessor programme (Decide reference: PLAN/2022/281) have been
steered by Directorate-General Education, Youth, Sport and Culture (DG EAC) since May 2022
470
under the scrutiny of an inter-service group (ISG)
comprising of representatives of 15 DG (BUDG, SJ, SG, CLIMA, CNECT, EMPL, ENV, INTPA, JRC, JUST, MARE, MOVE, NEAR, RTD and REGIO).
The ISG was consulted at each stage of the evaluation process and reviewed each deliverable produced by the contractor as well as this SWD. Overall,
nine ISG meetings
took place as well as several written consultations on key outputs of the evaluation work, such as: 1) Guidelines for the National reports
on the implementation and impact of Erasmus+; 2) text of the publication consultation; 3) factual summary report of the public consultation; 4) Synopsis
report; 5) Synthesis of National Reports (‘Synthesis report’).
The first ISG meeting took place on 31 May 2022 to get a common understanding of what the evaluation should deliver as well as to discuss the evaluation
mandate, the distribution of roles and tasks, the evaluation timetable and the draft call for evidence. Following this meeting, the Call for evidence was
published on 28 July until 12 September 2022 for seven weeks and received 195 individual replies. The ISG met again on 29 September 2022 to discuss
the Technical Specifications (including the intervention logic and the evaluation questions) for the external consultancy study supporting the evaluation
work.
In total, six ISG meetings focused on the supporting study and the key deliverables foreseen under the service contract signed with ICF:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
23 March 2023: kick-off meeting with ICF
23 May 2023: inception report
13 October 2023: first interim report
15 March 2024: second interim report
1 July 2024: draft final report
9 September 2024: final report
The ISG met last on 8 November 2024 to discuss the draft Commission’s evaluation report (SWD) before submission to the Regulatory Scrutiny Board
(RSB).
470
Ares(2022)3394783.
139
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0142.png
No exception from the usual procedural requirements of the better regulation guidelines was requested for this evaluation.
This evaluation is based on evidence gathered via different channels and an overview is presented in Annexes II and III. The main sources of evidence
are internal analyses by the European Commission, reports submitted by the Erasmus+ national authorities on the implementation and impact of
Erasmus+ in their territories (‘national reports’), analysis and reports by other European Institutions and by the external evaluator who worked on the
supporting study, carried out between 2023 and 2024.
CONSULTATION OF THE RSB
A meeting with the RSB took place on 29 January 2024. Following this meeting, the RSB provided a series of comments requiring revision of the draft
SWD, with re-submission to the RSB on 16 April 2025. A positive opinion with reservations was issued on 19 May 2025 highlighting some areas of
improvements.
The changes introduced in the draft SWD to address RSB observations are described in the table below.
What to improve (RSB comments)
(1) The overall conclusions remain overly far reaching and positive, given the
acknowledged evidence gaps. The conclusions should fully reflect
(un)available evidence base regarding effectiveness (limited demonstration
and causal attribution of benefits) and efficiency (no monetisation of benefits,
incomplete account of costs) of the programme.
(2) The report should be clear about the robustness of evidence used and
related limitations. It should distinguish those statements and conclusions
which build solely or primarily on opinion stakeholder data, self-assessment
survey data and those which are underpinned by counterfactual methodology
based on observational data, and on limitations linked to the methodology
such as limited external validity.
How and where comments have been addressed
A statement has been added at the beginning of section 5.1, while conclusions have
been revised to take further account of the caveats stated in section 1.1.4.
(3) The benefits at the organisational and systemic/policy levels should be
systematically critically analysed beyond selective evidence from several
case studies. The results and impacts should be better operationalised to
reflect organisational learning (improving quality, changes of methodologies,
pedagogies, practice and content) and policy-level improvements based on
supported activities such as policy experimentation and evidence-based
The caveats described in section 1.1.4 have been recalled where relevant in the
analysis of both the effectiveness and efficiency criteria. The type of sources
supporting the evidence base (e.g. studies, surveys, case studies, interviews,
programme data) is stated at each occurrence either in the text or in the footnotes.
Additional clarifications either in the text or in footnotes have been added, where
relevant, on findings that are only based on qualitative evidence, stakeholder
perceptions or surveys with non-contrafactual methodology (see e.g. section 4.1.1,
4.1.1.2, 4.1.1.3, 4.1.1.4…).
Operational definitions of organisational and system level impact have been added at
the beginning of sections 4.1.1.3 and 4.1.1.4 to further clarify what should be
expected in terms of analysis and outcomes.
The evidence collected in the support study from the external evaluator on these
dimensions, in great part qualitative and opinion based, was further complemented
with programme data and a more in-depth literature review, covering additional
140
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0143.png
What to improve (RSB comments)
approaches. The methodology of the evaluation should allow to assess the
identified causal links between activities, results, impacts and progress on the
objectives including of sustainability of benefits at least in quantitative terms.
(4) The cost-effectiveness analysis fails to move beyond a qualitative,
perception-based narrative. The report should be transparent that the absence
of quantitative efficiency analysis does not allow efficiency and value for
money to be demonstrated.
(5) The analysis of relevance should better capture the evolving needs
regarding skills, in particular regarding competitiveness, AI and technology
developments, and what it means for the objectives and design of the
programme.
(6) A clear implementation roadmap for outlined monitoring and evaluation
framework improvements should be included in view of the upcoming 2021-
2027 final evolution. The lessons learned on evaluation and monitoring
should be developed in relation to data and methods to allow for assessing
effectiveness of staff mobility, and interventions at organisational and
systemic/policy levels. The lessons regarding collection of data on costs to
beneficiary organisations should be added.
How and where comments have been addressed
studies and policy documents on top of those exploited by the Contractor. However,
given the lack of administrative data on these dimensions of the programme, at this
stage it is not possible to collect further data and produce additional analyses.
The limitations have been stated in section 4.1.2.4.
Additional analytical elements on the relevance of programme objectives and its
design to competitiveness and technological change have been integrated in section
4.3.1 to complement the analysis provided in section 4.2.3.
Sections 5.2 and 5.2.2 have been revised as follows:
- The action plan foreseen in line with EAC internal procedures as follow up to the
recommendations stemming from this evaluation has been mentioned in the
introductory paragraph of section 5.2 and re-stated in relation to the additional
monitoring measures (section 5.2.2). This action plan will include precise
milestones and will be set up once the Erasmus+ evaluation is adopted.
- Where possible, indicative time references have been added (section 5.2.2).
- Clarifications have been added on the activities aiming to address the
organisational and system level impact.
The indicators adopted in 2023 through the Delegated Act on the Monitoring and
Evaluation Framework are all operationalised and their achievements were included
in this SWD (see table C of annex VII). In addition:
- More explicit references to the 2023 DA have been added at each occurrence
throughout the text.
- In section 4.1.2.5 on Monitoring mechanism, a footnote has been added,
explaining how they are operationalised.
- Section 5.2.2 includes additional clarifications on how the activities aiming to
reinforce the monitoring and evaluation system of the programme apply also to
the impact indicators introduced through the 2023 DA.
All quantitative data based on programme data are fully split between the period
2014-2020 and 2021-2023. It is not possible to further split certain survey data due
(7) While the report acknowledges the 2023 Delegated Regulation and
recognises its potential, it still fails to explain how the new indicators will be
operationalised. The report should include a clear explanation of how the new
indicators will be integrated in practice and how they correspond to proposed
improvements.
(8) The distinction between the two programme periods in terms of structure
should be also done for all quantitative data.
141
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0144.png
What to improve (RSB comments)
How and where comments have been addressed
to the design of the questionnaires, which do not allow a clear distinction between
programming periods.
The text has been slightly reduced, removing repetitions.
(9) With 148 pages the report is too long, even taking account of the fact that
it covers both a final and an interim evaluation. With a view to ensuring
readability it should be significantly shortened, including by taking out
redundancies and repetitions throughout the document.
142
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0145.png
A
NNEX
II. M
ETHODOLOGY AND
A
NALYTICAL MODELS USED
The final evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 and the interim evaluation of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 was coordinated by the Erasmus+ Coordination unit, in
cooperation with the unit Evidence-Based Policy and Evaluation, of the Commission’s Directorate-General Education, Youth, Sport and Culture (DG
EAC), with the support of: (i) a technical working group, gathering together representatives of 13 DG EAC units involved in the implementation of
Erasmus+ as well as the Executive Agency EACEA; (ii) and an interservice group comprising 15 Commission DGs and chaired by DG EAC. The evaluation
process started in 2022 and was guided by the Terms of Reference drawn up for contracting the external evaluator, consulted with the ISG and approved
by EAC board of directors.
The evaluation builds on: (i) a large amount of quantitative and qualitative evidence collected through a variety of methods described below; and (ii) a
thorough evaluation analysis, applying triangulation of evidence from different sources, ensuring an objective and robust assessment.
Main data sources
The study of the external evaluator was organised around a set of evaluation questions (EQs) under each evaluation criterion. A total of 63 evaluation
questions were set in the terms of reference, which were grouped into 27 themes or ‘macro-questions’: seven under the effectiveness criterion and five each
under the efficiency, relevance, coherence and European added value criteria. An evaluation framework was developed by the external evaluator in the
inception phase of the study to link the evaluation questions with relevant data sources, indicators and judgment criteria.
To answer the evaluation questions, a broad set of data collection and analytical techniques were used, building on the lessons learnt from the previous
combined evaluation of Erasmus+ (mid-term evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 and final evaluation of its predecessor programmes), and introducing new
methods reflecting evolving evaluation requirements and techniques.
The data collection and analysis activities carried out to perform the evaluation have drawn on both
primary and secondary data,
as follows.
1) Secondary data
(pre-existing or collected/produced independently from the support study):
Programme data,
collected by the Commission in the programme’s internal dashboards and tools managed by DG EAC and in publicly
available platforms and data collection activities managed by DG EAC – in particular:
Non-public available data - DG EAC dashboards
Programmes' Results dashboard
Data of Erasmus+ of all Erasmus+
contracted
projects under
direct and indirect management
of
both 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 programming periods
143
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0146.png
Erasmus+ reporting (MFF 2014-2020)
Erasmus+ and ESC (MFF 2021-2027)
Erasmus+ ‘Participant’s Survey Indicators'
Dashboard
Erasmus+ ‘Country Factsheet' Dashboard
Operational Dashboard collecting data of Erasmus+ actions under
indirect management,
at all stages
of the selection process, for the 2014-2020 period
Operational Dashboard collecting data of Erasmus+ actions under
indirect management,
at all stages
of the selection process, for the 2021-2027 period
Dashboard displaying monitoring data from Participants surveys 2014-2023 (i.e. survey submitted by
programme participants at completion of their mobility experience)
Dashboard providing data at country level of
contracted projects
under
direct and indirect
management
of both 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 programming periods.
Publicly available data sources
Review of key programme data published since 2014 as part of the Erasmus+ annual report
Public platform displaying information and results of Erasmus+ projects, since 2014, for actions under
direct and indirect management
Statistical annexes of the Erasmus+ annual
reports
471
,
Project data from the Erasmus+ Project Results
Platform
472
The non-publicly available data was extracted by the external evaluator from DG EAC dashboards on the basis of an extraction protocol approved
by DG EAC. The dashboards were ‘frozen’ on 5 January 2024 to reflect the state of play of the period under evaluation (2021-2023) and ensure
that data would not be updated while the extraction process was ongoing and could be replicated in any moment. In parallel, the main programme
dataset extracted in January 2024 has been in certain cases complemented by
ad hoc
extractions performed by EAC and EACEA at a later stage
to complement and provide a more accurate picture, in particular for those indicators where changes in the calculation or adaptations in the tools
were implemented during the evaluation period. Data extracted from the
2024 Programme Performance Statement
have been also taken into
account following the publication of the latter in June 2024. The sources and parameters for data extraction, including the time of extraction,
have been made clear at any step to ensure transparency and clarity. Differences among programming periods have been clarified and stated,
when applicable.
The evaluation used the wealth of the programme data available as regards
inputs
(funding),
outputs
(numbers of projects, numbers of
beneficiaries, etc.),
results
(satisfaction rate, specific benefits for programme participants),
impacts
(benefits for programme participants).
471
472
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/ro/resources-and-tools/statistics-and-factsheets
https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/projects
144
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0147.png
The monitoring surveys of beneficiaries carried out by DG EAC concern all learners and staff who take part in mobility activities under KA1
over the period 2014-2023. The reliability of the data is strong for the 2014-2020 period and good for the current period. Given the sample sizes
(first two years of the programme) the data is considered to be reliable even though 2023 data is still partial.
Where applicable, the data and extraction methodology reflected the parameters of the Programme Performance Statement. For the 2021-2027
programme, the analysis reflected the full set of indicators covered in the Monitoring and Evaluation Framework, with exception of two legal
basis indicators
473
, for which a critical mass of data was not available yet.
The continuity between the two programming periods of most actions made possible to ensure comparability to a quite large extent.
The main limitation of this analysis consists in the
incompleteness of 2023 data,
which applies in particular to the most recent actions (e.g.
Staff mobility in the sport sector). Nevertheless, the replicability and constant verification of data make the reliability of the underlying analysis
sufficiently strong.
A network analysis
was carried out by the external evaluator using publicly available data sources as well as programme monitoring data to
identify participation patterns in the programme, understand the degree of cross-sectoral cooperation and interconnectedness of country and
organisational networks, and compare network characteristics across actions, fields and time.
o
Literature review,
i.e. structured analysis of literature relevant to the evaluation, including the following types of documents i) key
programme documentation (Regulation, guides, Annual work programmes, Erasmus+ annual reports, National Agencies’ yearly reports,
National Authorities’ annual reporting (‘October reports’)); ii) documentation on programme management, monitoring tools, audit
reports, dissemination tools; iii) documentation on other related EU funding instruments and relevant policy agenda developments; iv)
documentation on similar national and international policy instruments; v) studies, evaluations, research reports on Erasmus+ carried out
both at EU and national level, mainly by National Agencies throughout both programming periods. In total, over 1 500 sources were
identified and analysed by the external evaluator using natural language-processing techniques and automated extraction. Additional
studies were reviewed for the meta-analyses performed as part of the evaluation (see later).
o
Project sample analysis,
i.e. review of the outputs and outcomes of a sample of 180 finalised projects (162 under Erasmus+ 2014-2020
and 18 under Erasmus+ 2021-2027) to provide a statistical overview of: the thematic coverage of Erasmus+ projects, the relevance of
those topics to key challenges in education, training, youth and sport and the programme’s four horizontal priorities; the types of project
outputs produced (beyond the basic classification available in the programme database); the availability of project outputs in the public
domain; and the level of citation or references to project outputs. The sample was selected randomly based on statistical criteria with
Other desk research activities:
“The share of organisations and institutions that consider they have developed high-quality practices as a result of their participation in KA2” and “the share of organisations and
institutions that consider that the procedures for taking part in the Programme are proportionate and simple”. Data is collected through final reports of funded projects, therefore there was
no critical mass of data available at the time of the evaluation; moreover, data related to these indicators has been processed and displayed in the relevant dashboard as from February
2024 only.
473
145
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0148.png
some manual adjustments to ensure a more appropriate coverage of a variety of actions. The analysis was carried out through desk
research on public available sources. The analysis, initially intended to identifying system-level effects from the projects examined or
systemic-effects linked to the horizontal priorities of the programme, encountered some implementation challenges, which limited its
scope and its use for data triangulation.
2) National Reports:
In accordance with Article 24(3) of the Erasmus+ Regulation, Member States and third countries associated to the programme have
submitted reports on the implementation and impact of Erasmus+ in their respective territories. Their findings are summarised in the so-called ‘Synthesis
report
474
’ drawn by the external evaluator. The reports were prepared by National Authorities on the basis of a guidance note sent by the Commission in
January 2023, including a list of evaluation questions, grouped under the five evaluation criteria. It was not mandatory for National Authorities to answer
all questions, nor were they limited to answering those questions.
The national reports mainly cover the actions which are being implemented under indirect
management by the National Agencies. At the same time, National Authorities were invited to comment, when relevant, on implementation of actions
under direct management in the country, though this was not compulsory.
The preparation of national reports on the implementation and impact of Erasmus+
involved a range of data collection activities and analytical methods in participating countries. Those used most often included:
-
-
-
-
-
-
interviews (individual or group, used by 29 out of 32 countries),
surveys (26 countries),
focus groups (15 countries)
workshops (12)
qualitative literature/document reviews (18 countries),
quantitative analysis of programme data (15 countries)
Scope
National evaluations on the implementation and
impact of Erasmus+, submitted between end of
February and early June 2024, as per Article 24(3) of
the Erasmus+ Regulation, addressing mainly actions
under indirect management, covering all sectors and
all evaluation criteria.
Volume
34 reports from 32 participating countries
NB: Belgium submitted 3 distinct reports
representing the Flemish, French and German-
speaking communities.
North Macedonia did not submit any report.
Source
National reports
on the implementation and impact
of Erasmus+
(‘Synthesis report’ drawn up by ICF)
3) Primary data,
collected for the support study through stakeholder consultations and including
475
:
474
475
Stand-alone report [not published yet]
Consultation activities are summarized in the synopsis report.
146
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0149.png
-
Public Consultation and Call for Evidence:
A public consultation
was conducted to gather opinions, including forward-looking perspectives, from citizens and stakeholders on the
programme’s performance across all evaluation criteria as well as on programme response to recent unforeseen events. Different (closed and
open-ended) questions were asked depending on the level and scope of knowledge of the programme declared by each respondent. Most
respondents were either organisations or practitioners, who declared to be familiar with Erasmus+. All programme sectors were represented,
although with quite different levels of participation. Consultation findings are not considered representative due to the selection bias inherent to
any open recruitment, but they can be triangulated with other sources to inform the evaluation.
The feedback collected through the
call for evidence,
conducted by the Commission in 2022 was also analysed and retained as part of the
evidence base.
Source
Scope
To gather the opinions and perspectives of citizens
and other stakeholders, the public consultation was
available in all official EU languages on the
dedicated European Commission website from 15
September to 8 December 2023.
To collect stakeholder views on the programme
performance and help define the scope of the
evaluation.
Conducted by the Commission from July to
September 2022.
Volume
1243 contributions
from all participating countries,
sent either by individuals replying in their personal
capacity (40%) or on behalf of their organisations
(60%), and representing all programme fields.
64 position papers,
analysed in annex II of ICF
study report
195 submissions
Public consultation
(Annex II of ICF study report and synopsis report)
Call for evidence
(Annex X of ICF study report – not published – and
Synopsis report)
-
Targeted consultations,
focusing on target groups of programme beneficiaries and non-beneficiaries as well as on different types of stakeholders:
Surveys of beneficiaries and control groups:
To analyse the effects of participation in the programme, the external evaluator conducted a
set of surveys addressing beneficiary learners (higher education students, VET learners, school pupils, adult learners, youth outside of formal
education/ training) and staff (in higher education, VET, schools, VET, adult education, youth and sport organisations). A total of 11 surveys
were conducted among all categories of individuals who participated in an Erasmus+ projects from 2014 (post-mobility in the case of
participation in mobility activities). In the case of staff, the survey touched upon also KA2. A corresponding survey was carried out among
non-participants in all target groups to evaluate and analyse the effects of taking part in the programme in terms of outcomes, experiences,
and attitudes (counterfactual analysis). The Erasmus+ monitoring survey (‘participants report) shows a subjective evaluation by beneficiaries
147
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0150.png
themselves of their experience, whereas these set of surveys was run through factual questions whether learners or staff demonstrate different
attitudes, competences or beliefs compared to a control group, which was asked the same questions.
The surveys were disseminated to contactable beneficiaries of the current and previous programme. However, findings cannot be always
generalised to the whole programme with sufficient confidence because of the varying size of the samples of the target groups and related
control group, which in some cases were not large enough to make judgements.
Control groups of non-beneficiaries with similar profiles were set up to compare their responses with those Erasmus+ participants. This has
been achieved in matching respondents in the treatment group (i.e. Erasmus+ beneficiaries) with ‘similar’ individuals in the control group,
to come up with a ‘matched sample’ where subjects are alike in some background characteristics, called covariates, such as gender, age, etc.
Regression analysis was used to compare the outcomes for the two groups while controlling for compositional differences in terms of the
demographics/characteristics considered, making it possible to statistically measure the existing correlation with participating in Erasmus+
(i.e., whether participation in the programme contributed to improving outcomes for programme participants).
A
pre/post-mobility survey targeting school pupils and young people
outside of formal education/training was also carried out to obtain
a finer measurement of short-term effects of programme participation on the youngest target groups taking part in mobility activities. For
young people outside formal education/training, the ‘pre-mobility’ component of the survey did not gather a sufficient number of replies to
ensure the implementation of the ‘post-mobility’ component. Hence, the post-mobility survey was only carried out for school pupils.
The surveys of learners and staff were complemented with
a survey of socio-economic actors,
i.e. organisations taking part in the
programme: companies, public authorities, civic organisations, sectoral bodies, etc. in addition to the traditional target group organisations.
Source
Scope
Individual beneficiaries of mobility actions
(learners and practitioners) and cooperation
actions (practitioners) as well as control groups
(non-beneficiaries)
Pupils before and after their mobility as well
control group in the same school/class
Volume
Learners’ survey: 25 413 Erasmus+
participants (test group) and 2,094 non-
participants (control group)
Staff survey: 26 332 participants (test group)
and 2 894 non-participants (control group).
366 pupils took part inf the survey (261 in the
‘pre-mobility’ component and 105 in the ‘post-
mobility’ component), as well as 149 non-
participants (123 in the ‘pre-mobility’
component and 26 in the ‘post-mobility’ one)
1 550 valid replies
Beneficiary surveys of learners and
staff
(Annexes XV and XVI of ICF study
report, both not published, and
synopsis report)
Pre-post mobility survey of school
pupils
(Annex XVII of ICF study report,
not published, and synopsis report)
Survey of socio-economic actors
Organisations (companies, public authorities,
civil society organisations, NGOs) taking part
148
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0151.png
(Annex V of ICF study report and
synopsis report)
in the programme in addition to those
representing the primary target group across all
sectors and action types.
-
Surveys of staff involved in the programme implementation,
including:
Erasmus+ National Agencies and EACEA.
The survey covered extensively all evaluation criteria and types of actions, from the specialised
perspective of the key managing bodies.
Erasmus+ expert assessors
of project proposals and final reports for actions under direct and indirect management. The survey was used to
complement data on projects, in particular about the quality of applications, including the new accreditation scheme, final reports as well as
the efficiency of the selection process.
Source
Scope
Volume
Survey of National Agencies and EACEA
Agencies’ staff in charge of programme 164 valid responses (156 from National
(Annex III of ICF study report and synopsis implementation (55 National Agencies and the Agencies and 8 from EACEA respondents)
report)
Executive Agency EACEA). One response per sector
designated by each agency
Survey of Expert assessors
Assessors supporting project selection and those 1 842 valid replies (70% of the respondents
(Annex IV of ICF study report and synopsis supporting evaluation of final reports across both dealing with indirect management, 20% with
report)
programming periods (actions under direct and indirect direct management actions, 10% with both)
management)
-
Qualitative data collection through interviews to key informant and case studies
Key informant interviews
aimed at collecting information from key informants at international, European and national levels, targeting
respectively i) EU delegations and stakeholder organisations in third countries not associated to the programme, ii) Commission’s and EU
agencies officials as well as EU key stakeholder organisation representative, and iii) national policy officers and stakeholder organisations in
25 countries. The interviews focused on the relevance, effectiveness, efficiency and coherence evaluation criteria.
Case studies
served to complement insights gained from key informant interviews and surveys, in particular about how the programme
generates organisational and system level changes including spill over effects from individuals participating in mobility to other individuals
and to organisations. Case studies focused on projects and organisations, randomly selected based on a combination of pre-determined criteria
(e.g. variety of countries, experienced and newcomer organisations, balanced coverage of programme actions). The 44 case studies covered
149
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0152.png
all five evaluation criteria collecting experiences from interviewees and the main changes they noted following the participation in Erasmus+
on themselves as individuals, on their organisations and on systems.
Source
Scope
Volume
267 interviews:
42 with international level
interviewees, 60 with European-level
interviewees, and 165 with national-level
interviewees.
44 case studies,
of which 29 at organisational
level in all programme fields, 8 on Jean
Monnet Actions (JMA), 7 ‘system-level’.
186 stakeholders were interviewed
Interviews of key informants
Semi-guided interviews at international, EU and
(Annex XIV of ICF study report, not published, national level involving stakeholders from 38
and synopsis report)
countries (21 Member States, 4 associated third
countries; 13 non associated third countries) across
all programme sectors
Case studies
Case studies mainly at organisation and system level
(Annex VIII of ICF study report, not published, to assess spillover effects and changes at organisation
and synopsis report)
and system levels and to analyse different
perspectives (staff, learners, organisation, project and
system)
Social media analysis:
it was used to understand and measure awareness about the programme and its actions among different audiences on
various social media platforms, track and analyse audience reaction to programme communications, campaigns or events, capture engagement
metrics, as well as collect and analyse insights around sentiment and themes relevant to the programme and its actions. In addition, data from
relevant social media accounts managed by DG EAC was also analysed.
Source
Scope
Volume
Over 150 000 social media posts were collected
for the analysis, mentioning one or more
programme-related keywords; some sectoral
keywords were used too.
Social media analysis
X/Twitter, YouTube, Instagram, Facebook, and
(Annex XII of ICF study report – not published) TikTok were analysed over the period going from
August 2021 to January 2024.
The privacy settings in Instagram, Facebook reduced
a lot the input from these social media. As a result,
97% of the traffic taken into account was from X
(Twitter). The user profiles were impacted too,
resulting in a lower number of posts that could be
collected from the target groups making larger use of
Instagram or Facebook.
150
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0153.png
In addition to these ‘traditional’ data collection and analysis activities, more advanced and innovative methods were also used to complement the evidence
base:
Three Meta-analyses were carried out
to summarise in a structured way the conclusions of several scientific studies looking at individual
level impacts linked to the programme’s participation and focusing on three topics: skills development, employability and European values. The
meta-analyses carried out provide insights into the effectiveness and EU-added value evaluation criteria, specifically concerning the individual-
level effects of the programme. They also helped test the causal links between the participation in the programme and the effects observed at
the individual level. The application of this method in the context of the Erasmus+ programme presented several challenges due to lack of high-
quality primary studies meeting all the methodological requirements and enabling three full meta-analyses on three distinct Erasmus+ related
topics. By applying a range of remedies (e.g. a careful selection and definition of the topics, inclusion of studies in other languages, consideration
also of ‘grey literature’, etc.), it was possible to reach – and for two topics to even to exceed – the minimum threshold of ten papers for the three
research questions looking into higher education student mobilities. Still, in none of the three cases did the pool of studies include a minimum
of 10 papers with a directly comparable outcome measure. Therefore, a sign and significance meta-analysis was carried out instead of a
traditional effect- size analysis. Regarding mobilities outside higher-education student mobility, the systematic literature review and the
following selection process identified no more than one paper each.
Behavioural analysis,
conducted as an information provision experiment to evaluate the effectiveness of providing key information to
individuals who had never participated in Erasmus+ in view of encouraging them to participate in Erasmus+. The experiment was run through
an online survey on a panel of over 10 000 non-participants, using rigorous methods from behavioural and experimental economics. The
experiment also aimed to shed light on the factors that hinder participation with a counterfactual approach.
Source
Meta-analysis
Annex VI of ICF study report
Scope
Volume
Individual level effects mainly of higher education Final retained papers after application of
student mobility around three topics: i) skills inclusion and exclusion criteria were 19 papers
development, ii) employability and iii) European for the topic ‘skills development’, 11 for the
values
topic ‘employability’ and 10 for the topic
‘European values’
Analysing factors for non-participation in Erasmus+ 10 985 non-participants, aged between 18 and
targeting higher education students, VET learners and 30 years old in 10 countries
young people through an information provision
experiment
Behavioural experiment
Annex VII of ICF study report, synopsis report
151
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0154.png
Main methods used
The evidence collected through these various data collection and activities was then analysed using the approach of systematic synthesis and triangulation
to review, systemise and confirm findings and to provide robust answers to the evaluation questions. To this end, various methods were used to analyse
and synthetise the collected data, including the following:
Textual analytics
using natural language processing to automatically pre-process large amounts of structured or unstructured text data, extract
information relevant for the evaluation, and quantify text data where relevant. These techniques were used across several activities of the support
study, including in particular the literature review, the analysis of answers to open questions in the various consultation activities, and the analysis
of position papers submitted by respondents to the public consultation, as well as to extract and process information from the national reports on the
implementation and impacts of the programme, to support the production of the report summarising the national reports (‘synthesis report’).
Qualitative comparative analysis
to analyse patterns in qualitative data. This was in particular used to analyse the write-ups of key informant
interviews and the national reports to retrieve relevant information and produce usable summaries.
Benchmarking analysis,
using the data collected on comparator programmes to address evaluation questions on the efficiency of grants and
participant volumes of Erasmus+ with respect to other programmes; coherence and complementarity of Erasmus+ with other national and
international programmes; and assessing the added value of Erasmus+. In each case, only the programmes and metrics relevant for the specific
question were used. To enhance the analysis, insights from public consultations and key informant interviews were incorporated to compare
Erasmus+ with other programmes or to assess its synergies, and complementarities with. The activity determined a shortlist of 32 programmes,
including both bilateral (two-way) and multilateral (multi-way) cooperation or exchange programmes. The data collected by the external evaluator
on comparator programmes is largely based on desk research and publicly available information. The granularity of this data is therefore variable
and limited for most comparator programmes. As a result, the depth of the benchmarking exercise resulted limited. Actions were put in place to
ensure the best-match possible with the characteristics of the Erasmus+ programme under analysis in the relevant evaluation questions and the best
‘like-for-like’ comparison possible. However, the quality and granularity of the data available made necessary a trade-off between the number of
comparator programmes retained for the analysis and the depth of the analysis itself. Consequently, data at different levels was applied to each of
the evaluation questions tackled for this analysis to ensure accuracy and alignment with the objectives of the relevant question.
Cost-effectiveness analysis:
The cost-effectiveness analysis (CEA) performed for the previous combined evaluation of Erasmus+ has shown that a
‘one size fits all’ CEA approach is not appropriate given the diversity and specific characteristics of actions supported under Erasmus+ over two
programming periods, meaning that different approaches need to be applied to different actions/clusters of actions. A classic CEA calculation of
cost per unit (output or result achieved) is not meaningful across the programme. As a result:
152
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
The depth and breadth of analysis undertaken for each action/cluster of actions is proportionate to their budget allocation, resulting in a
primary focus on learning mobility activities (KA1). For learning mobility, a full CEA was undertaken, incorporating internal
benchmarking for more granularity (analysis at the level of sectors/fields, distinguishing between short-term and long-term actions).
-
Cooperation activities (under KA2) and policy support activities (under KA3) generate a multiplicity of effects that cannot always be
aggregated and compared, and it is not possible to identify and isolate the costs of the specific effects generated by an action. These
projects generate a diversity of effects that are often of a ‘soft’ or intangible nature and are therefore neither measurable nor comparable
across projects. This called for a ‘lighter’ CEA approach offering a more limited level of granularity and relying more on qualitative
evidence and evaluators’ judgement, as well as on case studies.
The application of both approaches was carried out through a multi-step approach requiring i) the identification of inputs, ii) the gathering of
evidence relating to the effectiveness and the added value of the cluster of actions, iii) determining whether the volume of expenditure appears
reasonable and cost-effective also in comparison with comparator programmes, where applicable, iv) identifying any evident inefficiencies and
identifying the potential to improve the efficiency. For KA2, KA3 and JMA, the difficulty of identifying comparable programmes did not make it
possible to apply all the steps above, limiting the analysis to a qualitative assessment.
The process of
data triangulation
was applied throughout the support study carried out by the external evaluator, by systematically analysing and reviewing
the findings from different sources of evidence as they came in. Both methodological and data triangulation were used, to build on the outputs of the
different quantitative and qualitative research methods used, and to compare and consolidate data from various sources, with a view to provide a complete
and reliable picture and enhance the validity of the findings.
This process made it possible to cross-check evidence as well as to identify and examine possible bias and inconsistencies, thus making it possible to
differentiate the evidence arising from single sources from the one corroborated by several sources and thus underpin the evaluation findings. It also helped
identify remaining gaps in the evidence base, allowing appropriate action to be taken to fill them.
In addition,
five stakeholder workshops
were organised at various stages of the evaluation process, which were used to review, fine-tune and confirm
the study findings at various stages of their elaboration, as well as to capture additional expert input to support their further development.
-
153
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0156.png
A
NNEX
III. E
VALUATION MATRIX AND
,
WHERE RELEVANT
, D
ETAILS ON ANSWERS TO THE EVALUATION QUESTIONS
(
BY CRITERION
)
EFFECTIVENESS
Main
evaluation
question
EQ
1
Degree of
the
achievemen
t of the
programme
intervention
logic
Sub-questions
1.1 To what extent have the expected outputs,
results and impacts been achieved in both
evaluation periods?
Is there a need to streamline the programme’s
objectives? Are there any objectives missing from
the Erasmus+?
[applicability: both programming periods]
Judgement criteria and indicators of
success
The programme is on track (or shows
progress) in achieving its targets in both
evaluation periods
The programme has been effective in
achieving its objectives
There are no gaps in the programme’s
objectives
Data collection methods
Programme data analysis
Beneficiaries surveys; targeted
consultations to NAs/EACEA and
socio-economic actors.
Scoping interviews
Case studies
Key informant interviews
Analysis of public consultation results
Analysis of behavioural experiment
Analysis of national reports
Network analysis
Meta-analyses
Literature review
Surveys
Key informant interviews
Network analysis
Case studies
Review of studies/evaluations
Meta-analyses
Programme data analysis
Key informant interviews
Analysis of public consultation results
Targeted consultations: NA/EACEA
survey, socio-economic actors’ survey
Section of the
SWD
4.1.1.1
1.2 Identify, describe and quantify (if possible) the
spill-over effects between various actions (clusters
of actions) of Erasmus+ 2021-2027, as described in
the intervention logic.
[applicability: 2021-2027]
1.3 To what extent has Erasmus+ 2021-2027 had a
transformative effect on systems, values and norms,
particularly with respect to the four horizontal
priorities of the programme?
1.4 To what extent do the actions/activities/projects
supported by Erasmus+ 2021-2027 contribute to
mainstreaming climate actions and achieving
climate objectives? To what degree are they
designed in an eco-friendly manner and incorporate
green practices?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
Spill-over effects are identified, or are
recognised by stakeholders, at various
intervention level.
The programme demonstrates positive
impact in promoting its four horizontal
priorities
Participants show increased knowledge
and behavioural change related to the
four priorities
Stakeholders
recognise
the
transformative effect of the programme
on the four horizontal priorities
4.1.1.3
4.1.1.4
4.1.1.6.
154
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0157.png
Main
evaluation
question
Sub-questions
1.5 How effective are the forms of cooperation and
the types of action under Erasmus+ 2021-2027 and
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 for the purpose of supporting
the political priorities, including its international
dimension? Could the international dimension of
Erasmus+ be strengthened?
[Applicability: both programming periods]
Judgement criteria and indicators of
success
The thematic coverage of the
programme and its actions supports the
political priorities
Outputs, results and impact are
thematically aligned with political
priorities
The international dimension of
Erasmus+ responds to region-specific
priorities and strategies and contributes
to political priorities
The programme actions/fields address
needs and challenges of their target
groups
There is clear link between programme
actions and the resulting outcomes and
impact
for
participants
and
organisations
There is evidence of impact for those
actions of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 which
continued in Erasmus+ 2021-2027;
Discontinued actions did not create
important gaps in Erasmus+ 2021-2027
effectiveness;
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 covers all
activities that are associated with strong
positive effects
There is evidence of continued
effectiveness and future impact of
actions continued from Erasmus+ 2014-
2020
Comparison between the reported
outcomes for discontinued and
continued actions;
Data collection methods
Programme data analysis
Key informant interviews
Review of programme documentation
Section of the
SWD
4.1.1.4.
4.2.5
1.6 Which fields and actions of the programmes are
the most effective considering the needs?
[Applicability: both programming periods]
Targeted consultations: NA/EACEA
survey
Case studies
4.1.1.
1.7 Can conclusions be drawn on the effectiveness
of actions that have been continued and those that
were discontinued between the two periods?
1.8 What conclusions can be drawn on the likely
impact of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 given that
significant parts of its actions are a continuation of
Erasmus+ 2014-2020?
[Applicability: both programming periods]
Key informant views at national level
Analysis of national reports
Case studies
Programme data analysis
Not covered in
SWD
155
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0158.png
Main
evaluation
question
Sub-questions
Judgement criteria and indicators of
success
Comparison of scale of actions
discontinued and continued: numbers of
participants; numbers of applications
The action is well known
The action has been delivering effective
results
Stakeholders recognise effective results
of activities performed under the actions
Extent, scale of action, reach and impact
of support activities and bodies
Stakeholders recognise relevance and
usefulness of support activities and
bodies
Data collection methods
Section of the
SWD
1.9: Jean Monnet in schools: how well is the action
known? What added value does it bring and what re
the first results?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
2.1: How effective are the measures that contribute
to the high-quality and inclusive implementation of
the programme, including support for activities and
bodies in enhancing the strategic implementation of
Erasmus+?
What additional measures or changes to the existing
support actions may contribute to further supporting
the high-quality implementation of the programme?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
2.2: To what extent are programme results
adequately disseminated and exploited?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
Case studies
Not covered in
SWD.
EQ2
Programme
implementa
tion and
architecture
Programme data on support activities
and bodies
Analysis of programme documentation
Key informant interviews
Targeted consultation: NA/EACEA
survey
Analysis of public consultation results
Not covered in
SWD
Type, extent and take-up of
dissemination activities of programme
results
Stakeholders consider EU and national
dissemination efforts useful and
adequate
The project results are available and
used
Volume and relevance of references to
the programme in social media
Number of visitors and visits to the
EPRP
Stakeholders show overall positive
perception of the programme
There is evidence of positive evolution
of the programme reputation and
Mapping and analysis of dissemination
tools and actions
Analysis of programme documentation
Key informant interviews
Surveys of participants
Analysis of Public Consultation results
Review of projects sample
Social media analysis
Analysis of national reports
4.1.1.7.
2.3 How has the perception and reputation of the
programme changed among stakeholders since the
mid-term evaluation of Erasmus+ 2014-2020 and
what were the key factors in that change?
Targeted consultations
Social media analysis
Scoping interviews
Key informant interviews
4.1.1.7.
156
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0159.png
Main
evaluation
question
Sub-questions
Judgement criteria and indicators of
success
perception between programming
periods
Social media channel show evidence of
positive sentiment on the programme
Evidence of factors with a positive
influence on the level of outputs, results
and impacts
Evidence of factors with a negative
influence on the level of outputs, results
and impacts
The programme is successful in
addressing areas where negative factors
have been identified
Stakeholders’ perceptions of the most
significant external influencing factors
The programme has adapted well to
external
factors
with
limited
repercussions on its implementation;
Stakeholders
consider
good
the
flexibility and resilience of the
programme to external factors
The measures taken in response to the
pandemic have been effective;
The measures taken in response to
Russia’s invasion of Ukraine have been
effective;
Evidence shows the positive impact of
measures undertaken by the programme
Unintended effects that have occurred
are positive
No negative unintended effects have
been identified
Participants with fewer opportunities
report benefits from their participation
in the programme
Data collection methods
Workshop with National Agencies
Case studies
Section of the
SWD
[applicability: both programming periods]
EQ3
Influencing
factors
(external
environmen
t)
3.1. What negative and positive factors (internal
and external) seem to influence outputs, results and
impacts?
3.2. How did the COVID-19 pandemic impact the
implementation of the two generations of the
programme, and what was the effect of the
measures taken in response to the pandemic?
3.3. What was the effect of the measures taken in
the frame of the programme implementation in
response to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine?
[applicability: 2014-2020 for 3.2, 2021-2027 for
the whole EQ]
EQ4
Unintended
effects
4.1. What, if any, have been the unintended effects
(and their magnitude) on Erasmus+ 2021-2027 and
Erasmus+ 2014-2020?
[applicability: both programming periods]
5.1. What are the differences in the impact of
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 actions on people with fewer
opportunities (including people living in remote
Scoping interviews and literature
review
Analysis of programme data
Case studies
Key informant interviews
Analysis of national reports
Analysis of public consultation results
Targeted consultation: socio-economic
actors survey, beneficiaries’ surveys
Literature review and review of
programme documentation
The SWD only
covers external
influencing factor
in section 4.1.1.8.
The
remaining
elements
are
covered in the
study from the
external
evaluator
Key informant interviews
Analysis of national reports
4.1.
EQ5
Impacts on
people with
Beneficiaries’ surveys
Behavioural experiment
Analysis of National reports
4.1.1.2.
157
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0160.png
Main
evaluation
question
fewer
opportuniti
es
Sub-questions
regions such as the EU outermost regions and
overseas countries or territories) who traditionally
do not engage in transnational or international
activities?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
Judgement criteria and indicators of
success
Participants with fewer opportunities
show higher or lower impacts than
others participants
Share of people with fewer
opportunities participating in the
programme
The effects of participation (of
individuals and organisations) in the
programme are likely to last in the
long-term
The programme generates tangible and
long-lasting impact
Without Erasmus+ the activities funded
by the programme in the relevant
sector would not be supported/would
be supported at a lower extent
Comparison of the outcomes for
learners and staff participating in the
programme versus those not
participating
Data collection methods
Meta-analyses
Analysis of programme monitoring
data
Analysis of public consultation results
Case studies
Key informant interviews
Targeted consultations: NA/EACEA
survey
Targeted consultations: beneficiaries’
surveys; NA/EACEA survey
Case studies
Analysis of public consultation results
Meta-analyses
Project sample analysis
Review of programme documentation
Programme monitoring data
Targeted consultations: Surveys to
NAs/EACEA, Survey of socio-
economic actors
Beneficiaries’ surveys (learners/staff)
Analysis of public consultation results
Section of the
SWD
EQ6
Sustainabili
ty
6.1. To what extent are the effects likely to last after
the intervention ends, both cumulatively and the
level of each implemented grant?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
4.1.1.1.
4.1.1.2.
4.1.1.3.
EQ7
Counterfact
ual
7.1. What if the Erasmus+ programme had not
existed? Would the relevant sectors (higher
education, school education, adult education, VET,
youth and sport) be supported to a comparable
extent?
[applicability: both programming periods]
4.1.1.2.
EFFICIENCY
Main
evaluation
question
EQ8 Cost-
effectiveness
of different
actions
Sub-questions
8.1 What is the cost-effectiveness of various actions
of Erasmus+ 2021-2027 and Erasmus+ 2014-2020?
How do the relative costs and outcomes (effects) of
various programme actions compare within and
across the programme fields?
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
Activities funded under Erasmus+ generate
reasonable changes or effects in relation to
their costs;
The volume of expenditure appears
reasonable and cost-effective in light of the
performance and EU added value delivered
Data collection methods
Programme data analysis
Programme documentation
analysis
Key informant interviews
Case studies
Survey to NAs/EACEA
Section of the
SWD
4.1.2.4.
158
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0161.png
Main
evaluation
question
Sub-questions
[applicability: both programming periods]
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
Evidence of EU added value
Data collection methods
Analysis of national reports
Analysis of public consultation
results
Programme data analysis
Key informant interviews
Targeted consultations:
beneficiaries, NA/EACEA
surveys, Expert assessors
surveys
Case studies
Analysis of public consultation
results
Section of the
SWD
EQ9 Size of
programme
budget
9.1 To what extent is/was the size of the budget
appropriate and proportionate to what Erasmus+
2021-2027 and Erasmus+ 2014-2020 set out to
achieve?
9.2 To what extent is/was the distribution of funds
across the programme fields and key actions
appropriate in relation to their level of effectiveness
and utility?
9.3. What are the budget absorption rates and capacity
per sector and key action, and how do they affect the
quality of proposals?
[applicability: both programming periods]
10.1. What is the prospect of other policy instruments
or mechanisms providing a better cost-effectiveness
ratio?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
The resources allocated to the different
fields/actions is appropriate and justified on
the basis of cost-effectiveness and
achievement of intended outputs, outcomes
and results
Stakeholders consider budget adequate at
action/field/project level
Extent to which a different mix or lower
funding would have reduced the scale of
benefits achieved (projects scaled back or
implemented over a longer timeframe with
lower levels of funding) or would have
compromised the quality of results
The volume of programme expenditure
appears reasonable and cost-effective
compared to other policy instruments
There is evidence of other policy
instruments that could fund similar types of
actions/activities and achieve similar or
better results at lower costs
4.1.2.1.
EQ10
Alternatives
Programme data analysis
Analysis of programme
documentation
Targeted consultations:
NA/EACEA surveys
Key informant interviews
Not covered in
SWD
EQ11
Efficiency of
management
architecture
11.1 To what extent is the implementation and
management structure of actions implemented under
direct and indirect management appropriate, efficient,
and well-functioning?
Are there differences in efficiency of programme
management and implementation between the bodies
in charge of indirect and direct management or
between different programming periods? If so, what
The programme implementation and
management structures have proven to be
appropriate, efficient, non-burdensome and
cost-effective, both under direct and indirect
management
The differences, if any, in the costs of
programme
management
and
implementation between national agencies
and EACEA are justified
Programme data analysis
Key informant interviews,
Targeted consultations:
Beneficiaries’ surveys;
NA/EACEA survey
Programme documentation
analysis
Analysis of national reports
4.1.2.2
159
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0162.png
Main
evaluation
question
Sub-questions
are the differences and what are the underlying
reasons?
[applicability: both programming periods]
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
Comparison of the programme
management and implementation structure,
the roles and responsibilities among the two
programming periods shows evidence of:
-
Clearly defined roles and
responsibilities
-
No overlaps/duplications
-
Effective and efficient cooperation
between management bodies
Analysis of key administrative steps as
indicator of programme management
efficiency
Supervision and implementation roles and
responsibilities of the various actors are
clearly defined and understood by
stakeholders
Division of functions is logical, with no
overlaps/duplication observed
Distribution of programme supervision
functions is well understood by the different
management bodies
The cooperation between the different
management bodies is efficient
Most stakeholders are satisfied with current
management structure
EACEA, national agencies, Erasmus+
Committee satisfied with the Commission’s
guiding role
The
current
management
structure
represents an improvement on the previous
programming period
There is little or no evidence of
inefficiencies in management structure
Information and communication roles and
responsibilities of the various actors are
Data collection methods
Section of the
SWD
11.2 How efficient is the cooperation between the
different actors and entities involved in
implementation and supervision of the programme,
and to what extent does the Commission fulfil its
guiding role in the process?
How has this changed between the two programming
periods? What are the reasons for potential changes?
What are the areas for improvement?
[applicability: both programming periods]
Programme data analysis
Analysis of programme
documentation/reporting
Targeted consultations:
NAs/EACEA survey, socio-
economic survey
4.1.2.2.
11.3. To what extent is the information flow and
communication efficient, fast and well-organised
between different actors?
Programme data analysis
Key informant interviews
4.1.2.2.
160
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0163.png
Main
evaluation
question
Sub-questions
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
clearly defined, and there are no overlaps/
duplication in their functions
Distribution
of
information
and
communication functions is well understood
by the different stakeholders (particularly
applicants and beneficiaries)
The flow of information and communication
between the different actors is effective and
efficient
Most stakeholders are satisfied with
communication structure
The current information and communication
flow represent an improvement on the
previous programming period
There is little or no evidence of
inefficiencies
in
information
and
communication flows
There is evidence that simplified grants have
reduced administrative burden for national
agencies,
EACEA
and
programme
beneficiaries and participants
Stakeholders are positive about the used of
simplified grants
Data collection methods
Surveys: NA/EACEA survey,
expert assessors survey
Section of the
SWD
What are the obstacles or challenges (if any) in the
good flow of information and how can it be
improved?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
11.4. To what extent has
the system of simplified
grants
resulted in a reduction of the administrative
burden for national agencies, the EACEA and
programme beneficiaries and participants? Are there
differences across actions or fields?
What elements of the programme could be changed
to further
reduce the administrative burden and
simplify
the programme's implementation, without
unduly compromising its results and impact?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
11.5. To what extent are the
management support
tools
adequate and sufficient to support sound
management of the programme?
[applicability: both programming periods]
Key informant interviews
Workshops with NAs and
stakeholders
Targeted consultations:
NAs/EACEA survey, socio-
economic actors survey
Desk research
Literature review
Programme monitoring data
Analysis of national reports
4.1.2.3.
There is evidence that management support
tools (including IT landscape of both direct
and indirect management, the complete set
of programme and guidance documents) are
adequate and sufficient
Stakeholders’ perception of management
support tools is positive
Overview of existing
management tools
Key informant Interviews
Targeted consultations:
NA/EACEA survey, expert
assessors’ survey
Workshops with NAs and
programme stakeholders
4.1.2.2
161
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0164.png
Main
evaluation
question
Sub-questions
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
Data collection methods
Analysis of national reports
Key informant interviews
Secondary data review
Annual
Activity Reports; Anti-Fraud
strategy; Supervision Strategy
Analysis of national reports
Targeted consultation:
NAs/EACEA survey
Key informant interviews
Targeted
consultations:
NA/EACEA surveys, socio-
economic actors survey
Analysis of national reports
Secondary data review of
mechanisms and tools for project-
level monitoring; mechanisms
and tools for programme-level
monitoring
Analysis
of
programme
documentation/reporting
Secondary data review of
monitoring
indicators
and
reports, the legal base
Key informant interviews
Section of the
SWD
4.1.2.6.
11.6. To what extent have
the antifraud measures
allowed for the prevention and timely detection of
fraud?
[applicability: both programming periods]
The anti-fraud measures in place are
appropriate and robust
Stakeholders’ perceptions of decreasing
prevalence and nature of fraud
The number and scale of fraud incidents
reduced over time
Monitoring mechanisms are relevant and
useful for managing the programme and
making policy decisions
Stakeholders’ perception of the available
monitoring tools and outputs is positive
Participants/beneficiaries do not regard the
reporting requirements as onerous and
satisfied with format and frequency of
reporting
Monitoring tools are fit for purpose
Monitoring at programme and project level
is efficient
Monitoring systems are sensible and
proportionate
Indicators have a clear purpose and are
related to the priorities/objectives/activities
of the programme
Indicators chosen for monitoring purposes
are proportionate and meaningful
EQ12
Efficiency of
monitoring
12.1. Efficiency of monitoring mechanisms:
a. To what extent are the monitoring mechanisms
applied by the Commission, the EACEA, and the
national agencies efficient/cost effective, and
have they been simplified in the programming
period 2021-2027?
b. To what extent are the monitoring mechanisms
of the beneficiaries and participants by national
agencies and the EACEA effective and
proportionate?
c. To what extent are internal monitoring
mechanisms of activities of the national agencies
and the implementation of the programme at
nationl effective and proportionate? What are the
areas for improvement, considering the need for
smooth and effective implementation of the
programme? Is there scope for further
simplification in all programme dimensions or
actions?
12.2. Efficiency of indicators
To what extent do the indicators identified for the
programme in the legal base correspond to the
monitoring purposes? How could the overall
management and monitoring system be improved?
[applicability: both programming periods]
4.1.1.5.
162
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0165.png
COHERENCE
Main
evaluation
question
EQ18
Internal
coherence
Sub-questions
18.1. To what extent are the objectives of different
programme fields within Erasmus+ consistent and
mutually supportive? What evidence exists of
synergies between the different programme fields
and actions? How well do different actions work
together? To what extent are there duplications,
overlaps, or other clashes between the programme
fields and how are they dealt with?
18.2. To what extent are the actions implemented
under direct and indirect management coherent?
How do they interact/complement each other?
18.3. Key Action 2: How appropriate is the structure
of KA2? How complementary are the Actions and
what contributions do these make in reaching the
Erasmus+ objectives?
[applicability: both programming periods]
19.1 To what extent is Erasmus+ 2021-2027
coherent with relevant EU policies and programmes
with similar objectives, such as Creative Europe,
European Solidarity Corps, Horizon Europe (in
particular EIT, MSCA and ‘Widening participation
and strengthening the ERA’ parts), ALMA, 2021-
2027 Cohesion Policy programmes funded under
European Social Fund (ESF)+ and European
Regional Development Fund (ERDF) (including
mainstream and ETC programmes)
19.2 To what extent is Erasmus+ coherent with
other EU funding programmes, such as InvestEU,
Recovery and Resilience Facility, Citizens,
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
There are logical linkages between the
programme fields and actions
Stakeholders confirm the existence of
synergies between different programme
fields and actions
There are no duplications or overlaps
between programme actions or fields
Stakeholders appreciate the coherence and
complementarity of the different actions
Actions complement each other.
Data collection methods
Programme data analysis
Scoping interviews
Workshops with NAs and
stakeholders
Targeted
consultations:
NAs/EACEA
survey,
beneficiaries’ survey
Key informant interviews
Case studies
Analysis of public consultation
results
Analysis of national reports
Section of the
SWD
4.1.3.
4.1.3.1.
KA2 is coherent with the rest of the
programme/actions
and
contributes
delivering on programme’s objectives
EQ19
External
coherence
EU level
Programme objectives are complementary
with objectives of other EU funding
instruments
There is no evidence of overlap in actions
funded in the programme and other EU
funding instruments
EU-level stakeholders’ perception on
complementarity across EU funding
instruments is positive
The Programme is coherent with relevant
EU policies
The Programme’s design and mechanisms
feed into EU policies and vice-versa
Literature review and desk
analysis of other EU funding
programmes and EU policy
agenda documents
Secondary data on programme
actions funded and actions funded
by other EU funding instruments
Key informant interviews
Targeted
consultations:
NAs/EACEA survey, socio-
economic actors survey
Analysis of national reports
Analysis of public consultation
results
4.1.3.2.
163
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0166.png
Main
evaluation
question
Sub-questions
Equality, Rights and Values (CERV), EU4Health,
Digital Europe, Life
19.3 To what extent is Erasmus+ coherent with
external financing instruments, such as the
Neighbourhood, Development and International
Cooperation Instrument (NDICI) – Global Europe,
Instrument for PreAccession (IPA III)?
19.4. To what extent has Erasmus+ 2021-2027
proved complementary to other EU
interventions/initiatives in the fields of education
and training, youth and sport? To what extent is it
building effective synergies or interactions with
other EU funding programmes or financing
instruments?
19.5. To what extent does the design of Erasmus+
2021-2027 (including needs, objectives, activities,
outputs and effects) provide appropriate links and
support to
the EU policy agendas, both internal
and external?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
EU-level stakeholders’ perception on
coherence at the EU policy level is positive
There is evidence of synergies between the
programme and other EU funding
programme or financing instruments
Data collection methods
Section of the
SWD
EQ20
External
coherence –
national level
20.1. To what extent is Erasmus+ 2021-2027
coherent with various interventions pursued at
national level which have similar objectives? To
what extent has it proved complementary to
countries’ interventions/initiatives in the fields of
education and training, youth and sport?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
21.1. To what extent is Erasmus+ 2021-2027
coherent with various international-level
interventions with similar objectives?
Collected evidence shows that the objectives
and nature of actions under Erasmus+ are
coherent with other national interventions
Stakeholders’
perception
on
complementarity
between
national
programmes/initiatives and Erasmus+ is
positive
Collected evidence shows that the objectives
and nature of actions under Erasmus+ are
coherent
with
other
international
programmes
Literature review
Key informant interviews
Targeted
consultations:
NAs/EACEA survey
Analysis of public consultation
results
Analysis of national reports
Literature review
Key informant interviews
Analysis of public consultation
results
4.1.3.2.
EQ21
External
coherence
4.1.3.2.
164
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0167.png
Main
evaluation
question
international
level
Sub-questions
[applicability: 2021-2027]
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
Stakeholders identify synergies between
Erasmus+ and other international-level
programmes/initiatives
There is evidence of increased programme
coherence between the two programming
periods, as measured through aspects of
internal and external coherence
Stakeholders recognise the increase in
coherence and its key contributing factors
Data collection methods
Targeted
consultations:
NAs/EACEA survey
Analysis of national reports
Literature review
Key informant interviews
Analysis of Public Consultation
results
Targeted
consultations:
NAs/EACEA survey
Analysis of national reports
Section of the
SWD
EQ22
Evolution of
coherence
(internal and
external)
22.1. What is the coherence of Erasmus+ 2021-2027
compared to the coherence of Erasmus+ 2014-2020?
Has it improved in the new programme generation?
[applicability: both programming periods]
4.1.3.2.
EU ADDED VALUE
Main
evaluation
question
EQ23 Overall
added value
Sub-questions
23.1. What is the additional value and benefit from
EU activities, compared to what could be achieved
by Member States and other countries at regional
and/or national and/or international level?
23.2 What does Erasmus+ 2021-2027 offer in
addition to other education and training support
schemes available at both national and international
level?
23.3 What would be the most likely consequences of
stopping the Erasmus+ programme?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
Evidence on volume, scope and benefits of
the programme confirm its overall added
value
The analysis of size, target group coverage
and geographical coverage of similar
national/international programmes show
Erasmus+ offers the biggest added value
Stakeholders’ perception of the programme
added value against other comparable
national/international schemes is positive
Stakeholders consider that similar activities
could not be undertaken (or would be
undertaken in smaller scale) without
Erasmus+
Data collection methods
Programme data analysis
Key informant interviews
Analysis of public consultation
results
Analysis of national reports
Case studies
Targeted
consultations:
NAs/EACEA
survey,
beneficiaries’ surveys
Workshops with NAs and
stakeholders
Section of the
SWD
4.2.1.
4.2.3.
165
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0168.png
Main
evaluation
question
EQ24
Contribution
to
Europeanness
Sub-questions
24.1 To what extent does the Erasmus+ programme
contribute to developing knowledge of European
integration matters, raising awareness of EU
common values, and fostering a European sense of
belonging?
24.2 What is the benefit of direct support to
designated institutions named in the Erasmus+
Regulation?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
The programme contributes to develop
knowledge of European integration, to raise
awareness of EU common values and to
foster a European sense of belonging
There is evidence of increased European
sense of belonging among participants
Evidence shows that direct support
(operating grants) to designated institutions
allows activities focused on the EU with a
scale and impact which would not have been
possible otherwise.
Participating in the programme produces
significant benefits for individuals and
organisations compared to non-participation
The programme generates tangible results
and long-lasting impact
Data collection methods
Programme data analysis
Literature review
Key informant interviews
Analysis of public consultation
results
Analysis of national reports
Targeted consultations:
NAs/EACEA survey,
beneficiaries’ surveys
Analysis of national reports
Case studies
Programme data analysis
Key informant interviews
Analysis of public consultation
results
Analysis of national reports
Meta-analysis
Targeted consultations:
beneficiaries’ surveys
Case studies
Programme data analysis
Analysis of public consultation
results
Key informant interviews
Analysis of national reports
Case studies
Section of the
SWD
4.2.4.
EQ25
Benefits
of
participation
25.1 What is the benefit and added value of
Erasmus+
2021-2027
for
individuals
or
organisations participating in the programme,
compared to non-participants?
25.2. To what extent are the results of Erasmus+
sustainable beyond the projects’ duration?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
4.2.1.
EQ26
International
added value
26.1 To what extent does Erasmus+ 2021-2027
promote cooperation between Member States and
third countries associated with the programme?
26.2 To what extent does Erasmus+ 2021-2027
promote cooperation between these countries and
third countries not associated with the programme?
26.3 How has the EU leveraged the Erasmus+
programme in its international relations?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
Extent to which the programme provides
equal opportunities (access to mobility and
cooperation opportunities) to associated
third countries as to Member States.
The extent to which the programme provides
opportunities to third countries not
associated to the programme
Extent to which the participation patterns of
third countries (associated and not
associated) evolved during the evaluation
period.
Stakeholders recognise the programme
leverage in EU’s international relations
4.2.5.
166
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0169.png
Main
evaluation
question
EQ27
Evolution of
EU
added
value
Sub-questions
27.1 What is the benefit and added value of
Erasmus+ 2021-2027 compared to the benefit of
Erasmus+ 2014-2020? What is the added value of
repetitive actions/activities in the two programmes?
27.2 Was any EU added value lost as a consequence
of the discontinuation of some actions from
Erasmus+ 2014-2020?
[applicability: both programming periods]
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
Extent to which the programme added value
increased between the two evaluation
periods, measured through volume, scale,
scope and process effects, participation
aspects, as well as international and
Europeanness
Extent to which key informants and
stakeholders agree on the increase in EU
added value and key contributing factors
compared to the baseline situation
Data collection methods
Findings of EU added value
analysis
Key informant interviews
Section of the
SWD
4.2.2.
RELEVANCE
Main
evaluation
question
EQ13
Programme
relevance to
the
socio-
economic
needs
and
challenges
Section of the
SWD
4.3.
4.3.1.
4.3.2.
Sub-questions
13.1. To what extent are current and emerging
key
socio-economic needs and challenges
that Europe
is facing internally and globally reflected in the
policy priorities, objectives and actions/activities of
Erasmus+?
[applicability: both programming periods]
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
The programme design supports the
reflection on current and emerging key
socio-economic needs and challenges that
Europe is facing
Share of stakeholders considering that the
programme is relevant to the key socio-
economic needs and challenges
Share of funding allocated to projects in
those areas that correspond to key strategic
priorities
The programme design supports the green
and digital transitions
Stakeholders consider that the programme is
appropriately addressing green and digital
transitions
Data collection methods
Programme data analysis
Review of key EU strategic
documents and programme
documentation
Key informant interviews
Targeted consultations:
NAs/EACEA survey, expert
assessors’ survey
Analysis of public consultation
results
Analysis of national reports
Case studies
Programme data analysis
Review of key EU strategic
documents and programme
documentation
Key informant interviews
EQ14
Relevance to
addressing
green
and
digital
transitions
14.1. To what extent are the needs and challenges
linked to Europe’s
green and digital transitions
reflected in the actions/activities of Erasmus+ 2021-
2027?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
4.3.2.
(the section’s
coverage is
larger than the
evaluation
question,
167
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0170.png
Main
evaluation
question
Sub-questions
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
The share of funding/projects in areas that
address green and digital transitions
Data collection methods
Targeted consultations:
NAs/EACEA survey, socio-
economic actors’ survey, expert
assessors’ survey, beneficiaries’
surveys
Analysis of Public Consultation
results
Analysis of national reports
Case studies
Programme data analysis
Social media analysis
Targeted consultations:
NAs/EACEA survey, socio-
economic actors’ survey, expert
assessors’ survey
Key informant interviews
Analysis of Public Consultation
results
Analysis of national reports
Behavioural experiment
Section of the
SWD
referring also to
emerging needs
for skills and
growth)
EQ15
Relevance to
stakeholder
needs
15.1. To what extent are
needs of different
stakeholders and sectors
addressed by Erasmus+
2021-2027 objectives?
15.2. How successful is the programme in attracting
and reaching target audiences and groups within
different fields of the programme's scope?
15.3. How well is the Erasmus+ programme known
to the education and training, youth and sport
communities?
15.4. In case some target groups are not sufficiently
reached, what factors are limiting their access and
what actions could be taken to remedy this? What are
the reasons of non-participation of certain target
groups, are there groups who chose not to participate
or are there always external factors preventing them?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
16.1. To what extent is the design of Erasmus+ 2021-
2027 oriented and adapted towards the hard-to-reach
groups, people with fewer opportunities (including
inter alia people living in remote regions such as the
EU outermost regions and overseas countries or
territories) or specific disadvantaged groups of the
population who traditionally do not engage in
The extent to which the topics covered by
funded projects correspond to policy
priorities in the different sectors
Stakeholders across sectors agree that the
programme addresses and contributes to their
needs
Practitioners agree that the programme
contributes to their professional needs;
stakeholders and policy makers agree that the
programme responds to the main policy
needs
There is high volume of discussion about the
programme on social media
The programme is talked about on social
media in the context of all fields of action and
by varied target groups
4.3.3.
EQ16
Relevance to
people with
fewer
opportunities
The programme design facilitates the
involvement of participants with fewer
opportunities facing various barriers
Programme data analysis
Network analysis
Social media analysis
Targeted consultation:
beneficiaries’ surveys, NAs/EACEA
survey
Key informant interviews
4.3.3.
168
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0171.png
Main
evaluation
question
Sub-questions
transnational or international activities as compared
to other groups that benefit from the programme?
[applicability: 2021-2027]
Judgement criteria and indicators of success
Data collection methods
Behavioural experiment
Analysis of Public Consultation
results
Analysis of national reports
Literature review
Section of the
SWD
EQ17
Evolution of
relevance
between the
two periods
17.1. What is the relevance of Erasmus+ 2021-2027
compared to the relevance of Erasmus+ 2014-2020?
Has it been improved in the new programme
generation?
[applicability: both programming periods]
There is evidence of an increased relevance
in the Programme between the two evaluation
periods measured through the aspects of
responding to key socio-economic needs,
stakeholder needs and participation, compared to
the baseline situation
Share of stakeholders considering that
relevance of the programme across the various
fields improved since the previous programming
period
Key informant interviews
Targeted consultation:
NAs/EACEA survey, expert assessors
survey
Analysis of findings per each
evaluation period
4.3.
169
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0172.png
A
NNEX
IV. O
VERVIEW OF BENEFITS AND COSTS AND
T
ABLE ON SIMPLIFICATION AND BURDEN REDUCTION
Table 1. Overview of costs and benefits identified in the evaluation (Erasmus+ 2014-2020)
Citizens/EU society
EU Public Administration
&
Implementing bodies
Quantitative
Comment
I.COSTS
Financial
envelope for the
programming
period 2014-
2020: 18.5
billion
476
Spending
477
:
Under indirect
management:
EUR 14 548 653
167
Under direct
management:
EUR
4 120 424 157
National co-
funding for
actions under
indirect
management
(grant support):
EUR
174 458 718
Erasmus+ beneficiaries
Erasmus+ participants
Quantitative
Comment
Quantitative
Comment
Quantitative
Comment
Erasmus+ budget
Type: One-
off and
recurrent
476
477
Heading 1: EUR 16.9 billion (all credits included), Heading 4: EUR 1.6 billion (all credits included).
The figures cover executed commitments at the end of the programming period, Heading 1 and 4 included.
170
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0173.png
Costs of
administrating
Erasmus+ are
incurred by the
public sector at
European level
but are
ultimately a cost
to the EU
society
Administrative costs of
implementing Erasmus+
Type:
recurrent
Administrative
line (executed
commitments
2014-2020):
EAC: EUR
91 865 156
EACEA: EUR
188 234 759
NAs
Management
fees
478
: EUR
612 287 871
(2014-2020)
Budget Heading
1 (and Heading 4
as from 2019)
and the relevant
national co-
financing in line
with the
programme
regulation
EACEA FTEs:
272 (in 2020)
NAs FTEs: 2 363
(in 2020)
479
Costs for Erasmus+
Type:
applicants and beneficiaries
recurrent
Not possible to Administrative
quantify
costs linked to
the application
process and
meeting the
eligibility
requirements.
Not possible
to quantify
Administrative costs
related to the
application,
89% of
implementation and
surveyed
reporting
beneficiaries requirements.
consider the
net costs of
project
activities
borne by the
478
NAs management fees are retrieved in this line (administrative costs of implementing Erasmus+) to provide the full picture of the running costs of the programme, including both
management modes, however, in the programme budget structure, they are part of the operational budget.
479
Out the total of FTEs working in NAs in 2020 (2 617, covering both FTEs allocated to Erasmus+ and European Solidarity Corps in agencies responsible for youth). The figure has
been calculated proportionally, based on the management fees in the two programmes, to exclude staff allocated to the European Solidarity Corps.
171
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0174.png
organisation
“fully
proportionate”
or “somewhat
proportionate”
compared to
the benefits
obtained by
the
organisation.
[Source:
socio-
economic
actors survey]
Co-financing
ranges
between 5%
and 20% of
the project
budget,
depending on
the action.
II.BENEFITS
Contribution Contribution to
to Europe
policy priorities
2020 Smart
set under
Growth
ET2020
480
(innovation, and Europe 2020
education,
strategy
481
,
digital society) including the
and Inclusive headline
Growth
education target
Number of
distinct
organisations
supported in
funded
projects:
131 000
Projects beneficiaries
must complement the
project budget with
sources of co-
financing other than
the EU grant, which
vary depending on the
action.
Increased capacity of
organisations:
common benefits
include enhanced
internationalisation,
experience in
transnational and
international
cooperation,
Improved skills
and
competences;
personal growth
94% of
and soft skills;
participants in increased sense
youth mobility of European
activities
belonging;
declared
language
6.2 million
actual
participants
Direct benefits
Type:
recurrent
480
481
Strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training
Europe 2020: the European Union strategy for growth and employment | EUR-Lex
172
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0175.png
(employment
and skills,
fighting
poverty)
priorities:
EUR 2 665
million
[source: PPS
2019]
Contribution to
Commission’s
priorities
Number of
funded
projects:
161 000
More than
80% of
academics
report that
their
Erasmus+
experience
abroad has led
to the
development
of more
innovative
teaching
practices and
curricula in
their faculties
[source:
E+
higher
education
impact study]
strengthen their
capacities, produce
innovative
approaches, exchange
good practices,
expanded networks,
etc.
having
proficiency,
increased skills cultural
under the
awareness and
2014-2020
enhanced
programme
intercultural
[source:
competence
Programme
Performance
Statement]
80% of
Erasmus+
students were
employed
within three
months of
graduation
[source:
E+
higher
education
impact study]
Contribution
to
mainstreaming
of climate
Contribution to
action: over large scale
12 000
policy
projects
progresses at EU
addressing
and national
environment levels,
and climate
supporting the
change
sectors’ needs
and supporting
Gender
more cohesive
equality:
policy
women
approaches
represent 58% across Member
of learners
States
over the period
2014-2020
[source:
Erasmus+
Annual Report
2020]
38 000
projects (EUR
2.3 billion
Contribution to
grant) tackling building a sense
173
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0176.png
the priority of
participation,
common EU
values and
civic
engagement
of European
identity and
awareness of EU
values across
participating
countries
Contribution
to SDGs 1-3- Contribution to
4-5-8-10-16 SDGs
[source:
Programme
Performance
Statement]
Not possible to Multiplier effect:
quantify
participating
organisations
raise capacity in
other
organisations
(through
network-
building,
knowledge
exchange,
training and
curriculum
development).
Indirect benefits
Type:
recurrent
174
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0177.png
Table 2. Overview of costs and benefits identified in the evaluation
(ERASMUS+
2021-2027)
Citizens/EU society
EU Public Administration
&
Implementing bodies
Quantitative
Comment
II.COSTS
Financial
envelope for the
programming
period 2021-
2027: EUR 26.2
billion
Spending as of
31 December
2023:
Under indirect
management:
EUR
8 770 880 435
Under direct
management:
EUR
2 389 576 576
National co-
funding for
actions under
indirect
management
(grant support):
EUR
140 839 478
Costs of
Administrative
administrating line (executed
Erasmus+ are commitments
incurred by the 2021-2023):
Erasmus+ beneficiaries
Erasmus+ participants
Quantitative
Comment
Quantitative
Comment
Quantitative
Comment
Erasmus+ budget
Type:
One-off
and
recurrent
Administrative costs of
implementing Erasmus+
Type:
recurrent
175
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0178.png
Not possible
to quantify
Costs for Erasmus+
applicants and
beneficiaries
Type:
recurrent
public sector at EAC: EUR
European level 71 919 437
but are
EACEA: EUR
ultimately a cost 77 096 690
to the EU
society
NAs
Management
fees
482
: EUR
406 666 193
(2021-2023)
Budget
Headings 2 and
6 Relevant
national co-
financing to
National
Agencies’
management
costs, in line
with the
programme
regulation: EUR
198 920 995
Administrative
costs linked to
the application
process and
meeting the
eligibility
requirements
EACEA FTEs:
296.6
483
NAs FTEs:
2 430
[source:
NAs
multiannual
work
programme
2022]
Administrative costs
related to the
application,
89% of
implementation and
surveyed
reporting
beneficiaries requirements.
consider the
net costs of
project
activities
borne by the
organisation
Not possible
to quantify
482
NAs management fees are retrieved in this line (administrative costs of implementing Erasmus+) to provide the full picture of the running costs of the programme, including both
management modes, however, in the programme budget structure, they are part of the operational budget.
483
Average for the period 2021-2023
176
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0179.png
“fully
proportionate”
or “somewhat
proportionate”
compared to
the benefits
obtained by
the
organisation.
[Source:
socio-
economic
actors survey]
Projects beneficiaries
Co-financing must complement the
ranges
project budget with
between 5% sources of co-
and 20% of financing other than
the project
the EU grant, which
budget,
vary depending on
depending on the action.
the action.
III.BENEFITS
Contribution to
policy priorities
set under the
European
Education Area
Direct benefits
Type:
recurrent
Climate
objectives:
Contribution to
EUR 1 049
Commission’s
million (2021- priorities
2023)
Contribution to
Digital
large scale
contribution: policy
progresses at
Number of
Increased capacity of 1.6 million actual
Enhanced skills
distinct
organisations:
participants (at cut- and
organisations common benefits
off date 31/12/2023) competences;
supported in include enhanced
of which 15% with personal
funded
internationalisation, fewer opportunities growth and soft
projects:
experience in
skills;
77 671 (at cut- transnational and
98% of participants increased sense
off date
international
consider they have of European
31/12/2023) cooperation,
benefited from
belonging;
strengthen their
participation
[source:
language
Number of
capacities, produce
2022 Erasmus+
proficiency,
funded
innovative
annual report]
cultural
projects:
approaches, exchange
awareness and
72 000 (at cut- good practices,
enhanced
177
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0180.png
EUR 2 018
million
EU and national
levels,
supporting the
Gender
sectors’ needs
equality: 60% and supporting
of mobility
more cohesive
opportunities policy
taken up by approaches
women
across Member
[source:
States
Programme
Performance
Statement]
Contribution to
building a sense
Over 3 000
of European
identity and
contracted
projects (EUR awareness of
EU values
169 ml
across
contracted
participating
grant) working countries
on the topic
“European
identity,
citizenship
and values”
(at cut-off date
31/12/2023)
Over 1 600
Youth
Participation
Activities
(EUR 61 ml
contracted
grant)
involving
off date
31/12/2023)
expanded networks, More than 90% have intercultural
etc.
an increased
competence
European sense of
belonging
85% of participants
declare having
increased their key
competences
[source: 2022
Erasmus+ annual
report]
83% stated improved
competences useful
for their current
work/studies
[source:
2022 Erasmus+
annual report]
78% have improved
their foreign
language
competence
[source: 2022
Erasmus+ annual
report]
178
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0181.png
more than
250 000
young people
(call years
2021 to 2023)
88% of PC
respondents
agreed or
strongly
agreed that the
programme is
performing
well in
promoting
common EU
values and
strengthened
European
identity
Not possible Multiplier
to quantify
effect:
participating
organisations
raise capacity in
other
organisations
(through
network-
building,
knowledge
exchange,
training and
curriculum
development).
Indirect benefits
Type:
recurrent
179
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0182.png
TABLE 3:
Simplification
and burden reduction (savings already achieved)
Citizens/EU society
EU Public Administration
&
Implementing bodies
Quantitative
Comment
Erasmus+ beneficiaries
Erasmus+ participants
Quantitative
Comment
Quantitative
Comment
Quantitative
Comment
Burden reduction following the introduction of simplification measures: lump-sums
The use of lump sums, unit costs and flat-rate funding has considerably simplified the calculation of the grant amounts in comparison to the 'traditional' system of basing the amount of
the grant on a detailed budget of eligible costs per cost category
82% of
Reduced
Not possible to quantify at Greater predictability for
Type: recurrent
respondents
administrative this stage
grant beneficiaries who
considered that burden at
can take the pre-
the lump sum application and 92% share of organisations established rates into
system
payment stage and institutions considering account when submitting
simplifies the reducing
that procedures for taking their applications making
administration overheads for part in the programme are the actions more attractive;
for
NAs and
proportionate and
simplified reporting
NAs/EACEA facilitating
simple (2022 data)
requirements
[NAs/EACEAs
productivity
survey]
gains
Burden reduction following the introduction of simplification measures: accreditation
The introduction of the accreditation scheme for mobility projects in school education, adult education, and youth improved programme accessibility to funding and reduced
administrative requirements for recurrent beneficiaries
61% of
Reduces
Accredited organisations Reduces application time
respondents
administrative may gain indicatively about (and costs).
agree to a high burdens for
70% time to prepare a grant
Type: recurrent
extent that it
implementing request instead of
simplifies the bodies
submitting a full
application
application form
484
.
process
[NAs/EACEAs
45% of respondents agrees Streamlines project
survey]
that it simplifies project
management, fosters long-
management for
term planning and
beneficiaries
financial security for
484
Estimation based on the structure of the application form for non-accredited projects, compared to the request for funds for accredited projects.
180
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0183.png
Estimated
Reduces
[NAs/EACEA survey]
beneficiaries, reduces
indicative
assessment costs
administrative burdens for
savings for
(savings
92% share of organisations beneficiaries.
assessing
increasing
and institutions considering
accredited
yearly and are that procedures for taking
projects under expected to be part in the programme are
2021-2024
more visible in proportionate and
Calls: between the second part simple (2022 data)
EUR 1 million of the
and EUR 5.9
programming
million [details period)
under 4.1.2.4]
Accreditation
system assessed
very positively
across most (31)
national reports
Burden reduction and increased accessibility following the introduction of simplification measures: small-scale partnerships
The introduction of the action widened the access to the programme to small-scale actors, grassroots organisations and newcomers to Erasmus+, reducing entry barriers to the
programme for organisations with smaller organisational capacity thanks to lower grant amounts awarded to organisations, shorter duration and simpler administrative requirements
compared to the cooperation partnerships.
Not possible to quantify
Greater predictability for
grant
beneficiaries;
simplified administrative
requirements; flexibility of
the format.
Type: recurrent
Increased accessibility for
small
and
newcomer
organisations
Revamped IT architecture,
including for implementing bodies, with the introduction of the “single entry point” for IT applications
100% of users
(NAs and
Commission
users)
Type:
one-off
Facilitated
100%
of
Erasmus+ Facilitated access for all
access for all
applicants/beneficiaries
applicants/beneficiaries,
users, who can
who can easily navigate,
easily navigate,
from one single entry page,
from one single
through
different
IT
entry page,
modules
(previously
through different
181
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0184.png
IT modules
accessible
through
(previously
different hyperlinks)
accessible
through different
hyperlinks)
Administrative costs savings of programme implementing bodies (NAs) through introduction of several simplifications:
introduction of multi-annual work programme, shorter and
more targeted annual reporting (yearly reports); simplified contractual requirements (contribution agreements) with increased flexibility for the management of funds; digitalisation of
contractual, payments and amendment procedures, use of digital signature; simplified rules for the implementation and reporting of certain tasks (TCA activities, funding rules for
SALTOs, Eurodesk, national VET teams)
Quantification Reduced
of savings (in administrative
Type: one-off and
terms of FTE) burdens for
recurrent
are not yet
implementing
measurable: for bodies (indirect
indirect
management)
management,
NAs
communicate
their resources
(FTE) in the
multiannual
work
programme at
the beginning of
the
programming
period and will
revise in 2025.
Time to process Digitalisation of
amendments
processes at
related to
level of NAs
budgetary
brought to
transfers: 11
increased
days in 2023 (10 efficiency in
days in 2024), processing
against the
contribution
contractual
agreements and
amendments
182
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0185.png
deadline of 30
days).
Digitalised and simplified implementation of the programme for participants, in particular through Erasmus Without Paper
Type: recurrent
More
efficient 218 546
Simplified
student mobility
Potential savings of over
management of student downloads
mobilities
for
higher and close to through the
€13.5 million prints
education
institutions, 10 million
completion of
annually across the
Erasmus+ programme
reduced data entry errors, webpage loads learning
agreements
and a consequent 55%
accelerated approvals and of
greener processes.
the Erasmus+ onlineand easier
workload reduction for
app.
access to
university administrative
information and
staff.
485
services for
students.
PART II: II Potential simplification and burden reduction (savings)
Identify further potential simplification and savings
that could be achieved
with a view to make the initiative more effective and efficient without prejudice to its policy objectives
4
.
Citizens/EU society
EU Public Administration
Erasmus+ beneficiaries
Erasmus+ participants
&
Implementing bodies
Quantitative
Comment
Quantitative
Comment
Quantitative
Comment
Quantitative
Comment
Further simplification measures to cater for the needs and nature of newcomers and small-sized applicants, including exploring new action formats
Type: recurrent
Not possible to quantify Expected impact/savings
for applicants and
beneficiaries.
Expected wider outreach
of newcomers/small-sized
applicants.
Ongoing simplification assessment action to alleviate reporting burden on participants, beneficiaries and implementing authorities:
Commission is working together with the
National Agencies and EACEA in order to explore simplification of administrative documents, application, monitoring and reporting processes having always in mind the need to keep
a correct balance between reporting obligations and accountability rules.
485
López-Nores, Martín, José J. Pazos-Arias, Abdulkadir Gölcü, and Ömer Kavrar. 2022. "Digital Technology in Managing Erasmus+ Mobilities: Efficiency Gains and Impact Analysis from Spanish,
Italian, and Turkish Universities"
Applied Sciences
12, no. 19: 9804. https://doi.org/10.3390/app12199804
183
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0186.png
Type: recurrent
Not possible to Expected
Not possible to quantify Expected impact/savings
quantify
impact/savings for
for applicants and
implemented bodies
beneficiaries
Not possible Expected
to quantify
impact/savings
for participants
(reporting)
184
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0187.png
A
NNEX
V. S
TAKEHOLDERS CONSULTATION
- S
YNOPSIS REPORT
1. Introduction
Erasmus+ is the European Union (EU) programme in the fields of education and training, youth, and sport. Covering both an intra-European and an
international dimension, Erasmus+ aims to support, in particular through learning mobility, the educational, professional and personal development of
people in education, training, youth and sport, in Europe and beyond. Erasmus+ was established in 2014 as a result of the integration of the prior Erasmus
programme with all previously existing EU programmes implemented in the fields of education, training, youth and sport. Building on the achievements
of its 35 years of existence, as well as on those of other pre-existing programmes and previous initiatives, it is one of the EU’s most visible and well-
known success stories.
This document presents a synopsis of the consultation activities carried out in the context of the support study performed by ICF under a contract to
support the European Commission (EC) in conducting an interim evaluation of the Erasmus+ programme 2021-2027, accompanied by a final evaluation
of the Erasmus+ programme 2014-2020.
This synopsis report covers the public consultation, targeted consultations as well as feedback received during workshops. The stakeholder consultations
took place between July 2022 and September 2024. Both qualitative and quantitative methods were used to analyse stakeholder input.
This report has the following aims:
to inform policymaking of the outcome of the consultation activities and of the views expressed by the different categories of stakeholders; and
inform stakeholders about how their input has been considered.
2. Consultation strategy
The aim of the support study was to assess the programme against five evaluation criteria:
the
effectiveness
of the measures taken to achieve the programme’s objectives, especially with regards to new initiatives;
the continued
relevance
of all objectives of the programme;
the programme’s internal and external
coherence
with other programmes with similar or complementary objectives;
the
efficiency
of the programme, including the inclusion and simplification measures put in place, as well as the scope for further simplification
and burden reduction; and
5) the
European added value
resulting from the actions and activities supported by the programme, especially in terms of sustainable impact,
compared with what could reasonably have been achieved by Member States at national and/or regional levels.
1)
2)
3)
4)
185
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0188.png
In line with the European Commission’s Better Regulation guidelines, a consultation strategy was elaborated to gather input from all interested parties
on the programme’s performance against the five evaluation criteria. To this end, the consultation strategy was designed and implemented to support
the assessment of different programme aspects in line with the objectives of the evaluation, but also to collect views on possible improvement options
and on their impact on all relevant stakeholder groups.
To ensure a balanced consultation process and to capture the full diversity of the ‘Erasmus+ ecosystem’, the following stakeholder groups were
identified across all programme fields:
EU institutions (i.e. Commission services, EU Delegations, Commission’s Agencies);
e
rvices, EU Delegations, Commission’s Agencies);
International organisations(such as OECD, UNESCO, ILO, Council of Europe, World Bank);
National, regional and local public authorities;
Erasmus+ National Authorities;
Erasmus+ National Agencies, and other programme structures, such as SALTO resource centres and National Erasmus+ Offices (NEOs);
Erasmus+ expert assessors (both for actions under direct and indirect management);
Individual programme participants (both learners and staff) across all programme sectors and fields;
Potential programme participants, not or not yet participating in the programme
486
;
Beneficiary organisations across all programme fields, including education and training institutions/providers, sport and youth organisations;
European stakeholders in education, training, youth and sport (sectoral networks, professional bodies, social partners, youth and sport
organisations, NGOs, civil society organisations);
National stakeholders in education, training, youth and sport (sectoral networks, professional bodies, social partners, youth and sport
organisations, NGOs, civil society organisations);
Stakeholders in education, training, youth and sport in third countries not associated with the programme;
Citizens (EU and non-EU).
A number of consultation activities were implemented, including:
a Call for evidence;
a Public consultation;
a set of targeted consultations:
o
scoping interviews,
486
Non-participants were targeted to support a counterfactual analysis aimed at assessing the impacts of participation in the learners and staff surveys, and to analyses the barriers to
participation in the behavioural experiment.
186
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0189.png
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
survey of beneficiary learners,
survey of beneficiary staff,
pre-post survey of pupils and young people,
behavioural experiment with individuals who did not participate in the programme,
survey of Erasmus+ National Agencies and the EACEA,
survey of expert assessors,
survey of socio-economic actors,
interviews of ‘key informants’ at international, European and national levels,
case studies.
In addition, five stakeholder workshops were organised as part of the study conducted by ICF to gather feedback on specific aspects of the evaluation.
The different stakeholder categories targeted and consulted for each of the consultation activities are shown in the table below.
Table 1: Stakeholder categories targeted and consulted for each of the consultation activities
Stakeholder
type
Call for
evidence
Public
consultatio
n
Scoping
interviews
Survey of
beneficiary
learners
Survey of
beneficiari
es (staff)
Pre-post
survey
Survey of
National
Agencies
and
EACEA
X
Survey of
expert
assessors
Survey of
socio-
economic
actors
Behavioural
experiment
Key
informant
interviews
Case
studies
Workshops
EU institutions
International
organisations
Public
authorities
Erasmus+
National
Agencies
Erasmus+
National
Authorities
Erasmus+
expert assessors
Individual
programme
participants
Potential
programme
participants /
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
187
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0190.png
non-
participants
Beneficiary
organisations
European
stakeholders
National
stakeholders
International
stakeholders
Citizens
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
188
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0191.png
The following table shows the timeline of the consultation activities implemented by ICF, and
the level of stakeholder participation achieved for each of them.
Table 2: Stakeholder participation in consultation activities
Consultation activity
Call for evidence
Scoping interviews
Public consultation
Survey of beneficiary learners
across programme fields
Survey of beneficiary staff
across programme fields
Pre-post survey of pupils and
young people
487
Timeline
From 28 July to 12 September 2022
Between 29 March and 26 May 2023
From 15 September 2023 to 8
December 2023
From 16 October 2023 to 11
December 2023
From 16 October 2023 to 11
December 2023
From 16 October 2023 to 11
December 2023 (pre-survey) and
from 07 June 2024 to 05 July 2024
(post-survey, school pupils only)
Between October and December
2023
From 15 November 2023 to 22
December 2023
From 26 October and 15 December
2023
Between 3 April and 10 May 2024
Level of participation
195 responses
24 interviews
1,243 responses
64 position papers
25 413 Erasmus+ participants (test
group) and 2,094 non-participants
(control group)
26,332 Erasmus+ participants (test
group) and 2,894 non-participants
(control group)
Pupils: 261 (pre-) and 105 (post-)
Erasmus+ participants; 123 (pre-)
and 26 (post-) non-participants
(control group)
164 valid responses, including 156
from National Agencies and 8 from
the EACEA
1 550 valid responses, of which
1 130 complete and 420 partial
1 842 valid responses
10 985 responses from individuals
who have not previously taken part
in the Erasmus+ programme
264 interviews with 313 key
informants at national (165),
European (60) and international (42)
level
44 case studies covering all
programme fields, focusing on
organisational level impacts (29
case studies) and system levels
effects (7) as well as on Jean
Monnet Actions (8). A total of 186
stakeholders were interviewed to
perform these case studies (58 from
organisations’ leadership, 80
members of staff, 48 learners).
Over 540 participants in total
Survey of Erasmus+ National
Agencies and the EACEA
Survey of socio-economic
actors
Survey of expert assessors
Behavioural experiment
Key informant interviews
Between October 2023 and July 2024
Case studies
Between April 2024 and July 2024
Stakeholder workshops
5 stakeholder workshops between
June 2023 and September 2024
487
A pre-mobility survey of young people took place as well in parallel with the pupils pre-mobility survey;
however since it yielded insufficient response (7 participants and 5 non-participants), the post-component was not
implemented.
189
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0192.png
3. Consultation activities
The following section provides an overview of each consultation activity indicating the types
of stakeholders that were targeted, a short description of the employed methods and procedures,
as well as a brief presentation of the results.
3.1.
Call for evidence
A call for evidence was conducted by the European Commission between 28 July 2022 and 12
September 2022 on the Europa website
Have your say
portal
488
to collect inputs and evidence
from programme stakeholders, with a view to help framing and scoping the upcoming
evaluation exercise.
195 submissions
were received, from
11 stakeholder groups,
mostly Academic/research
institutions (26.67%), EU Citizens (20.51%), and NGOs (18.46%).
Call for evidence – Profile of respondents by stakeholder category
489
Source: Europa website, Have your say portal
490
181 responses were received from Erasmus+ programme countries (177 from EU Member
States and 4 from third countries associated to the programme), while 14 were from third
countries not associated to the programme. Overall, the countries providing the highest number
of contributions were Cyprus (25, 13%), Germany (16, 8%) and Estonia (13, 7%). Out of the
195 submissions received, 22 (11%) included a position paper, 36.36% of which were
submitted by NGOs.
Across the stakeholder groups, there was very strong support for the Erasmus+ programme and
the opportunities it provides from an academic, professional, training, and personal perspective.
Respondents also reported on issues concerning some areas of practical implementation, in
particular administrative burden and IT tools.
Among respondents from academic/research institutions 62% expressed support for the
changes introduced in the 2021-2027 programme. Specific areas viewed positively include: the
focus on sustainability and inclusion, the additional funds for sustainable travel, or the
additional flexibility in the use of funds.
Feedback from EU citizens was also predominantly positive, mostly highlighting the many
opportunities provided by Erasmus+. Among respondents from NGOs, over a third explicitly
expressed support for the improvements made in the 2021-2027 programme, such as the
488
See :
https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/13454-Erasmus+-2021-27-
interim-evaluation-Erasmus+-2014-20-final-evaluation_en
489
These stakeholders’ categories reflect pre-defined categories based on the Better Regulation standard template.
490
Erasmus+ 2021-27 interim evaluation & Erasmus+ 2014-20 final evaluation (europa.eu)
190
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0193.png
introduction of small-scale partnerships or the enhanced inclusion and diversity measures.
Besides the programme’s IT tools, areas of attention reported by NGO participants included
remaining obstacles to the participation of vulnerable persons.
3.2.
Scoping interviews
The scoping interviews were carried out at the inception stage with a selection of officials from
EU institutions (European Commission, European Parliament, EACEA), National Agencies
and National Authorities representatives.
The main objective of this set of interviews was to gather high-level views on and ensure a
better understanding of the perceived relevance and achievement of Erasmus+ objectives and
priorities as well as the structure and management of the programme. They aimed at identifying
overall trends, success factors and areas for improvement.
A total of
24 interviews
were completed between 29 March and 26 May 2023, conducted
mostly online and following a semi-structured approach. The results and analysis of these
interviews were presented in the Inception Report, submitted in June 2023 as part of the study
conducted by ICF.
The insights obtained from the scoping interviews enabled the study team to better understand
the key objectives of the evaluation, to finalise the analytical frameworks and adjust data
collection activities as applicable, and to generate interest and participation in the study.
3.3.
Public consultation
A public consultation was held to collect the views of the main programme stakeholders (e.g.,
stakeholders active in the education, training, youth and sport fields, individual programme
beneficiaries and alumni, beneficiary organisations, national, regional and local public
authorities and organisations) as well as EU and non-EU citizens. Running for 12 weeks, from
15 September until 8 December 2023, the public consultation was made available on the
European Commission’s ‘Have your Say’ portal
491
and was disseminated and promoted
through various channels by the Commission, National Agencies, National Authorities and
other programme stakeholders, including social media posts, news items on the programme
websites, and announcements at events to ensure a large response rate across relevant
stakeholders and among interested citizens.
The consultation questionnaire was designed around three possible response paths reflecting
the respondents’ level of knowledge of the programme: i) very familiar with the programme’s
objectives and actions, ii) partly familiar with the programme, iii) no knowledge. Respondents
well familiar with the programme received the most in-depth questionnaire; those partly
familiar were provided with a curated set of questions; and those with no knowledge of
Erasmus+ received a much shorter and simplified questionnaire, focusing on the need for the
programme and its possible continuation.
The full questionnaire contained 22 questions in total, most of them broken down into sub-
questions, concerning the programme’s relevance, coherence, effectiveness, efficiency, and EU
added value, as well as its future. A set of questions concerning the impact of contextual
elements on the Erasmus+ programme was also included, focusing on the programme’s
responsiveness and resilience in light of the disruptive events of recent years (COVID-19
pandemic, war in Ukraine, inflation surge). The questions related to the ‘efficiency’ and
491
Erasmus+ 2021-27 interim evaluation & Erasmus+ 2014-20 final evaluation (europa.eu)
191
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0194.png
‘coherence’ criteria, as well as those on the ‘impact of contextual elements on Erasmus+’, were
only asked to respondents with detailed knowledge of the programme.
Some questions had a range of answer options (Likert scale) while others were requesting open
feedback; most questions were mandatory, while few were optional.
A total of
1,243 respondents
contributed to the public consultation in their individual capacity
(40%) or on behalf of an organisation (60%). All 33 countries associated to the programmes
492
responded to the public consultation with at least one contribution. The country with the highest
number of contributions overall was Germany (175), followed by Portugal (144) and Spain
(129).
The distribution of respondents by stakeholder category is shown below.
Public consultation – Profile of respondents by stakeholder category
493
In addition to answering the questionnaire, respondents could submit position papers, outlining
their views on the Erasmus+ programme, or on some of its aspects most relevant to them. In
total, 67 position papers were submitted by several types of organisations (e.g., umbrella
organisations representing the education and training, youth and sport sectors, NGOs, schools,
university networks, VET providers). In addition, 8 papers were submitted outside the
consultation mechanism (i.e., by email), which the Commission decided to accept as part of the
consultation process. A total of 75 papers were therefore received and considered. 11 of these
submissions were found to be duplications, hence
64 position papers
were analysed.
A
factual summary report
was drafted in line with the Better Regulation requirements and
published on the Europa website
Have your Say
portal
494
within eight weeks from the closure
of the public consultation.
492
27 EU Member States and 6 third countries associated to the programme: Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway,
North Macedonia, Serbia and Türkiye.
493
These stakeholders’ categories reflect pre-defined categories based on the Better Regulation standard template
for EU public consultations.
494
See:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/13454-Erasmus%2B-2021-27-
interim-evaluation-Erasmus%2B-2014-20-final-evaluation/public-consultation_en
192
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
Summary of findings
The
relevance
of the specific objectives of the programme for 2021-2027 to current challenges
and needs in the education and training, youth, and sport sectors is viewed very positively
overall, however significantly more for the education and training sector than for the youth and
sport sectors. These differences are, nonetheless, mostly due to a higher proportion of ‘no
opinion’ shared for the youth and sport sectors, rather than a result of negative views. This
likely reflects the fact that fewer respondents to the public consultation stemmed from those
sectors and, hence, were familiar with the programme’s objectives as well as with their current
challenges and needs. In fact, the analysis of answers by sectors shows that the objectives in
the youth and sport sectors are considered as extremely relevant by the respondents involved
in those sectors.
Similarly, the relevance of the programme’s horizontal priorities to current challenges and
needs was assessed very positively across all stakeholder categories and sectors.
The continued relevance of the structure of the programme and the type of actions it supports
in pursuit of its future objectives was assessed positively by a vast majority (94%) of
respondents, across all stakeholder categories and sectors.
A majority of respondents also assessed very positively the
coherence
of Erasmus+ with other
funding instruments addressing the education, training, youth and sport sectors available at
national, EU, or international levels, yet to a varying degree (i.e. 78% for funding instruments
at the national level, 66% for funding instruments at the European level and 53% at the
international level). It should be noted that the lower level of agreement on the coherence of
the programme with other funding instruments available at the EU and especially, the
international level mostly results from a higher share of respondents indicating that they have
no knowledge of the matter, suggesting that public consultation’s respondents were generally
more familiar with national funding instruments addressing the education, training, youth, and
sport sectors than with instruments available at EU and international level.
Concerning the programme’s
effectiveness,
most respondents indicated that the programme
was fulfilling its objectives from a ’very large’ to a ‘large’ extent, yet with some slight
differences between sectors. Overall, the level of agreement was significantly higher for
objectives in the education and training sector (i.e., close or over 80%) than for objectives in
the youth (around 60%) and especially the sport sectors (close to 30%). Also in this case, these
differences are due to a higher proportion of ‘no opinion’ for the youth and sport sectors (close
to 25% and over 50% respectively), likely reflecting the fact that fewer respondents to the
public consultation were stemming from those sectors. The analysis of answers by sectors
shows that respondents involved in the youth and sport sectors perceive the programme’s
fulfilment of its objectives in their respective sectors very positively.
A significant majority of respondents indicated that the programme was performing particularly
well in the following areas:
promoting common EU values and strengthened European identity (88% strongly
agreeing or agreeing);
supporting EU policies and priorities (83%);
fostering mobility and cooperation opportunities with the rest of the world, thanks to its
international dimension (81%); and
providing flexible mobility formats, such as group mobility and blended mobility
(80%).
193
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
Respondents were more uncertain about the performance of the programme with regards to:
ensuring the participation of grassroot and newcomer organisations through simplified
grants (53% strongly agreeing or agreeing); and
reducing its carbon footprint, for example by supporting sustainable transport modes
(47%).
In terms of inclusion and diversity, most respondents indicated that the programme is
particularly effective in
facilitating participation of people with fewer opportunities
that
face cultural, social, or economic barriers (74% strongly agreeing or agreeing for each), and a
bit less so for barriers related to health problems and to education and training systems (about
30% for each). This seems to be due to a higher share of respondents answering ‘uncertain’ or
having no opinion concerning the latter barriers.
In terms of
efficiency,
public consultation’s respondents expressed mixed views on the cost-
effectiveness of actions funded by the programme, with a largely positive assessment
concerning KA1 and less for KA2 and especially KA3, with a much higher share of respondents
having no opinion or being uncertain in relation to the cost-effectiveness of this key action.
Overall, respondents positively assessed the programme’s evolution and, specifically, the
changes occurred from the 2014-2020 programming period to the 2021-2027 one.
A
majority indeed agreed that:
the user-friendliness of the grant application to the programme had improved (55% of
respondents strongly agreeing or agreeing),
the management of the programme had been effectively simplified (53%), and
the user-friendliness of the guidance and support tools had generally improved over
time (52%).
Views were mixed on the sufficiency of the programme’s budget to achieve its objectives, with
50% of respondents in agreement and 38% disagreeing, or on the distribution of the budget
between directly managed actions and those managed indirectly by National Agencies, and
between programme actions, for which a significant share of respondents were uncertain or had
no opinion.
Concerning
EU added value,
a vast majority of respondents positively assessed:
the programme’s contribution to the internationalisation of participating organisations
(97% strongly agreeing or agreeing),
its contribution to building a European identity/sense of belonging and to raising
awareness of EU values (91%),
the fact that Erasmus+ is funding activities which would not have been funded
otherwise (90%), and
the programme’s contribution to improve inclusion, diversity, fairness, and equal
opportunities at national, European, and international level (89%).
Concerning the
future of the programme,
over 50% of respondents indicated that all existing
activities under KA1 (Learning mobility) should be maintained in a possible successor
programme to Erasmus+, as well as most activities under KA2 (Cooperation among
organisations and institutions). On the other hand, over half of respondents did not know/had
no opinion about maintaining most of existing activities under KA3 (Support to policy
development and cooperation) and under the Jean Monnet Actions. The majority of respondents
194
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0197.png
also agreed from ‘a very large’ to a ‘large’ extent, that the following aspects would have to be
addressed to maximise the impact of a possible successor programme to Erasmus+:
increasing the overall programme budget (82%);
simplifying the administrative requirements to access funding (82%);
increasing the level of individual grants (76%);
providing better access to people with fewer opportunities (74%)
increasing the opportunity for international mobility and international cooperation with
countries outside Europe (74%).
3.4. Surveys of beneficiaries
A set of online surveys, referred to as ‘beneficiaries’ surveys’, were conducted with the
beneficiaries of the Erasmus+ programme, from both programme and non-programme
countries, including both learners (school pupils, higher education students, VET learners, adult
education learners, young people outside of formal education/ training) and staff (from school,
higher education, VET, adult education, youth organisations and sport organisations).
Specifically, the following surveys were implemented:
A
post-mobility survey among programme participants,
i.e. individuals who
participated in an Erasmus+ learning mobility activity, in all target categories of
learners and staff, and a corresponding survey among individuals who did not take part
in any Erasmus+ learning mobility activity (non-beneficiaries) in the same categories
of learners and staff (control groups). The survey was aimed at measuring experiences,
attitudes and effects of taking part in the programme (i.e., for learners: effects in relation
to skills, employability and progression to further education; for staff: effects on
professional development, adoption of new teaching methods).
A
combination of pre- and post-mobility surveys
among school pupils and young
people outside of formal education/training, and corresponding control group surveys
among non-participating pupils and young people
495
, to allow for a more fine-grained
measurement of short-term effects of taking part in an Erasmus+ experience in the
school education and youth sectors and compare attitudes/ skills/ beliefs shortly before
and right after the participation.
Survey participants were recruited on the basis of databases of programme participants and
beneficiaries provided by the European Commission. For the learners’ control groups, survey
participants were recruited via snowballing and social media recruitment as no contact database
of non-participants exists. Social media recruitment was implemented through banners on
platforms such as Facebook, Instagram and Google Ads (Search, Display and YouTube) in five
programme countries
496
. Furthermore, communication and information actions were performed
by the Commission through its own communication channels (e.g. social media, advertising
during events, news items) and by requesting support to National Agencies to act as multipliers
and further support the dissemination of the surveys through their own communication
channels. A significant aspect of the recruitment involved leveraging existing contacts to
facilitate snowball recruitment to further recruit participants within the participant and non-
participant groups.
The following table provides the detail of target and achieved sample sizes for each survey and
category after the performance of data cleansing:
495
496
See footnote 2.
RO, IE, PT, PL, DK.
195
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0198.png
Table 3: Beneficiary surveys - fieldwork dates and target and achieved sample sizes
Learners survey - Fieldwork: 16/10/2023 to 11/12/2023
Survey
Programme
fields
School
education
Higher
education
VET
Target groups
Pupils
Test group
(participants)
Target
Achieved
111
15,200
4,800
29
2,250
571
16,761
5,281
90
2,710
Control group
(non-participants)
Target
Achieved
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
284
819
796
28
167
Higher education students
and recent graduates
VET students, apprentices
and recent graduates
Adult education
Adult learners
Youth
Young people outside
formal education/training
Total
22,390
25,413
N/A
2,094
Staff survey - Fieldwork: 16/10/2023 to 11/12/2023
Survey
Programme
fields
School
education
Target groups
Test group
(participants)
Target
Achieved
3,000
3,900
Control group
(non-participants)
Target
Achieved
150
719
School staff (e.g. teachers,
headmasters,
administrative staff)
Higher
Higher education staff
education
(e.g. administrative and
teaching staff)
VET
VET staff (teachers,
trainers…)
Adult education
Adult education staff
Youth
Sport
Youth workers and staff
of youth organisations
Coaches and staff of sport
organisations
11,000
14,884
400
1529
2,500
1,350
2,350
200
3,243
1,501
2,473
331
200
100
150
50
235
122
241
48
Total
20,400
26,332
1,050
2,894
Pre-post survey - Fieldwork: 4/10/2023 to 11/12/2023 (pre-survey) and 7/06/2024 to 5/07/2024 (post-
survey, school pupils only)
Survey
Programme
fields
School
education
Youth
Target group
Pupils
Young people outside
formal education/training
Target
97
16
Test group
(participants)
Achieved
Achieved
(Pre-)
(Post-)
261
105
7
N/A
Control group
(non-participants)
Target
Achieved Achieved
(Pre-)
(Post-)
39
123
26
7
5
N/A
Total
114
268
N/A
46
128
N/A
For the learners’ survey, the target sample sizes were achieved for all categories, both for the
test groups (participants) and the control groups (non-participants). The number of respondents
in the adult education sector was much lower than the other categories due to the limited budget
of the action, as well as to its recent start in 2021, in pandemic times, and the consequent much
smaller size of the available contact database.
For the staff survey, the target sample sizes were achieved for all categories, both for the test
groups (beneficiaries) and the control groups (non-beneficiaries), with the exception of the
sport staff control group (48 respondents recorded against a target of 50).
196
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0199.png
For the pre-post survey, given the small numbers of respondents achieved in the pre-mobility
survey of the youth category, it was decided that the post-mobility survey for this category
would not be carried out. The post-survey was only implemented for school pupils.
Summary of findings
Beneficiary survey of learners:
The analysis of survey data indicates a positive correlation
between participation in the Erasmus+ programme and some of the outcomes investigated for
learner participants. The statistical evidence suggests that participating in the programme
increased participants’ problem-solving and autonomy skills, and their level of digital
competence. It also suggests that participating in Erasmus+ increased the participants’ sense of
European identity, being confident in their efforts in education or training, recognising that
employers value mobility and transnational educational experiences, and completing their
studies or other learning activities.
Beneficiary survey of staff:
The data analysis indicates a positive correlation between
participation in the Erasmus+ programme and some of the outcomes investigated for staff
participants. The statistical evidence suggests that participating in the programme has had
varied but significant effects across different sectors, with particularly strong outcomes in areas
related to international networking (e.g., development of other projects, continued exchange of
professional information, keeping abreast of developments in the professional community) and
transnational partnerships (strategy, cooperation and network size).
Pre-post mobility survey of school pupils:
The data analysis indicates that participation in
the Erasmus+ programme has a positive correlation with some of the outcomes explored for
school pupils. Specifically, statistical evidence suggests that participation in the programme
was found to have increased the likelihood of participants taking action to live more sustainably
and the participant’s level of cultural awareness and expression.
3.5.
Survey of National Agencies and EACEA
A survey addressing the 55 Erasmus+ National Agencies across the 33 programme countries
497
and EACEA was conducted between October and December 2023 to collect feedback from the
bodies in charge of the implementation of the programme actions
498
.
Each National Agency was requested to submit one reply per country and per sector/field
499
under their responsibility, while EACEA was requested to submit one reply per programme
sector/field, plus one reply for the Jean Monnet Actions.
A total of
164 valid responses
were received, including 156 from National Agencies (95%)
and 8 from the EACEA (5%).
Summary of findings
The survey results show that the Erasmus+ programme is perceived by National Agencies and
EACEA as being
highly relevant
in the context of today's socio-economic needs and
challenges. Erasmus+ was also assessed very positively in terms of
internal and external
coherence.
In particular, it was seen as strongly aligned with EU policy priorities as well as
highly complementary to other EU-funded programmes and international initiatives.
497
27 EU Member States and 6 third countries associated to the programme, i.e. Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway,
North Macedonia, Serbia and Türkiye.
498
National Agencies for actions under indirect management, and the EACEA for actions under direct
management.
499
School education, VET, higher education, adult education, youth, and sport.
197
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
Concerning
effectiveness
and related factors, 36% of survey respondents indicated that the
programme fully attains its goals within their respective sectors, and an additional 63% argued
that it does so partially. Concerning the
programme architecture,
55% of respondents
consider it fully appropriate and 42% partially appropriate for achieving its objectives.
The survey found that 63% of respondents deem the programme’s
financial envelope
either
fully (17%) or partially (46%) appropriate and proportionate to Erasmus+ objectives regarding
their sector of competence,
vs.
36% stating that the funding was either not really or not at all
appropriate and proportionate. When asked for suggestions to improve programme efficiency,
respondents identified several crucial areas requiring enhancement, including further
simplification of grant agreements, administrative procedures, and programme guidelines, with
the aim of reducing complexity and improving overall efficiency; establishment of reliable IT
tools to minimise errors and delays; improved communication channels between the EACEA
and National Agencies; or encouragement of collaboration and knowledge-sharing among
National Agencies.
3.6.
Survey of socio-economic actors
The socio-economic actors surveyed included education and training organisations, civil
society organisations, public authorities (at national, regional and local levels), companies, and
other sectoral and professional organisations having participated in the programme in the
period 2014-2023.
The target group was composed by organisations identified on the basis of the survey design
and contacted through a randomly selected sample of organisations from the Erasmus+
programme database, covering actions under both direct and indirect management. The survey
invitation was disseminated by e-mail only, reaching out to over 8 000 contacts.
The survey was made available in six languages (ES, DE, EN, FR, IT and PL), from 15
November to 22 December 2023 (including deadline extensions). After data cleansing, in total,
1 550 valid responses
were received, of which 1,130 were complete (73%) and 420 (27%)
were partially complete. 50% of responses were submitted by respondents from education and
training organisations, followed by representatives of civil society organisations (18%) and of
public authorities (local, regional, and national) (13%).
Summary of findings
The survey results indicate that the Erasmus+ programme is essential to the implementation of
the projects it finances, with about 70% of respondent organisations stating that their projects
would not have been undertaken without Erasmus+ funding. The survey results also indicate a
high level of satisfaction among respondent organisations that participated in the programme,
most of which are highly motivated to participate again in the future, both in similar and
different activities (over 90% considering it likely or highly likely in both cases).
Socio-economic actors were also asked to identify the main barriers hindering similar
organisations from participating in the Erasmus+ programme. Approximately half of
responding organisations identified the lack of available staff to get involved in such activities
as the main barrier. This barrier was the most frequently cited across all types of organisations
addressed through the survey. The second most cited barrier was application procedures,
mentioned by 40% of organisations, but emphasised particularly by civil society, youth
organisations and public authorities. Among companies, the lack of knowledge about the
programme was cited by 43%. For sport organisations, the main barriers were identified as
198
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
application procedures, grant levels to cover the actual costs, knowledge about the Erasmus+
programme, and a lack of staff (all cited by 45% of sport organisations).
When asked about their involvement in other EU-funded projects, only about a third of
respondents indicated having previously participated or being currently participating in such
projects. Among respondents who participated in other EU-funded programmes in the past, the
most common were the European Social Fund programmes (ESF/ESF+, 31%), the Interreg
programmes (21%), and Horizon 2020/Horizon Europe (13%). These EU funding programmes
were also those respondents were currently participating the most: ESF+ programmes (34% of
respondents), followed by Horizon Europe (17%) and the Interreg programmes (16%).
3.7.
Survey of expert assessors
The survey addressed the experts responsible for assessing applications for the calls for
proposals and final reports of projects implemented under Erasmus+ actions under direct and
indirect management over both programme generations.
The survey was conducted between 26 October and 15 December 2023 in English only. The
survey link was disseminated through National Agencies and EACEA, who were asked to
forward the survey invitation to their mailing lists of expert assessors in charge of evaluating
applications and final reports, respectively, for projects under indirect and direct management.
In total,
1 842 valid responses
were received and analysed, distributed as follows:
70% of the total respondents were from experts in charge of assessing Erasmus+ project
applications and final reports of indirectly manged actions,
20% of respondents were conducting these assessments for actions under direct
management,
the remaining 10% of respondents was dealing with the assessment of project proposals
and final reports of both directly and indirectly managed actions.
35% of respondents indicated that they conducted assessments for the Erasmus+ programme
applications/projects originating in Spain, followed by Italy (16%), France, Belgium (both
13%) and Portugal (11%). Conversely, none of the respondents indicated that they had assessed
Erasmus+ applications/ projects in Malta, The Netherlands, or Norway.
4.7.1 Summary of findings
The survey results provide insights into the role of the
guidance
received by expert assessors
in enhancing the assessment process of project proposals and final reports within the previous
and current Erasmus+ programme. The vast majority of respondents find this guidance to be
very useful for their assessments (81%) and agree or strongly agree that it provides agreed and
clear standards to use for their assessments (96%). 67% of respondents indicated that the
guidance received under the current Erasmus+ programme generation has improved the way
they assess applications/projects. 92% of respondents also perceive a positive evolution
concerning the IT tools supporting the assessment of applications/projects over the two
programming periods, with 29% indicating a significant improvement and 63% a moderate
improvement.
33% of respondents indicated that the overall
quality of project applications
has improved in
the current generation of Erasmus+ compared with the previous programme, while 10% stated
that it has worsened, and 24% that it has remained the same. 33% indicated that they do not
know as they have not assessed projects under one of the two programme generations.
199
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0202.png
85% of respondents expressed a positive stance towards the
project award criteria,
indicating
that they either strongly agree (34%) or agree (51%) that the criteria effectively capture the
essential features crucial for delivering high-quality project results, and 74% (out of which 22%
strongly agree and 52% agree) find the award criteria sufficiently clear for those preparing
applications. In addition, 79% of respondents either strongly agree or agree that the weighting
of the award criteria appropriately reflects the importance of each quality aspect in the project
application.
3.8.
Behavioural experiment
A behavioural experiment was designed and implemented as part of the support study to
analyse the factors that prevent learners in higher education, VET and youth from taking part
in the Erasmus+ programme.
The behavioural experiment was implemented through a pre-selected panel of 10 000
individuals in 10 EU Member States (Czechia, Estonia, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy,
Poland, Romania, Spain, and Sweden), aged 18-30 and who never participated in the
programme. The aim was to:
explore factors preventing learners’ participation in Erasmus+, and
test behavioural interventions designed to influence learners’ beliefs and their
willingness to participate in the Erasmus+ programme.
The experiment targeted learners from both disadvantaged and non-disadvantaged backgrounds
to study the determinants of Erasmus+ participation among the general learners’ population, as
well as more specifically among those considering themselves as having ‘fewer opportunities’
due to facing one or several barriers to participation, in line with the Erasmus+ definition of
‘fewer opportunities’ as set out in its framework of inclusion measures
500
.
A total of
10 985 valid responses
were registered (between a minimum of 1 065 and a
maximum 1 147 participants in the 10 participating countries). 49.2% of respondents were
male, 50.3% female, and 0.4% and 0.2% indicated “other” and “prefer not to say” respectively.
75.7% declared being affected by one or more of the 8 barriers allowing to classify participants
as having fewer opportunities.
The experiment aimed to estimate the causal effects of providing information (at a high or low
extent) about:
i) the benefits of Erasmus+ mobility actions addressing learners in the higher education,
VET and youth fields; as well as
ii) the effects of explaining how to acquire information, on both learners’ beliefs and
willingness to participate in the programme.
In addition, it also aimed to estimate the causal effects of changing learners’ beliefs on their
willingness to participate, using random treatment assignment as an instrument for beliefs.
The outcomes of this analysis were aimed to help better understand the relevance of the
Erasmus+ mobility actions for potential participants in the youth, higher education, and VET
sectors with fewer opportunities compared to those without, as well as their responsiveness to
prompts about the benefits of the programme and about access to more information about it.
500
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2021/1877 of 22 October 2021 on the framework of inclusion
measures of the Erasmus+ and European Solidarity Corps Programmes 2021-2027, OJ L 378, 26.10.2021, p. 15.
See also Implementation Guidelines on
Erasmus+ and European Solidarity Corps Inclusion and Diversity Strategy
(https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/document/commission-decision-framework-inclusion-2021-27).
200
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
Summary of findings
The analysis yielded three key findings:
1. Overall, the provision of information about the benefits of participating in Erasmus+
mobility actions was found to positively influence respondents' beliefs about the effect
of programme participation on their chance of getting a job and improving their skills.
It was also found to have a positive effect on respondents' willingness to participate in
an Erasmus+ mobility action in the future. Moreover, it was found that presenting
participants with a high estimate of the benefits from participation was effective to
influence their beliefs about participation in a mobility activity and increasing their
chance of getting a job.
2.
The provision of information about how to find more information on Erasmus+ learning
mobility opportunities was found to positively influence respondents’ beliefs on (i) the
ease/difficulty of acquiring such information, (ii) their likelihood of actually acquiring
more information, and (iii) their willingness to participate in an Erasmus+ learning
mobility action within the next year and within the next few years. Moreover, showing
how to find more information on Erasmus+ learning mobility opportunities through
online channels only was found to be more effective for increasing their likelihood to
acquire more information than showing them both online and in-person channels.
3. Evidence was found that the interventions had varying effects on participants with
different characteristics.
Together, these findings suggest that information provision is overall an effective tool in
positively influencing learners’ beliefs and their willingness to participate in Erasmus+
learning mobility. To maximise the effect of the interventions, the information presented
should include a high estimate of programme benefits and online information channels
through which learners can easily find more information about Erasmus+ learning mobility.
3.9.
Key informant interviews
Key informant interviews were conducted to gather qualitative information and insights
concerning the performance of the Erasmus+ programme against the evaluation criteria. Three
main types of interviewees were targeted:
National-level interviewees
in selected Member States and third countries associated
to the programme, including national policy officers, programme managers (e.g.
Erasmus+ national authorities representatives and committee members, Erasmus+
national agencies representatives), and stakeholder organisations involved in Erasmus+
implementation (e.g., Higher education institutions, VET organisations, youth and sport
organisations, NGOs, civil society organisations, sectoral networks, business
organisations, etc.). The aim of these interviews was mostly to collect insights on
perceptions of system-level impacts of Erasmus+ and concrete changes influenced by
the programme.
European-level interviewees,
including representatives from relevant European
Commission services, EU agencies, and umbrella organisations active at European level
and representing all programme sectors. The objective of these interviews was to collect
insights on the systemic impact of the programme at EU level, as well as on the
programme’s resilience and responses, specifically related to the COVID-19 pandemic,
the Ukraine war and high levels of inflation.
201
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0204.png
International-level interviewees,
including representatives of international
organisations
501
, EU delegations, programme bodies interacting with third countries not
associated to the programme (e.g. National Erasmus+ Offices (NEOs) and regional
SALTOs (Support, Advanced Learning and Training Opportunities) resource centres),
as well as beneficiary organisations (mostly higher education institutions and networks)
in third countries not associated to the programme. The objective of these interviews
was to better understand the international dimension of Erasmus+, specifically the
extent to which it contributes to the EU’s objectives at the international level.
For each of these three levels, key informant interviews used semi-structured topic guides
focusing on the following evaluation criteria:
Relevance:
alignment of the programme with policies and needs in the education and
training, youth and sport sectors, and contribution to inclusivity and international
cooperation.
Effectiveness:
implementation of programme objectives, policy influence, impact on
institutions and individuals, and best practices.
Efficiency:
adequacy of programme/projects funding and implementation challenges.
Coherence:
collaboration among entities and potential areas for improved cooperation.
25 programme countries
covered through national level interviews, and including:
21 EU Member States (Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czechia, Denmark, Estonia,
Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Malta,
Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Spain, Sweden), and
4 third countries associated to the programme (North Macedonia, Norway, Serbia,
Türkiye).
14 third countries not associated to the programme
(Albania, Bosnia and
Herzegovina, Ghana, Ukraine, USA, Azerbaijan, Colombia, El Salvador, Morocco,
Nigeria, Cameroun, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Vietnam), covered through international level
interviews with programme beneficiaries.
The interviews covered the following selection of
countries:
A total of
267 interviews
were conducted online between October 2023 and July 2024.
Table 4: Overview of interviews conducted by key informant level and type
Key informant type
International level
EU delegations
502
Regional SALTOs
NEOs
International organisations
Organisations in third countries not associated to Erasmus+
European level
European Commission and EU Agencies
European stakeholder organisations
National level
National policy officers and stakeholder organisations in Member States
and third countries associated to Erasmus+
501
502
Interviews
42
15
3
3
5
16
60
22
38
165
149
Organisations with an international scope (i.e. without a country or EU specific mandate and scope of action).
Interviews were carried out with EU delegations in: Region 1 (Kosovo, Montenegro), Region 2 (Georgia),
Region 3 (Lebanon), Region 5 (Bangladesh, Pakistan, Vietnam), Region 6 (Uzbekistan), Region 9 (Kenya, South
Africa, Tanzania, Benin, Cabo Verde, Burkina Faso, Ghana), Region 10 (Brazil).
202
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0205.png
Key informant type
National programme managers in Member States and third countries
associated to Erasmus+
TOTAL
Interviews
16
267
The table below shows the number of key informant interviews conducted by Erasmus+
sector/field. Some key informants, due to their role or organisation, covered more than one
sector/field, which is why the total number shown in the table below exceeds the total number
of completed interviews indicated in the preceding table. This is the case of 46 interviewees
who were, in great part, covering more than one (or all) education and training sectors. Other
key informants, who either did not cover a specific sector or covered all sectors, are included
in the ‘General’ category.
Table 5: Overview of interviews by sector
Sector/field
Higher education
VET
School education
Adult education
Youth
Sport
General
Total
International
9
0
0
0
3
2
23
37
European
9
8
4
4
11
3
27
66
National
40
25
19
24
36
13
53
210
Total
58
33
23
28
50
18
103
313
The conducted interviews were summarised, anonymised, and analysed for common trends and
insights, in particular with regards to emerging needs and trends in education and training,
youth and sport that Erasmus+ should address as well as potential areas for improvement.
Summary of findings – International-level interviews
International-level interviews revealed that Erasmus+ is uniquely positioned to facilitate
knowledge and good practice sharing between Europe and the different parts of the world in
key areas such as greening, digitalisation and inclusion.
While Erasmus+ initiatives support digital skills and inclusion, difficulties persist in addressing
local needs effectively, especially in regions like Sub-Saharan Africa and Latin America. The
needs considered of highest relevance among international-level informants include the
internationalisation of higher education and the enhancement of learners’ mobility in VET.
Interviews highlighted that Erasmus+ contributes to the employability of young people and
graduates in non-associated countries. At the level of organisations, the programme has
considerably contributed to modernising and upgrading teaching curricula, thus enhancing the
overall quality of education in partner countries. Overall, it is acknowledged that Erasmus+
contributes to educational reform and capacity-building of educational institutions and
stakeholders internationally, despite ongoing challenges in accessibility and inclusivity. The
scalability of Erasmus+ projects to influence policy levels remains a challenge, particularly in
Africa and Asia. Despite these challenges, Erasmus+ has facilitated notable achievements in
education quality, mobility, and institutional capacity-building globally. The increased budget
allocation for 2021-2027 is praised overall, but interviewees indicated that
more funding
would be needed for sectors other than higher education.
Implementation challenges
203
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
include administrative complexities, lack of visibility for funding opportunities, and slow
communication processes, reported in particular for Sub-Saharan Africa and Asia, while the
main barriers for third country learner participation in the programme are linked to financial
and visa constraints.
Overall, while improvements like the establishment of Erasmus+ National Focal Points
(ENFPs) are noted, there remains a need for better coordination and responsiveness in
supporting Erasmus+ projects.
EU Delegations noted synergies with Horizon Europe (mostly its Marie Skłodowska-Curie
Actions), emphasising capacity building and mobility. Non-associated third-country
organisations see Erasmus+ as providing unique opportunities for capacity building without
overlapping with other programmes.
Summary of findings – European-level interviews
The Erasmus+ programme is seen as aligning well with EU policy priorities, focusing on digital
skills, green initiatives, inclusion, and civic participation. Emphasis on adult education and
VET is increasing. Capacity building and internationalisation, especially in VET, are
highlighted as key aspects of the programme. European stakeholder organisations praise the
efforts under the current Erasmus+ programme to promote inclusion and accessibility.
Erasmus+ is viewed as having evolved positively, becoming more flexible and inclusive. It has
expanded to include a wider range of objectives and activities, emphasising sectoral needs like
collaboration between education and business, promoting apprenticeship mobility and
supporting the Centres of Vocational Excellence. The programme is recognised as significantly
supporting the building of the European Education Area and the European Skills Agenda,
through internationalisation, cooperation, and its contribution to the development of national
qualification frameworks.
New features introduced under the 2021-2027 programme, such as the ‘Erasmus accreditation’,
the DiscoverEU learning cycle and blended mobilities, are seen positively. According to the
interviewees, Erasmus+ significantly impacts national policy implementation, especially in
smaller EU Member States with limited state funding, thereby fostering reforms in higher
education, in particular. Despite positive developments, Erasmus+ still faces challenges in
translating project outcomes into policy, in particular outside the EU.
The increased budget for the 2021-2027 is overall regarded positively, yet interviewees
underline a growing demand for increased funding for capacity building initiatives, particularly
in areas like youth and VET, with a call for greater flexibility in budget allocation to meet
evolving needs. Interviewed stakeholders acknowledge that Erasmus+ has improved
cooperation and communication but highlight challenges with inconsistent interpretations of
programme rules at the national level. Simplified application processes have increased
accessibility, yet complex IT tools and financial management remain issues. Mixed views exist
on actions under indirect management, with some interviewees supporting their flexibility and
others noting implementation complexities. In particular, interviewed representatives from
civil society organisations testified participation barriers, arguing that flexibility in budget
allocation is crucial for adapting to changing circumstances.
Synergies between Erasmus+ and EU research programmes such as Horizon Europe are
frequently highlighted, both by Commission/EU Agencies informants and by European
stakeholder organisations, pointing to potential for collaboration in areas such as digital
education and skills development.
204
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0207.png
Summary of findings – National-level interviews
National-level interviewees generally report strong alignment between Erasmus+ priorities and
national policies
503
, particularly in education, higher education, and VET. This is credited to
the programme’s focus on internationalisation, skills development, and societal challenges like
inclusivity and digitalisation. However, challenges persist, such as operationalising priorities
like the green transition and better aligning priorities in specific sectors such as youth, sport,
and adult education. Some countries highlight bureaucratic hurdles
504
and the need for clearer
programme priorities to better reflect national strategies
505
. Despite improvements in
alignment, disparities remain between countries and sectors, necessitating enhanced coherence
between Erasmus+ objectives and national policies.
While the current programme is seen as more responsive to diverse needs, access barriers
persist, particularly for marginalised groups in the VET and youth sectors
506
. Informants stress
the need for streamlined administration, increased financial support, and tailored assistance
across sectors to ensure equitable participation and maximise the programme's impact on
professional development and systemic change in European education
507
.
The COVID-19 pandemic significantly impacted Erasmus+ projects, prompting a shift to
online formats across most sectors. Digitalisation accelerated, which fostered virtual tools and
platforms, thereby enhancing resilience, but also revealed disparities in digital skills and
infrastructure across countries. Additionally, the war in Ukraine curtailed mobility, yet the
programme adapted with flexibility and support. Financial challenges due to inflation affected
project quality despite attempts to mitigate through increased funding.
Concerns about budget proportionality were expressed by informants across sectors such as
adult education and VET, which face lower funding levels compared to higher education.
Demand for Erasmus+ funding surpasses available budget in numerous countries
508
, despite a
significant increase for 2021-2027. Calls were made for more flexibility and coordination
between National Agencies and the European Commission to address funding imbalances
effectively.
Most national-level key informants highlighted how Erasmus+ aligns with national
programmes aimed at improving skills, promoting digitalisation, or enhancing
internationalisation
509
. While recognising the uniqueness of Erasmus+, some stakeholders
(from higher education, school education, VET) highlighted a need for improved coordination
and synergy between Erasmus+ and other EU programmes
510
. This includes concerns about
503
Reported by informants from Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland,
Italy, Latvia, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Serbia, Spain, Sweden, Türkiye
504
Reported by informants from Austria, Belgium, Czechia, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Netherlands,
North Macedonia, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Serbia, Spain, Sweden, Türkiye.
505
Reported by informants from Czechia, France, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Malta, Netherlands, Poland,
Portugal, Sweden.
506
Reported by informants from Austria, Belgium, Czechia, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany,
Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Malta, Netherlands, North Macedonia, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Serbia, Spain,
Sweden
507
Reported by informants from Austria, Belgium, Czechia, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Netherlands,
North Macedonia, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Serbia, Spain, Sweden, Türkiye
508
Reported by informants from Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czechia, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Malta, Netherlands, North Macedonia, Norway, Poland,
Portugal, Romania, Serbia, Spain, Sweden, Türkiye.
509
Reported by informants from Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czechia, Estonia, Finland, France, Finland, Germany,
Hungary, Ireland, Malta, Norway, Poland, Romania, Spain, Sweden
510
Reported by informants from Austria, Czechia, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Netherlands,
Norway, Poland, Sweden, Türkiye.
205
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0208.png
overlapping funding structures, differing administrative procedures, and a lack of strategic
synchronisation between the respective programme’s calls.
3.10 Case studies
As part of the stakeholder consultation strategy, case studies were carried out to complement
insights gained from surveys, key informant interviews and workshops. Three types of case
studies were carried out, interviewing in total 186 stakeholders:
Organisational-level case studies,
examining organisational developments, changes
in staff work and professional growth, learners' motivations, and development in
organisations coordinating Erasmus+ projects in all programme fields. For each case
study, interviews were typically carried out with the concerned organisation’s
leadership, staff, and learners
511
. A total of 130 individuals were interviewed for
performing the organisational-level case studies.
Jean Monnet case studies,
assessing how Erasmus+ grants enhance European studies’
teaching and research quality, help reach new audiences, and analysing the extent to
which similar activities existed in the organisation prior to the reception of the grant
and how organisations plan to sustain these activities on completion of the grant. These
case studies focused on the Jean Monnet Actions in the higher education field and on
the newly introduced actions in other fields of education and training (schools and
VET), and on Jean Monnet Designated Institutions. 37 individuals were interviewed for
performing the Jean Monnet case studies.
System-level case studies,
analysing how specific actions impact practices and
policymaking across all programme fields, with interviews mainly targeting project
leaders and partner organisations. 19 individuals were interviewed for performing this
set of case studies.
Implementation period:
organisations coordinating projects completed in 2018-2020
(previous programme) and 2021-2023 (current programme), as well as ongoing projects
at an advanced stage.
Experience level:
a mix of experienced, less experienced, and newcomer organisations,
based on the number of Erasmus+ projects coordinated.
Geographical distribution:
balanced coverage of larger and smaller countries.
Action types:
coverage of KA1 mobility activities (learners and/or staff), KA2
partnerships, KA3 policy development support. In addition, Jean Monnet case studies
cover most type of Jean Monnet actions implemented under the current programme.
Thematic coverage:
balanced coverage of Erasmus+ horizontal priorities.
Sectors:
balanced coverage of the six sectors.
The case study
selection process
was carried out randomly based on several criteria:
The selection was made using the Erasmus+ Project Results Platform, with the Commission’s
input. A reserve list was established to replace organisations that were non-responsive or
declined to take part in the case studies.
The case studies were carried out through semi-structured interviews, supplemented in some
cases with project documentation. They reflect diverse stakeholder perspectives across sectors
and actions, structured around the main evaluation criteria.
511
In the sport sector, no “learners” were interviewed as the programme doesn’t cover this type of mobility.
206
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0209.png
A total of 44 case studies were carried out: 29 organisational-level cases, 8 Jean Monnet cases
and 7 system-level cases.
The tables below provide an overview of the type and number of case studies conducted as well
as their respective focus.
Table 6: Organisational-level case studies
CS# Field
Lead Organisation
1
SCH Istituto comprensivo Manzoni-Radice
2
SCH Bundeshandelsakademie Bundeshandelsschule Oberpullendorf
3
SCH I Liceum Ogólnokształcące im. Henryka Sienkiewicza w Kedzierzynie-
Koźlu
4
SCH Pädagogische Hochschule Freiburg
5
SCH Primary school Anton Skala
6
ADU Asociația Sprijin+
7
ADU Afeji Hauts-de-France
8
ADU Oktatasi es Szakerto Bt.
9
ADU Społeczny Instytut Ekologiczny
10
ADU Unitre (Associazione Nazionale delle Università della Terza Età -
Università delle Tre Età A.P.S.)
11
HED Technische Universität Berlin
12
HED Univerza v Mariboru
13
HED Universidad de Sevilla
14
HED Satakunnan ammattikorkeakoulu
15
SPO THOMAS MORE Mechelen-Antwerpen Safe Sport Allies
16
SPO Stichting Flik-Flak
17
SPO So Europe Eurasia Foundation
18
SPO European Hockey federation
19
SPO EuropeActive
20
VET FH Joanneum Gesellschaft Mbh
21
VET Chambre de Métiers et de l'Artisanat Auvergne-Rhône-Alpes
22
VET Upper-Secondary School of Electrical and Computer Engineering and
Technical Gymnasium Ljubljana (Vegova Ljubljana)
23
VET Kauno technologijų mokymo centras
24
VET AKMI Anonimi Ekpaideftiki Etairia
25
YOU Ifjúsági Nomád Klub
26
YOU Društvo ustvarjalcev Taka Tuka
27
YOU Agenzija Zghazagh
28
YOU Unternehmergesellschaft (haftungsbeschränkt) "Roter Baum" Berlin
29
YOU Youth for exchange and understanding international
Country
IT
AT
PL
DE
RS
RO
FR
HU
PL
IT
DE
SI
ES
FI
BE
NL
IE
BE
BE
AT
FR
SI
LT
EL
HU
SI
MT
DE
BE
Table 7: Jean Monnet case studies
CS# Action Type
30
Teacher Training
31
Learning EU initiatives
32
33
34
35
36
37
Networks for Schools
Jean Monnet Projects
Jean Monnet Modules
JM Designated
Institution
JM Designated
Institution
JM Designated
Institution
Field
SCH
SCH
SCH
HED
HED
-
-
-
Lead Organisation
Casa do Professor
Profilirana Prirodo-Matematicheska Gimnazia Akademik
Ivan Tsenov
Istituto Statale d'Arte - Liceo artistico "Edgardo
Mannucci"
Scuola superiore di studi universitari e di perfezionamento
Sant'Anna
Alma Mater Studiorum - Università di Bologna
College of Europe - Bruges, Belgium, and Natolin, Poland
European University Institute, Florence, Italy
European Institute of Public Administration, Maastricht,
The Netherlands
Country
PT
BG
IT
IT
IT
BE, PL
IT
NL
207
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0210.png
Table 8: System-level case studies
CS#
38
39
Field
HED
HED
KA Action Type
KA2 European
Universities alliances
KA3 Policy
Experimentation
KA1 Erasmus+
Accreditation
KA3 Social inclusion
through education,
training and youth
KA2 Sector Skills
Alliances in
vocational education
and training Lot 1 –
vocational excellence
KA3 Youth Wiki
Project Title
Charm-EU
Edlab: European Degree
Label institutional
laboratory
Bildungsdirektion
Steiermark
Regional Capacity for
Adult Education and
Learning
Pilot Platform of
Vocational Excellence
Water (Pilot PoVE Water)
Organisation
University of
Barcelona
Universidad de
Granada
Board of Education
of Styria
European
Association for the
Education of Adults
(EAEA)
CIV Water
Country
ES
ES
40
41
SCH
ADU
AT
BE
42
VET
NL
43
YOU
Youth Wiki
44
SPO
KA2 Collaborative
partnership
FIA European Young
Women Programme
Agenzija Zghazagh
(Malta), Ministry of
National Education
and Youth (France),
Youth Board of
Cyprus
Fédération
Internationale de
l'Automobile (FIA)
MT, FR,
CY
FR
3.11 Stakeholder workshops
Five workshops were organised to gather stakeholders’ feedback on specific aspects of the
support study conducted by ICF:
Table 8: Overview of stakeholder workshops
Date and
format
1
14/06/2023
Physical
(Brussels)
#
2
04/03/2024
Online
Topic
Preliminary findings of
scoping interviews and
stakeholder consultation
strategy.
Three meta-analyses to
support the Erasmus+ 2021-
2027 Interim Evaluation and
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 Final
Evaluation
N° of
participants
70
Participant types
Representatives of Erasmus+ National
Agencies
87
3
20/03/2024
Hybrid
(Brussels /
online)
Key issues for a possible
successor of the Erasmus+
programme
115 (of which
41 online)
Experts in the field, policymakers,
Erasmus+ national agencies’
representatives, stakeholder
organisations, Commission’s Inter-
Service Group members assisting with
the preparation of the Erasmus+
evaluation
Representatives from Erasmus+
National Authorities, Erasmus+
National Agencies, stakeholder
organisations active at European level
across all programme fields,
representatives from the European
Parliament, the Commission’s Inter-
Service Group members assisting with
208
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0211.png
#
Date and
format
Topic
N° of
participants
Participant types
the preparation of the Erasmus+
evaluation
Representatives from Erasmus+
National Authorities, Erasmus+
National Agencies, stakeholder
organisations active at European level
in all programme fields, representatives
from the other EU institutions,
Commission’s Inter-Service Group
members assisting with the preparation
of the Erasmus+ evaluation
Representatives from Erasmus+
National Authorities, Erasmus+
National Agencies, other EU
institutions, Commission’s Inter-
Service Group members assisting with
the preparation of the Erasmus+
evaluation
4
09/07/2024
Hybrid
(Brussels/
online)
Findings from the Draft Final
Report on the Erasmus+
support study
159 (of which
120 online)
5
19/09/2024
Online
Synthesis of national reports
on the implementation and
impact of Erasmus+
126
Workshop 1
(14 June 2023) took place in Brussels in the context of the National Agencies’
event. The objective of the workshop was to provide National Agencies with an overview of
the preliminary findings from the scoping interviews carried out in the inception phase with
different types of stakeholders, to gather feedback on these preliminary findings as well as
inputs for the data collection activities and suggestions concerning the stakeholder consultation
activities. The workshop was attended by approximately 70 National Agency representatives.
Workshop 2
(4 March 2024) aimed to present the preliminary results of the three meta-
analyses undertaken as part of the support study via a systematic quantitative literature review.
These three meta-analyses focused on specific individual level effects of taking part in a
mobility under the Erasmus+ programme: 1) effects on skills improvements and academic
performance, 2) effects on employment outcomes, and 3) effects on European values.
Interaction with workshop participants mainly focused on methodological choices: the
selection of exclusion criteria, the definition of the counterfactual, the challenge of overcoming
(self-)selection bias for all themes, especially the theme on European values. Workshop
participants were invited to propose additional studies for inclusion in the meta-analyses, which
were assessed by the study team to complete the task.
Workshop 3
(20 March 2024) aimed to present and discuss the initial findings from the
Erasmus+ evaluation related to potential issues of the current Erasmus+ programme and how
these could inform the objectives and design of its potential successor programme beyond
2027. Participants were invited to share their experiences with the current programme and ideas
for a possible successor programme to Erasmus+ around four areas: (1) Erasmus+ objectives
and priorities; (2) programme structure; (3) management and (4) resources.
Workshop 4
(9 July 2024) aimed to present and discuss the findings from the draft final report
of the external consultancy study informing the evaluation of Erasmus+, in view of collecting
additional insights into the various aspects of the evaluation and helping refine the findings and
recommendations emerging under each evaluation criterion. The feedback collected during and
209
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0212.png
after the workshop
512
contributed to the finalisation of the support study and supported the
production of its final report.
Workshop 5
(19 September 2024) presented and discussed the report synthetising the National
reports on the implementation and impact of Erasmus+ submitted by Erasmus+ National
Authorities (‘synthesis report’ prepared by ICF). The feedback collected during and after the
workshop contributed to the finalisation of the synthesis report.
512
21 additional contributions were collected through a EUsurvey link on the five evaluation criteria and the
preliminary list of recommendations.
210
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0213.png
A
NNEX
VI. C
OMPLEMENTARY INFORMATION ON
E
RASMUS
+ 2014-2020
AND
E
RASMUS
+ 2021-2027
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
Inputs
THE INTERVENTION LOGICS OF
Erasmus+ 2014-2020 had an overall indicative
financial envelope
of EUR 14.774 billion
under Heading 1 (Sustainable growth) and of EUR 1.68 billion under Heading 4 (EU as
global player) of the EU budget.
The
European Commission
bears the overall responsibility for the supervision and
coordination of the agencies in charge of implementing the programme at national level. It
is assisted by the
Erasmus+ programme committee
composed of the representatives of
the Member States. The European Commission manages the budget and sets priorities,
targets and criteria for the programme. Furthermore, it guides and monitors the overall
implementation, and evaluates the programme at European level after having received the
National Reports from participating countries. It also manages directly few actions of the
programme
513
.
At European level, the
European Commission's Education, Audiovisual and Culture
Executive Agency
(EACEA) is responsible for the implementation of actions under direct
management
514
which account for a small share of the total budget. The largest share of
the budget is implemented through indirect management. The European Commission
entrusts implementation and promotion tasks to
National Agencies
515
established in each
participating country, which implement those actions of the programme with the highest
volume
516
so as to bring the programme as close as possible to its beneficiaries and to adapt
to the diversity of national education, training and youth systems.
The programme actions are implemented mainly by means of open Calls for proposals,
while few others are implemented identified beneficiaries or public procurement.
The implementation of the programme is also supported through structures such as the
SALTO resource centres, which provide qualitative support to National Agencies and
programme stakeholders in the youth field, the National Erasmus+ offices (NEOs)
deployed in third countries not associated to the programme with a role of promotion of
Erasmus+ opportunities.
513
These actions consist mainly of administrative expenditure (studies, external communication and
dissemination, IT systems, etc.), policy coordination and support actions, politically sensitive and new
actions, pilot projects and preparatory actions.
514
These actions are: large-scale European Voluntary Service (until 2018, when the action was discontinued
from Erasmus+ to be implemented under the European Solidarity Corps) and Joint Master Degrees (KA1),
Knowledge Alliances and Sector Skills Alliances (KA2), most of the KA3 actions, Jean Monnet activities
and sport actions.
515
By the end of the programming period 58 NAs (including the Serbian and UK NAs) were appointed and
supervised by the National Authorities in their respective country. Since 2014, their performance is also
controlled by Independent Audit Bodies identified in each country and delivering an Independent Audit
Opinion as part of the NAs’ yearly management declaration.
516
NAs manage KA1 mobility (except Erasmus Mundus Joint Master Degrees), KA2 strategic partnerships,
structured dialogue between young people and decision-makers under KA3.
211
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
Inputs
The 2021-2027 Erasmus+ programme is implemented under both
direct and indirect
management in 33 countries,
i.e. 27 EU Member States, three EFTA/EEA countries
(Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway) and three candidate countries (North Macedonia,
Republic of Türkiye and Republic of Serbia).
In continuity with the 2014-2020 programme, the
European Commission
bears the
overall responsibility for the running of the programme, is assisted by the
Erasmus+
programme committee
composed of the representatives of the Member States, manages
the budget, and sets priorities, targets and criteria for the programme on an on-going basis.
Furthermore, it guides and monitors the general implementation, follow-up and evaluation
of the programme at European level. The European Commission also guides and
coordinates the structures in charge of implementing the programme at national level.
Additionally, it manages directly a few actions of the programme.
At the European level, the European Commission's
European Education and Culture
Executive Agency
(EACEA) is responsible for the implementation of Erasmus+ actions
under direct management.
The largest share of the programme’s budget is implemented through indirect
management. The European Commission entrusts implementation and promotion tasks to
National Agencies,
established in each of the 33 countries participating in the programme.
The National Agencies bring Erasmus+ as close as possible to its beneficiaries at local,
regional and national level and adapt to the diversity of national education, training and
youth systems. The European Commission also entrusts implementation activities in
indirect management mode to some
international organisations,
mainly for better
knowledge purposes, including OECD or Council of Europe.
The implementation of the programme is also supported through structures such as the
SALTO resource centres, which provide qualitative support to National Agencies and
programme stakeholders, the National Erasmus+ offices (NEOs) and the Erasmus+
National Focal Points (ENFP) deployed in third countries not associated to the programme
with a role of promotion of Erasmus+ opportunities.
Outputs and Activities
Key action 1: Learning mobility
o
Short and long-term group and individual mobility
opportunities for
learners
(all education and training sectors), and
young people
(youth) as well as for
staff
(all programme sectors). These activities provide opportunities for formal, informal
and non-formal learning, which can be carried out through a physical or blended
mobility, i.e. a combination of physical mobility with a virtual component
facilitating a collaborative online learning exchange and teamwork.
o
Mobility projects and accreditations:
Erasmus+ learning mobilities of
individuals are designed in the context of projects providing a framework for the
preparation and follow up of the different activities they include. This allows
beneficiary organisations in the fields of education and training, youth and sport to
build or increase their capacity to work in an international environment and build
212
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0215.png
future partnerships. Accredited organisations benefit from a simplified grant
application process.
Key Action 1: target groups, activities and outputs
Source: EAC elaboration
Key action 2: Cooperation among organisations and institutions
Transnational and international partnership opportunities for European, but also third
country organisations and institutions:
partnerships for cooperation, including small-scale partnerships, designed to widen
access to the programme to small-scale actors and individuals who are hard to reach
in education, training, youth and sport;
Large scale partnerships include the ‘Partnerships for excellence (European
Universities, Centres of Vocational Excellence, Erasmus+ Teacher academies and
Erasmus Mundus Joint Masters Degrees) and the ‘Partnerships for innovation
(Alliance for innovation and forward-looking projects), aiming at systemic impact
at European level and focussed on thematic areas that are strategic for Europe's
growth and competitiveness and social cohesion;
Capacity building in higher education, VET, youth and sport supporting
international cooperation through multilateral partnerships. The activities and
outcomes of these projects are geared to benefit the individuals, organisations and
systems in eligible third countries not associated to the programme.
Online platforms and tools for virtual cooperation.
213
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0216.png
Key Action 2: target groups, activities and outputs
Source: EAC elaboration
Key action 3: Support to policy development and cooperation
This set of activities is featured for its diversified character, going from grants awarded
through open calls for proposals (e.g. policy experimentations, Civil society cooperation)
to other awarded to identified beneficiaries (e.g. activities supporting policy networks), via
contribution agreements or public procurement. They comprise: i) support to policy
development and cooperation at European Union level, including gathering evidence and
knowledge about education, training, youth and sport systems and policies at national and
European level, including via European policy experimentations; ii) support to tools (such
as Europass and Youthpass) and measures that foster the quality, transparency, and
recognition of skills, competences and qualifications; iii) policy dialogue and cooperation
with key stakeholders and international organisations; iv) activities for the quality and
inclusive implementation of the programme.
214
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0217.png
Key Action 3: target groups, activities and outputs
Source: EAC elaboration
Jean Monnet Actions:
in the 2021-2027 programme the Jean Monnet Actions were
extended beyond the higher education sector to other fields of education and training.
These actions support teaching and research on EU integration, policy debates and wider
outreach beyond the academic context, as well as learning about the EU and its values in
schools and VET institutions. They also provide support to designated institutions pursuing
an aim of European interest that conduct research, including for preparing future policies,
and teaching for future staff of international organisations and for civil servants.
3. Results
The expected results of the programme intervention can be summarized at the level of
each key action as follows:
Key action 1 – Learning mobility:
the intervention seeks to bring positive change
for
learners and staff
in the form of improved skills and competences (including
language, digital, green and soft skills), enhanced personal developments, better
awareness of EU values. The intervention also aims to obtain a series of learning
outcomes linked to the four horizontal priorities of the programme.
The introduction of the accreditation scheme in the fields of VET, school education,
adult education and youth, and the overall project dimension in which individual
mobilities are framed allows to expect the development of higher capacity of
educational and training, and youth organisations to act in an international
environment and to develop partnerships and cooperation with organisations in other
countries.
Key action 2 – Cooperation among organisations and institutions:
the
programme seeks changes in pedagogies, methodologies, content and practices.
Transnational cooperation projects are expected to generate e.g. the development
and/or implementation of innovative and inclusive pedagogies or curricula, new
methods of youth work, the implementation of new organisational practices,
enhanced networking and exchange of good practices with foreign partners
(including outside Europe and from other fields). The intervention is also expected
to enhance the cooperation between organisations in view of increasing the response
215
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
to the green transition and fostering digital readiness. These results are mainly seen
at the level of organisations and institutions.
Key action 3 – Support to policy development and cooperation:
the intervention
aims at improving the national education, training, youth and sport systems,
developing a European dimension, and enhancing the overall impact of the
programme at national and European level. The actions supported under key action
3 are designed to act at policy level and to support the quality implementation of the
other programme actions, facilitating the generation of their long-lasting effects at
individual and organisational level, producing a systemic effect. Given its systemic
character, this type of intervention is
not intended to produce immediate results
on specific target groups but rather mid- and long-term impacts.
Jean Monnet Actions:
in the field of higher education the intervention supports all
over the world teaching, training, and research on European Union studies as well as
policy debate on Union policy priorities, involving the academic world, policy
makers and the wider society. As a result, better knowledge about the European
Union integration matters is expected, with a stronger role of the EU in a globalized
world. In other fields of E&T, it supports teaching and learning about the EU, its
functioning and its values in schools in programme countries. As a result of the
intervention, it is expected that teachers are better equipped to teach about the EU
and that the learning outcomes on EU matters in schools and VET institutes increase.
Impacts
The impacts of the programme are identified at three levels:
Individual level:
the intervention aims to contribute to enhance skills, employability,
entrepreneurship and innovation capacity of learners and young people, to ensure a
better transition to further levels of education. In the medium and long term, an
increased capacity of staff can be expected to trigger modernisation and international
opening of their organisations. The intervention should also contribute to develop a
European identity and sense of belonging, to foster more active participation in the
democratic life and civic society, to increase awareness of EU values and to ensure
deeper knowledge on the EU and its policies.
Institutional/organisational level:
the intervention contributes to developing long-
lasting partnerships among organisations and institutions and to their
internationalisation, to fostering their adaptability to the digital transformation and the
green transition. At this level, the intervention aims to increase the capacity of
educational institutions by fostering internationalisation, the progressive adoption of
innovative teaching and learning methods and tools, and the recognition of youth work.
It is also expected that the programme will increase the capacity of higher education
institutions (HEIs) to teach about EU subjects and support the creation of structured
centres providing EU specific high-level knowledge in the field of European studies
worldwide.
Systemic/policy level:
the main impacts are expected in relation to the programme
support to the establishment of the European Education Area and advancing the policy
cooperation in the fields supported by the programme. In the long term, it is expected
that the programme contributes to build more inclusive, innovative and digital
education systems, including non-formal and informal education, in order to foster
216
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
innovation. It is also expected that the programme contributes to improve international
cooperation to build more cohesive communities and sustainable socio-economic
development.
217
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0220.png
A
NNEX
VII. O
VERVIEW OF INDICATORS
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
Table A - Programme indicators established in the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ Regulation: 2020
achievement versus 2020 target
517
Type
Indicator
518
2020 yearly
2013 baseline achievemen
t
86 000
26 700
203 000
43 000
Indirect
management
- projects:
25 000 /
Organisation
s: 82 000
Direct
management
managed–
Projects:
5008/Organi
sations:
3 000
2020 target
136 000
77 000
Output The number of staff supported by the programme
Output
The number of participants with special needs or
fewer opportunities
519
Output
The number and type of organisations and
projects
520
– Indirect
management - p
rojects: 11 000 /
Organisations:
32 000
Direct
management - P
rojects: 800 /
Organisations:
2 000
/
521
Education and Training
500 000
[HE:
350 000
VET:
150 000]
25 000
543 000
[HE: 412 000
VET:
131 000]
3 900
Output
The number of pupils, students and trainees
participating in the programme
The number of higher education students
receiving support to study in a partner country
301 000
Output
517
/
Data on 2014-2020 indicator achievements refer to the latest reporting carried out under the 2022
Programme Performance Statement (PPS), based on a cut-off date of 21 December 2021, which is earlier
than the cutoff date of the evaluation (31 December 2023). For this reason, few discrepancies could be noted
with the total achievement referred to in the final evaluation of the 2014-2020 programme due to the longer
timeframe needed to complete projects, in particular mobility activities. More in general, any differences
presented between the PPS data and any other data presented in this document (stemming from Erasmus+
monitoring data extracted from DG EAC databases and dashboards) are due to the fact that DG EAC’s
databases are continuously updated. PPS documents present a static version of the programme’s performance
at a specific time period when data were extracted (i.e. usually, on the last day of each year). On the contrary,
DG EAC’s databases are regularly updated and present the performance of the programme in real-time. For
the purpose of this evaluation, data were frozen at 31 December 2023 to provide the most reliable and
possibly updated overview of programme performance.
518
The list of indicators set up in the 2014-2020 Erasmus+ Regulation also included the number of users of
Euroguidance, for which the last measurement took place in 2016 (achievement: 2 983 273). The indicator
was then discontinued as individual Euroguidance Centres were using different methodologies to estimate
and track numbers of users, making the reporting difficult.
519
KA2: only pupils in the School Exchange Partnerships action (KA229) are covered; KA3: young people
participating in the youth dialogue (KA347).
520
This composite indicator tracked i) the number of contracted projects per management mode (all key
actions, Jean Monnet activities and Sport), and ii) the number of participations of organisations.
521
No target was set for this indicator upon agreement with central services. This was due to the inherent
limitations at the encoding stage of organisations’ details that usually provide the source systems with
insufficient information.
218
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0221.png
Type
Indicator
518
2020 yearly
2013 baseline achievemen
t
/
37 000
2020 target
The number of higher education students from a
Output partner country coming to study in a programme
country
The number of partner country higher education
Output institutions involved in mobility and cooperation
actions
The percentage of participants who have
received a certificate, diploma or other kind of
Result
formal recognition of their participation in the
programme (E&T)
Result
The percentage of participants declaring that they
have increased their key competences (E&T)
The percentage of participants in long-term
mobility declaring that they have increased their
language skills (E&T)
The number of students receiving training
through Jean Monnet activities
Youth
Output
The number of young people engaged in
mobility actions supported by the programme
The number of youth organisations from both
programme countries and partner countries
involved in international mobility and
cooperation actions
The number of users of the Eurodesk network
The percentage of participants who have
received a certificate – for example a Youthpass
–, diploma or other kind of formal recognition of
their participation in the programme
The percentage of participants declaring that they
have increased their key competences (Youth)
The percentage of participants in voluntary
activities declaring that they have increased their
language skills (Youth)
Size of membership of sport organisations
applying for, and taking part in, the programme
(Sport)
Sport
The percentage of participants who have used the
Result results of cross-border projects to combat threats
to sport (Sport)
15 000
1 000
1 235
1 300
100% HE
65% VET
100% HE
91% VET
100 HE
75% VET
81%
94% HE
81% VET
120 000
94%
96% HE
95% VET
432 000
88%
98% HE
90% VET
360 000
Result
Result
60 000
117 000
124 000
Output
5 300
6 984
6 000
Output
140 000
300 000
140 000
Result
26%
91%
65%
Result
Result
75%
87%
96%
95%
522
80%
95%
Output
0
40%
523
50%
0
75%
524
75%
522
523
Reported for the last time in 2019.
Percentage of small grassroot organisations, less than 1 000 members, in projects. Reported until 2019.
524
The value corresponds to 2019, last year when the achievement for this indicator was reported.
219
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0222.png
Type
Indicator
518
2020 yearly
2013 baseline achievemen
t
2020 target
The percentage of participants who have used the
Result results of cross-border projects to improve good
0
75%
75%
governance and dual careers (Sport)
The percentage of participants who have used the
results of cross-border projects to enhance social
Result
0
75%
525
75%
inclusion, equal opportunities and participation
rates (Sport)
Indicators referring to European targets and benchmark for learning mobility (measurements
based on Eurostat data, not directly linked with programme participants)
Europe Percentage of 18-24 years-old with only lower-
secondary education who are not enrolled in
11.9%
10.3%
10%
2020
education or training
headline
education Percentage of 30-34 years-old with completed
37.1%
41.6%
>40%
target
526
tertiary or equivalent education
Percentage of higher education graduates who
have had a period of higher education-related
2.9%
10.7%
528
20%
study or training (including work placements)
abroad
Mobility
benchma Percentage of 18-34 years-old with an initial
rk
527
vocational education and training qualification
who have had an initial vocational education and
2-3%
3%
529
6%
training-related study or training period
(including work placements) abroad
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
Table B - Indicators established in the 2021-2027 Erasmus+ Regulation
Type
Indicator name
Number of participants in learning
mobility activities under key action 1
Achievement
level at end 2023
3 246 360
531
Target by
2027
8 215 900
Progress to
2027
target
530
40%
Output
525
526
The value corresponds to 2019, last year when the achievement for this indicator was reported.
Achievement for these indicators refer to Eurostat data from 2019, latest available data within the
programming period.
527
Achievements for these indicators refer to Eurostat data.
528
Latest data available: 2016.
529
Only 2014 data available.
530
For indicators with a cumulative target at the end of the programming period, progress-to-target is
calculated according to the formula (sum of results – baseline)/ (target – baseline). The baseline for all
indicators of the current programme was set at ‘0’ per corporate guidance. However, for those indicators in
continuity with the previous programming period, the achievement in 2020 is considered the baseline for the
current programme.
531
The methodology applied to calculate the yearly achievements in the Programme Performance Statement
is a combined methodology due to the
sui generis
structure, including rules, of the mobility strand of the
programme. More specifically, final data on (actual) participants (i.e. mobilities) are available once all
projects are administratively closed (between 2 to 4 years after the project starts, depending on the type of
action). Until mobility data are deemed as final, numbers are calculated based on estimates/provisional data
which are provided by organisations during the application phase of the projects. This explains the difference
between the figure reported for this indicator in table 7, with the number of actual participants at the cut-off
date of the evaluation (i.e. 1.6 million), mentioned in the text.
220
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0223.png
Type
Indicator name
Number of participants in virtual
learning activities under key action 1
Number of people with fewer
opportunities taking part in activities
under key action 1
Number of organisations and
institutions taking part in the
programme
Number of newcomer organisations
and institutions taking part in the
programme under key actions 1 and 2
Number of small-scale partnerships
supported under key action 2
Number of users of virtual cooperation
platforms supported under key action 2
Indicator name
Share of participants that consider they
have benefited from their participation
in learning mobility activities under
key action 1
Share of participants that consider they
have an increased European sense of
belonging after participation in
activities under key action 1
Share of organisations and institutions
that consider they have developed
high-quality practices as a result of
their participation in key action 2
Share of organisations and institutions
that consider that the procedures for
taking part in the programme are
proportionate and simple
Share of activities addressing climate
objectives under key action 1
Share of projects addressing climate
objectives under key action 2
Achievement
level at end 2023
211 600
Target by
2027
264 300
Progress to
2027
target
530
80%
Output
Result
445 635
924 810
KA1: 506
620
KA2: 153
520
KA3: 3 092
79 915
48%
Output
KA1: 210 449
KA2: 63 445
KA3: 1 401
KA1: 42%
KA2: 41%
KA3: 45%
Output
29 533
37%
Output
Output
Type
5 894
2 128 723
Achievement
level at end 2023
E&T: 99%
YOU: 99%
SPO: 99%
E&T: 89%
YOU: 96%
SPO: 95%
13 355
6 410 000
Target 2023
E&T: 95%
YOU: 91%
SPO: 74%
E&T: 64%
YOU: 60%
SPO: 55%
E&T: 67%
YOU: 67%
SPO: 65%
E&T: 61%
YOU: 62%
SPO: 55%
[not
available]
E&T: 15%
YOU: 17%
SPO: 15%
44%
32%
Target
2027
532
E&T: 95%
YOU: 95%
SPO: 95%
E&T: 85%
YOU: 68%
SPO: 70%
E&T: 75%
YOU: 75%
SPO: 65%
E&T: 65%
YOU: 70%
SPO: 63%
20%
[all fields]
E&T: 25%
YOU: 25%
SPO: 15%
Impact
Impact
Result
[data not
available
533
]
Result
E&T: 86%
YOU: 91%
SPO: 63%
E&T: 21%
YOU: 86%
SPO: 34%
E&T: 36%
YOU: 24%
SPO: 11%
Output
Output
532
For all indicators expressed in form of percentage (non-cumulative) the progress to the final 2027 target
is 48%.
533
Data for 2023 is not available yet: data is captured from final reports, once projects are closed (2 to 4
years after start).
221
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0224.png
Table C - Additional indicators established under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)
2023/2710
534
Type
Output
Name of the indicator
The share of activities addressing digital transformation,
including the Digital Opportunity Traineeship (DOT) under
key action 1
The share of projects addressing inclusion and diversity under
key action 2
The share of projects addressing digital transformation under
key action 2
The share of projects addressing participation and civic
engagement under key action 2
The number of less experienced organisations taking part in
the programme under key actions 1 and 2
The share of participants in learning mobility that consider
they have reached a better understanding of inclusion and
diversity in their society and/or are more committed to
working against discrimination, intolerance, xenophobia and
racism
The share of participants in learning mobility that consider
they have learnt about environmental, climate and
sustainability issues and/or have changed their habits to
become more sustainable
The share of participants in learning mobility that consider
they have learnt about new and useful ways to apply digital
technologies and/or are eager to use them in their study or
work
The share of participants in learning mobility that consider
they have learnt more about Europe, the European Union and
European values or are more interested in participating in
elections, in other democratic processes, and in the life of
their local community
The number of people with fewer opportunities receiving
Erasmus Mundus scholarships
Increased capacity of organisations
Achievement level
at end 2023
14%
Target by
2027
20%
Output
Output
Output
Output
Result
44%
40%
28%
46 432
40%
35%
25%
20%
98 000
60%
Result
30%
40%
Result
30%
40%
Result
38%
60%
Result
Impact
146
535
Positive trend
/
Increasing
and positive
trend
Level of
contribution
- Positive
trend
Impact
Contribution to policy development, strategies and
cooperation in education and training, youth and sport
Positive trend
The baseline for these 12 indicators is ‘0’. Targets have been estimated and set only at the end of the
programming period, to be reviewed once more data is available, after the interim evaluation.
535
The tracking tools for this indicator were still under construction at the moment of the evaluation. The
completion of the field for “fewer opportunities” was not mandatory yet, therefore the figure is partial.
Moreover, data for 2022 and 2023 is provisional.
534
222
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0225.png
A
NNEX
VIII. O
VERVIEW OF
C
ONTINUED AND
D
ISCONTINUED
A
CTIONS
E
RASMUS
+ 2014-2020
AND
E
RASMUS
+ 2021-2027
PROGRAMMING PERIODS
Erasmus+ 2014-2020
Fields
Discontinued activities in
orange
Actions moved from one key action to another are
in
green
BETWEEN
Erasmus+ 2021-2027
New activities in
blue
Actions moved from one key action to another are
in
green
Key Action 1 – Learning mobility
Mobility of higher education students and staff
Mobility of VET learners and staff
Mobility of school staff
Mobility of adult education staff
Students Loan Guarantee Facility
Accreditations in HE, VET
Language assessment and support
Erasmus Mundus Joint Master Degrees
Mobility of young people
Mobility of youth workers
Volunteering Charter
EVS
Mobility of higher education students and staff
Mobility of VET learners and staff
Mobility of
school pupils
and staff
Mobility of
adult education learners
and staff
Language learning opportunities
Virtual exchanges in higher education
Accreditations in HE, VET,
SCH and ADU
Mobility of young people
Mobility of youth workers
Youth participation activities
DiscoverEU activities
Virtual Exchanges in Youth
Accreditation in Youth
E&T
Youth
Sport
Not applicable
Strategic partnerships
Alliances (Knowledge Alliances, Sector Skills
Alliances)
Capacity building in the field of higher education
Transnational cooperation activities (TCA)
Virtual exchanges in higher education
IT support platforms
Mobility of sport staff
Key Action 2 – Cooperation between organisations and institutions
Partnerships for cooperation,
including small-scale
partnerships
Partnerships for excellence (including European
Universities alliances, Centres of Vocational
Excellence
536
, Erasmus+ Teachers Academies,
Erasmus Mundus Joint Master Degrees)
Partnerships for innovation (including Alliances
for Innovation and Forward-looking projects)
Online platforms and tools for virtual cooperation
Capacity Building in the fields of higher education,
and VET
Partnerships for cooperation,
including small-scale
partnerships
Online platforms and tools for virtual cooperation
Capacity Building in the field of youth
Partnerships for cooperation, including small-
scale partnerships
Not-for-profit sport events
Capacity Building in the field of Sport
E&T
Youth
Strategic partnerships
Capacity Building in the field of youth
Transnational cooperation activities (TCA)
Small collaborative partnerships
Collaborative partnerships
Not-for-profit European sport events
Sport
536
European University alliances and Centres of Vocational Excellence are considered new actions of the
2021-2027 programme despite pilots carried out in the last years of the 2014-2020 programme
implementation.
223
kom (2025) 0395 - Ingen titel
3052187_0226.png
PROGRAMMING PERIODS
Key Action 3: Support to policy development and cooperation
Across
sectors
Implementation of the Union policy agendas
Implementation of EU transparency and recognition
tools and support for Union-wide networks and
European NGOs
Policy dialogue with relevant European
stakeholders and international organisations
Support to resource centres and specific
organisations
Preparation and implementation of the EU general
and sectoral policy agendas in education and
training
Quality, transparency and recognition of skills and
competences
Policy dialogue and cooperation with stakeholders
Qualitative and inclusive implementation of the
programme (including
Training and Cooperation
Activities (TCA),
SALTO Resource Centres,
Eurodesk, national VET teams,
DiscoverEU
Learning Cycle
Cooperation with other EU instruments and
support to other policy areas
Dissemination and awareness-raising activities
Jean Monnet in the field of higher education
Jean Monnet in other fields of education and
training
Jean Monnet Actions
E&T
Jean Monnet in the field of higher education
224